Fla. Admin. Code tit. 75 | Fla. Admin. Code Title 75 — Florida Gaming Control Commission

Chapter 75-2 ENFORCEMENT

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-2.001 General Definitions

(1) “Board of Relief” means the panel composed of three permitholder officers charged with disbursing monies deposited into the Board of Relief fund to occupational license holders and their immediate families.

(2) “Bookmaker” means a person, other than an authorized betting messenger, who takes or receives wagers as described in Section 849.25, F.S.

(3) “Condition book” means a document published by the permitholder which sets out conditions, purses, and descriptions of future races for the meeting.

(4) “Conditions” means criteria prepared by the racing secretary to establish guidelines for the makeup of all races.

(5) “Contest” means a race or game between horses, or players for purses, stakes, or reward on any licensed race course or fronton and conducted in the presence of judges or stewards.

(6) “Detention enclosure” means that area of the permitholder’s grounds specifically set aside for the collection of racing animal blood, urine or other fluids.

(7) “Director” means the Director of the Florida Gaming Control Commission, Division of Pari-Mutuel Wagering.

(8) “Ownership interest” means any person, corporation, or other business entity who holds in whole or part any right, title, or interest in a permitholder or application of permit.

(9) “Paddock” means the secure and restricted area designated by the permitholder for the activities associated with racing, excluding the stable areas.

(10) “Permitholder” means any person, persons or entity holding a permit issued by the commission for a pari-mutuel facility.

(11) “Permitholder employee” means any employee of the permitholder, including, but not limited to, any admission employee, clerical help, security guard, maintenance employee, mutuel employee, parking employee, public relations staff person, and any switchboard, general track or fronton employee.

(12) “Permitholder license” means an annual license issued by the commission to conduct pari-mutuel operations at a location specified in the permit for a specific type of pari-mutuel event specified in the permit.

(13) “Post position” means the position assigned to a racing animal or player for the start of a race or game.

(14) “Post time” means the scheduled start of the contest.

(15) “Race” means a contest for purse, stakes or entry fees, on an approved course, and in the presence of duly appointed racing officials.

(16) “Race day” means the calendar day on which the race begins.

(17) “Stable name” means the name used by any configuration of licensed owners other than the individual licensee’s name under which the owners race a horse or horses.

(18) “State office” means the commission office located at each pari-mutuel facility.

(19) “Tote” or “tote board” means the device used to display pari-mutuel information to the public.

(20) “Vendor” means any business or person providing goods or services to a contractual concessionaire, pari-mutuel licensee, or pari-mutuel permitholder when the goods or services provided require the vendor’s employees to be on the stable backside and come into contact with players, racing animals, or provide direct services for the support of players or racing animals at any time during any time a pari-mutuel facility is open for pari-mutuel wagering. Vendors do not include medical professionals, blacksmiths or platers.

(21) “Wagering area” means the area designated for conducting any wagering transactions.

History

Rulemaking Authority 550.0251(3), (5), 550.105(2)(b), 550.155(1), 550.1815(5), 550.2415(12), 550.2625(2)(d), 550.3551(10), 550.3615(5), 550.495(2)(a), (4) FS. Law Implemented 550.0251, 550.054, 550.105, 550.155, 550.1815, 550.2415, 550.2625, 550.3551, 550.3615, 550.495, 550.6305 FS. History–New 10-20-96, Amended 12-15-97, 4-12-06, Formerly 61D-2.001, Amended 1-8-25.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-2.002 Toe Grabs

Toe grabs with a height greater than two millimeters, bends, jar calks, stickers, and any other traction device worn on the front shoes of thoroughbred horses while racing or training on all racing surfaces at a pari-mutuel facility in Florida are prohibited.

History

Rulemaking Authority 16.712(2)(a), 550.0251(3) FS. Law Implemented 16.712(1)(a), 550.0251(3), (11) FS. History–New12-30-08, Formerly 61D-2.002, Reviewed 8-20-26.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-2.003 Knowingly Interfering With Division Duties

No person shall knowingly engage in conduct that resists, obstructs, or opposes a division employee in the performance of his or her duties and responsibilities on the permitholder’s premises.

History

Rulemaking Authority 16.712(2)(a), 550.0251(3) FS. Law Implemented 16.712(1)(a), 550.0251 FS. History–New 6-12-97, Formerly 61D-2.003, Reviewed 8-20-26.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-2.004 Wagering Prohibitions

(1) No jai alai player or game official, racing official, assistant to a game or racing official, or totalisator employee shall wager on or receive the benefits from a wager of any live race or game conducted at a track or fronton at which he/she works or officiates.

(2) No jockey, jockey’s room attendant, valet, or harness driver shall wager on or receive the benefits of a wager on a race unless the owner or trainer, on behalf of the jockey or driver, makes the wager only to win or to finish first in combination with other horses. Jockeys and drivers must maintain for one year records of wagers made by the owners or trainers on their behalf and must make the records available to the stewards or to the commission upon request.

(3) Horse trainers shall be allowed to wager on a race in which they have entered a horse subject to the following restrictions. All such wagers shall include the trainer’s horse: Win; Place, in the same or lesser dollar amount as win; Show, in the same or lesser dollar amount as win and place; Quinella; Perfecta, with trainer’s horse on bottom in the same or lesser dollar amount as on top; Trifecta with the trainer’s horse on top; Trifecta Box; Daily Double; Daily 3 and pick (N).

History

Rulemaking Authority 16.712(2)(a), 550.0251(3) FS. Law Implemented 16.712(1)(a), 550.0251(3), (7), 550.235, 550.3615 FS. History–New 10-20-96, Amended 4-12-06, Formerly 61D-2.004, Amended 1-8-25, Reviewed 8-20-26.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-2.005 Violations

No person shall conspire with, solicit, aid, abet, counsel, hire, or procure any other person or persons to engage in a violation of Chapter 550, F.S., or the rules promulgated thereunder, nor shall he/she commit any such act on his/her own.

History

Rulemaking Authority 16.712(2)(a), 550.0251(3), (12) FS. Law Implemented 16.712(1)(a), 550.0251 FS. History–New 6-12-97, Amended 4-12-06, Formerly 61D-2.005, Reviewed 8-20-26.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-2.006 Electrical or Mechanical Device Prohibition

No person having access to the grounds of a pari-mutuel racing permitholder where racing animals are lodged or kept shall have in his/her possession while on the grounds of a pari-mutuel racing permitholder, any electrical or mechanical device designed or used to increase or decrease the speed of a horse (or that which tends to do so). This rule does not exclude the use of the ordinary whip in horse racing.

History

Rulemaking Authority 16.712(2)(a), 550.0251(3) FS. Law Implemented 16.712(1)(a), 550.0251, 550.235 FS. History–New 10-20-96, Amended 4-12-06, Formerly 61D-2.006, Amended 1-8-25, Reviewed 8-20-26.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-2.009 Ineligible or Disqualified Jai Alai Player or Racing Animal

(1) No person shall enter or cause to be entered, or start, a jai alai player or racing animal which is ineligible or has been disqualified.

(2) Any animal whose owner or owners do not possess an occupational license shall be ineligible to participate in any race in this state.

(3) Any person who does not possess a current occupational license shall be ineligible to enter any racing animal in any race in this state.

(4) The racing secretary or his/her designee shall be responsible for ensuring that owners of racing animals are licensed prior to allowing the entry of any racing animal into a scheduled pari-mutuel race.

History

Rulemaking Authority 16.712(2)(a), 550.0251(3), 550.105(2)(b), 550.2415(12) FS. Law Implemented 16.712(1)(a), 550.0251(3), (7), 550.105, 550.2415 FS. History–New 10-20-96, Amended 4-12-06, 6-26-11, Formerly 61D-2.009, Reviewed 8-20-26.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-2.010 Photofinish Camera and Video Tape Requirement

(1) Each permitholder conducting horse racing or harness racing shall have a photofinish camera or digital image as an aid to the stewards. The photograph or digital image of each finish in which the stewards call for a photograph shall be posted or televised on closed circuit television throughout the facility for viewing by the public as promptly as possible after the race and for a reasonable period thereafter of not less than ten minutes.

(2) Each permitholder conducting jai alai games shall video tape each game and shall retain the tape for a period of 30 days from the date of each game.

(3)(a) Each permitholder must keep in a locked storage facility for a one-year period from the date of a race the following:

Photofinish photographs;
Films; and
Digital images and computer disks or tapes containing those digital images.

(b) Only the mutuels manager or his/her designee may have access to such locked storage facility.

(4) Any person requesting a copy of any photofinish photograph or digital image must be permitted to view same on the premises of the permitholder within five days after making such a request. These copies must bear the date, time, race and facility of the race depicted therein.

(5) If a permitholder delegates the duty to create photofinish photographs or digital images to a licensed vendor, it may also delegate the duty to store and retrieve the photographs or images to that vendor, subject to the permitholder’s vicarious liability for performance of these duties by the vendor as provided for in this section.

History

Rulemaking Authority 16.712(2)(a), 550.0251(3) FS. Law Implemented 16.712(1)(a), 550.0251, 550.155(1), 550.2625(3)(f), (4)(e), (5)(d) FS. History–New 10-20-96, Amended 12-15-97, 4-12-06, Formerly 61D-2.010, Amended 1-8-25, Reviewed 8-20-26.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-2.011 Post Position Drawing Requirement

Each permitholder conducting thoroughbred racing or harness racing shall ensure that the entries and post positions for each race are drawn by lot, and that the time and place for the drawing are posted in a conspicuous location where such notice can be observed by an occupational licensee at least eight hours prior to the drawing. The eight-hour notice requirement will be waived by the commission upon notice to the state steward that a specific race has not been filled and that more time is needed before a drawing can occur. Any drawing conducted on a dark day must comply with the eight-hour notice requirement; however, the eight-hour notice requirement will be waived by the commission on a dark day drawing where a specific race has not been filled and more time is needed before a drawing can occur. The commission may file an administrative complaint against the permitholder or its agent for failure to notify the state steward of a delay in the draw. However, the action must be requested by the state steward and result from an inability of an occupational licensee to witness the draw due to improper notice. All post position drawings shall be open to any occupational licensee who chooses to witness the draw.

History

Rulemaking Authority 16.712(2)(a), 550.0251(3) FS. Law Implemented 16.712(1)(a), 550.0251 FS. History–New 6-12-97, Amended 5-31-06, Formerly 61D-2.011, Amended 1-8-25, Reviewed 8-20-26.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-2.012 Racing Animal Identification

The paddock judge/horse identifier in horse racing and harness racing shall be responsible for confirming the identity of each racing animal by reading the tattoo and verifying the markings on the animal. Each shall be responsible for ensuring the racing animal is properly blanketed and placed in the appropriate starting gate. No racing animal shall be permitted to be entered or started unless tattooed and a registration certificate is on file with the racing secretary.

History

Rulemaking Authority 16.712(2)(a), 550.0251(3) FS. Law Implemented 16.712(1)(a), 550.0251, 550.235 FS. History–New 10-20-96, Amended 12-15-97, 4-12-06, Formerly 61D-2.012, Amended 1-8-25, Reviewed 8-20-26.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-2.016 Altered Identification Exclusion

If it is determined that a racing animal was knowingly entered and raced under a different name with an altered registration or altered tattoo, in this state or any other jurisdiction, that racing animal shall be denied all future access to race tracks under the supervision of the commission.

History

Rulemaking Authority 16.712(2)(a), 550.0251(3) FS. Law Implemented 16.712(1)(a), 550.0251, 550.235 FS. History–New 10-20-96, Repromulgated 4-12-06, Formerly 61D-2.016, Reviewed 8-20-26.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-2.020 Pari-Mutuel Wagering Racing and Game Officials

(1) Each licensed pari-mutuel wagering permitholder shall designate persons, if required by the permitholder, for horse racing, harness racing, or jai alai games, depending upon the type of permit held, for the following functions as racing or game officials:

(a) Horse Racing: authorized stewards, racing secretary, paddock judge, horse identifier, patrol judges, placing judges, clerk of scales, starter, timer, veterinarian, and chief of security.

(b) Harness Racing: authorized stewards, racing secretary, paddock judge, patrol judge, clerk of course, starter, timer, veterinarian, and chief of security.

(2) If a permitholder prescribes rules and duties for their appointed racing and game officials such rules shall not conflict with Chapter 550, F.S., and the rules adopted thereto. A permitholder shall file a copy of any house rules with the commission together with any amendments to such house rules when adopted.

(3) No racing official shall have or maintain an ownership interest, direct or indirect, in any racing animal participating at any licensed meeting where he works or officiates.

(4) A jai alai permitholder shall maintain separate facilities for the court judges and the players. Court judges shall have no contact at any time with players other than in an official capacity while at the fronton.

(5) No jai alai judge shall be under contract as an active player in a fronton in which that judge officiates. In event of an emergency, a temporary judge shall be chosen by fronton management from the roster of active players.

History

Rulemaking Authority 16.712(2)(a), 550.0251(3), 550.2415(12), 550.2625(2)(d) FS. Law Implemented 16.712(1)(a), 550.0251, 550.235, 550.2415, 550.2625, 550.70(1) FS. History–New 10-20-96, Amended 12-15-97, Formerly 61D-2.020, Amended 1-8-25, 4-22-26.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-2.021 Aggravating and Mitigating Circumstances

Circumstances to be considered for the purposes of mitigation or aggravation of any penalty include the following:

(1) The impact of the offense to the integrity of the pari-mutuel industry.

(2) The danger to the public and/or racing animals.

(3) The number of repetitions of offenses.

(4) The number of complaints filed against the licensee or permitholder, which have resulted in prior discipline.

(5) The length of time the licensee or permitholder has practiced.

(6) The deterrent effect of the penalty imposed.

(7) Any efforts at rehabilitation.

History

Rulemaking Authority 16.712(2)(a), 550.0251(3), 550.2415(12) FS. Law Implemented 16.712(1)(a), 550.0251, 550.1155, 550.2415 FS. History–New 12-30-01, Formerly 61D-2.021, Amended 9-15-26.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-2.022 Use of Whips

(1) Any jockey or driver who uses a whip during a race shall do so only in a manner consistent with exerting his or her best efforts to win.

(2) In all races where a jockey or driver participates without a whip, an announcement of such fact shall be made over the public address system.

(3) A whip shall not be used by any person:

(a) On any part of a horse’s body other than the shoulders or hindquarters;

(b) During the post parade or after the finish of the race;

(d) When a horse is clearly out of the race or has obtained its maximum placing in a race;

(e) Persistently, even though the horse is showing no response under the whip; or

(f) To strike a person, another horse, or any other animal.

History

Rulemaking Authority 16.712(2)(a), 550.0251(3) FS. Law Implemented 16.712(1)(a), 550.0251(3), (11), 550.2415(6)(b) FS. History–New 12-30-08, Formerly 61D-2.022, Reviewed 8-20-26.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-2.023 Animal Welfare

(1) A permitholder shall ensure that:

(a) All stables and barns are inspected by the local fire marshal at least every 24 months for compliance with local fire safety code and that documentation of compliance is maintained;

(b) All stables and barns are equipped with smoke and/or temperature alarms and at least one fire extinguisher that has a current annual inspection tag that bears the date of the last inspection;

(d) All of the permitholders’ cleaning supplies and pesticides are stored in areas separate from food and bedding intended for racing animals;

(e) Areas where racing animals are kept are ventilated by means of doors, windows, vents, or heating, ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC);

(f) All occupied stables and barns are free from insects and rodents by establishing a maintenance program for the prevention of insects and rodents;

(g) All hazards that could harm a racing animal are removed from the track surface and rails prior to use of the track;

(h) Access to the backside where racing animals are kept is restricted to occupational licensees or other persons authorized pursuant to Rule 75-5.005, F.A.C.; and

(i) The racing secretary, judge, or a permitholder’s representative completes a weekly documented walk-through of each occupied barn and stable.

(2) A hauler or driver who transports racing animals shall be required to possess a pari-mutuel occupational license.

(3) No person shall contract for the transportation of a racing animal with anyone who does not possess a pari-mutuel wagering occupational license.

(4) A horseracing trainer shall ensure that:

(a) Feed intended for racing animals (other than hay) is stored in such a manner that it is protected from contamination, spoilage, or infestation;

(b) All horses entered to race be on time for a pre-race veterinary inspection to ensure racing soundness; and

(c) The commission is notified within 18 hours of the death of any racehorse that occurred on the grounds of a horse track or training facility. The notification shall contain at least the following information:

Track/facility where death occurred;
Incident date/time;
Horse registered name;
Tattoo number;
Reporting person’s name and telephone number;
Stable name, address, and telephone number;
Trainer’s name and telephone number;
Location of deceased animal.

(5) No part of a horse’s leg may be desensitized on the day the horse is scheduled to race. “Desensitized” means a condition in which a horse’s body does not respond appropriately to pre-race tests for feeling administered by the track veterinarian. A horse that has been desensitized in violation of this rule is ineligible to race.

(6) The track veterinarian shall report to the stewards the date, time, condition, rider, and name of any horse which the track veterinarian reasonably suspects has been overworked or abused.

(7) A racing animal that has been declared medically unsound to race by another racing jurisdiction shall not be eligible or entered to race until it has been examined and declared sound for racing by the track veterinarian who shall consult with the veterinarian that originally declared the racing animal to be medically unsound, unless the original veterinarian is unavailable, then a good faith effort to contact must be documented.

History

Rulemaking Authority 550.0251(3), 550.2415(12) FS. Law Implemented 550.0251(11), 550.105(2)(a)3., 550.2415(6), (9) FS. History–New 5-21-13, Formerly 61D-2.023, Amended 1-8-25.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-2.024 Track General Rules

(1) The permitholder shall notify the commission in writing within three days after any changes to track dimensions or design.

(2) All racing permitholders shall maintain their track courses in a safe condition by removing all hazards that could harm a racing animal on any live performance day in accordance with its annual operating license or when the track is utilized for training.

(3) All quarter horse and thoroughbred tracks shall have an inner rail and an outer rail. For turf courses, one of the rails may be moveable in order to maintain turf surface quality.

(4) All harness tracks shall have an outer rail.

(5) A race course shall not require the racing animal to change its course in response to any obstacles on the racing surface during the race.

(6) All race tracks shall include a live viewing location for the pari-mutuel activity.

History

Rulemaking Authority 16.712(2)(a), 550.0251(3) FS. Law Implemented 16.712(1)(a), 550.0251, 550.2415(6)(b) FS. History–New 9-29-16, Formerly 61D-2.024, Amended 1-8-25, Reviewed 8-20-26.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-2.025 Race General Rules

(1) Each race must have at least five entrants with a minimum of two contestants.

(2) Each race, with the exception of a harness race, must start by use of a box or gate.

(3) Each quarter horse or any statutorily authorized substitute breed race other than thoroughbred conducted under a quarter horse permit:

(a) Must be conducted on a track that is at least 50 feet in width; and,

(b) Must not be shorter than 330 feet in length.

(4) Each thoroughbred race:

(a) Must be conducted on a track that is at least 50 feet in width; and,

(b) Must not be shorter than 1,320 feet in length for races of 2 year old horses and 3,200 feet in length for all other races.

(5) Each harness race:

(a) Must start by use of a rolling gate;

(b) Must be conducted on a track that is at least 80 feet in width; and,

(6) For each race, all racing contestants must compete simultaneously on a common track with a common start and finish line.

(7) Horse races must be recorded by at least three video cameras if the race includes turns or two video cameras if the race is on a straight track.

(a) Cameras must be located to provide clear panoramic and head-on views of each race. Separate monitors, which simultaneously display the images received from each camera and are capable of simultaneously displaying a synchronized view of the recordings of each race for review, shall be provided in the stewards’ stand.

(b) Recordings of each race shall be maintained by the permitholder for at least six months from the last day of live racing as indicated by the annual operating license.

History

Rulemaking Authority 16.712(2)(a), 550.0251(3) FS. Law Implemented 16.712(1)(a), 550.0251 FS. History–New 9-29-16, Formerly 61D-2.025, Amended 1-8-25, Reviewed 8-20-26.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-2.027 Performances

(1) Each performance shall consist of a minimum of 8 races.

(2) A performance may not begin within 15 minutes from the end of the previous performance.

(3) A matinee performance shall not begin after 6:00 p.m., and evening performance shall not begin before 6:00 p.m.

(4) Each performance shall have a separation of race numbers and performance numbers in the totalisator system.

(5) Each performance shall have a separate racing program. Same day performances may be separated within a single program.

History

Rulemaking Authority 16.712(2)(a), 550.0251(3) FS. Law Implemented 16.712(1)(a), 550.0251, 550.002 FS. History–New 9-29-16, Formerly 61D-2.027, Reviewed 8-20-26.

Chapter 75-3 STEWARDS AND JUDGES PROCEDURES

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-3.001 Procedures for Stewards’ Hearings

(1) Jai Alai game infractions shall be decided by the court judges. Any alleged violation of Chapter 550, F.S., at a jai alai fronton will be governed by Sections 120.569 and 120.57, F.S.

(2) Alleged violations of Chapter 550, F.S., or Chapter 75, F.A.C., in horseracing shall be heard by a board of stewards. Each horseracing permitholder shall establish a board of three stewards, at least one of whom shall be the state/commission steward selected and hired by the commission.

(3) All hearings on alleged violations set forth in Section 120.80(19), F.S., which are to be heard by the stewards must be conducted pursuant to the following procedures set forth in subsections (5)-(21), below, when the purpose of the hearing is to impose a fine or suspend a license. For purposes of review of a decision of the stewards, the commission is hereby designated a proper party.

(4) All proceedings involving violations other than those described in Section 120.80(19), F.S., which are to be heard by the stewards shall be conducted in accordance with the applicable provisions of Chapter 120, F.S.

(5) Initiation of Proceedings.

(a) Proceedings before stewards shall be made by written document entitled “Notice of Violation and Hearing.”

(b) Each Notice of Violation and Hearing shall contain the name and address of the respondent, a statement of the statute(s) and/or rule(s) alleged to have been violated and a brief statement of the underlying facts and the date, time and place of the hearing on the charges.

(6) Prior to a hearing for an alleged medication or drug violation, where redistribution of the purse may be involved, the stewards shall give at least five business days notice to each owner who may be adversely affected by the purse redistribution of the date, time, and location of the hearing.

(7) Documents. Upon request to the stewards, any respondent shall be entitled to obtain copies of all audio and video recordings, witness statements, and laboratory analyses. A respondent requesting production shall pay the actual cost of production of such material. A respondent shall also be entitled to the names and addresses of all witnesses and investigators with information relevant to the matter(s) to be heard by the stewards.

(8) Subpoenas.

(a) Subpoenas to compel the attendance of witnesses at hearing shall be issued by the commission upon the request of a party or the stewards. All requests for the issuance of subpoenas shall be directed to the stewards and such requests shall be forwarded to the commission for issuance. The respondent requesting the subpoena shall arrange for their own service and pay all costs for the service of each subpoena.

(b) A subpoena may be served by any person authorized by law to serve process or by any person who is not a respondent and who is of majority age. Service shall be made by delivering a copy thereof to the person named in the subpoena. Proof of such service shall be made by affidavit of the person making service if not served by an officer authorized by law to do so. The cost of service shall be paid by the respondent requesting the subpoena.

(9) Witnesses. All witnesses shall be sworn and subject to examination and cross-examination.

(10) Conduct of Hearing/Evidence.

(a) Oral testimony shall be taken only on oath or affirmation. Stewards shall administer oaths and examine witnesses.

(b) Each party shall have the right to present evidence relevant to the issues; to cross-examine opposing witnesses; to impeach any witness regardless of which party first called him to testify; and to rebut the evidence presented against it.

(c) Any relevant evidence shall be admitted if it is the sort of evidence on which reasonably prudent persons are accustomed to rely in the conduct of their affairs. Irrelevant and unduly repetitious evidence shall be excluded.

(11) Recordation. The stewards shall assure that a record of the proceedings is preserved. Proceedings shall be recorded on whatever media is available. Any respondent to a hearing may, at his/her own expense, provide a certified court reporter. Any respondent who wishes to make a written transcript of the recorded testimony shall request a copy of the recorded testimony and transcribe the same at his/her own expense.

(12) Representation. A respondent in any proceeding conducted before stewards may be represented by an attorney admitted to practice law in Florida or by any qualified representative as defined in Rule 28-106.106, F.A.C., who agrees to comply with the requirements of Rule 28-106.107, F.A.C. After written notice of appearance that a respondent is being represented by an attorney or qualified representative, all communications to a respondent concerning the case shall be made to the respondent’s attorney or representative, and the respondent’s attorney or representative shall be entitled to exercise the rights granted to the respondent under these rules.

(13) Service of Notices of Violation and Hearing.

(a) The stewards shall set the time and place for all hearings and written notice thereof shall be served on all respondents, counsel, or other qualified representatives by personal service, when possible, otherwise in accordance with Section 120.60, F.S. At least five days notice shall be given for the hearing, unless otherwise agreed by the respondent.

(b) Any respondent who is served with a Notice of Violation and Hearing and does not appear at a hearing before the stewards, either in person or through representation, waives the right to the hearing.

(14) Service of Papers. Unless the stewards otherwise order, every paper filed in a proceeding, except Notices of Violation and Hearing (as provided for in subsection (14), above) and requests for witness subpoenas, shall be served on each respondent. Service shall be made upon the respondent or respondent’s representative by hand delivering a copy or in accordance with Rule 28-106.110, F.A.C.

(15) Continuances. The stewards shall grant a continuance of a hearing for good cause shown. In deciding whether good cause is shown, the stewards must consider whether the reason given by the licensee for requesting a continuance is an event out of the licensee’s control, such as the death of an immediate family member. Requests for continuance shall be made in writing.

(16) Computation of Time. In computing any period of time prescribed or allowed by these rules or by any applicable statute, the day of the act from which the designated period of time begins to run shall not be included. Five days shall be added to prescribed time limits when service is made by mail.

(17) Disqualification. Unless good cause is shown, all motions for disqualification of stewards shall be made to the commission in writing at least five days prior to the date scheduled for hearing. In deciding whether good cause is shown, the commission must consider whether the reason given by the licensee for not meeting the five-day limitation is an event out of the licensee’s control, such as the death of an immediate family member.

(18) Orders.

(a) In the event the stewards determine a statute or rule has been violated and a penalty of a license suspension of 60 days or less, or a fine not to exceed $1,000 is sufficient to address the violation, the stewards shall enter an order within 14 days after the hearing. The order shall include a caption, time and place of the hearing, findings of fact, statement of rules or statutes violated, and a ruling stating the length of any suspension and the amount of the fine imposed for each violation.

(b) In the event the stewards determine a statute or rule has been violated and a penalty of a license suspension of greater than 60 days, or a fine of greater than $1,000 should be imposed for the violation, the stewards shall forward a recommendation to the commission stating their findings of fact, statement of statutes or rules violated, and recommended penalty within 14 days after the hearing. The recommendation shall be served to each party at the time it is forwarded to the commission. A party shall have 14 days from the date the recommendation is issued in which to file a response with the commission prior to the entry of a final order.

(19) Conflict of Interest. The permitholder shall not employ a steward in any other capacity or assign duties of other employees to a steward.

(20) No person other than a party in a noticed proceeding shall attempt to influence the decision of the stewards regarding any case pending before them under this rule. This rule shall not prohibit the stewards from consulting with counsel regarding a matter pending before them.

(22) A steward employed by the commission shall not sit in judgment of a matter pending before the permitholders’ stewards that is based solely upon any rule of the permitholder.

History

Rulemaking Authority 120.80(19), 550.0251(3), 550.2415(12) FS. Law Implemented 120.80(19), 550.0251, 550.1155 FS. History–New 10-20-96, Amended 12-15-97, 4-12-06, 6-26-11, Formerly 61D-3.001, Amended 1-8-25.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-3.0015 Jai Alai Game Infractions

Jai Alai game infractions shall be decided by the court judges pursuant to a permitholder’s house rules. Any alleged violation of Chapter 550, F.S., at a jai alai fronton will be governed by Sections 120.569 and 120.57, F.S.

History

Rulemaking Authority 16.712(2)(a), 120.80(19)(a), 550.0251(3) FS. Law Implemented 16.712(1)(a), 120.80(19)(a), 550.0251 FS. History–New 6-28-21, Formerly 61D-3.0015, Reviewed 8-27-26.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-3.002 Appeal Procedures

(1) The stewards shall include in their decision a notice to the licensee of the licensee’s right to an appeal hearing before the commission director or his/her designee. In addition, the stewards shall provide the licensee with the procedures and time limits for invoking the right to an appeal. All requests for an appeal must be submitted in writing or on Form FGCC PMW-3100, Request for Appeal of Stewards’ Ruling, effective 3-4-07, adopted herein by reference, http://www.flrules.org/Gateway/reference.asp?No=Ref-00306, and can be obtained at www.flgaming.gov or by contacting the Florida Gaming Control Commission, 4070 Esplanade Way, Suite 250, Tallahassee, Florida 32399. The appeal shall state in writing the reason the licensee believes the judge’s or stewards’ order should be reversed.

(2) Failure of the licensee to file a request for an appeal hearing within 10 days of the decision of the stewards constitutes a waiver of the right to an appeal.

(3) Upon receipt of an appeal, the commission shall review the appeal and the record to determine whether a legitimate issue of law has been presented that would require an appeal hearing to be scheduled. The commission shall not substitute its judgment for the judgment of the stewards as to a finding of fact or the weight and credibility of evidence in the record. The commission shall issue an order affirming the stewards if an appeal that merely disputes findings of fact based upon evidence is received by the stewards. Appeal hearings shall be conducted in person, by telephone, or by other electronic means.

(4) In the event the stewards make a determination that there is a reasonable suspicion to believe that a violation of Section 550.2415, F.S., has occurred, or in the event of a positive test for a substance prohibited under Section 550.2415, F.S., any purse money in question which has not been disbursed shall be placed on account with the permitholder’s comptroller. In the event that any purse money has been distributed, all individuals to whom the purse money has been directly distributed shall place monies equal to the amount received from the purse in a segregated interest bearing account in a recognized financial institution, and shall notify the commission of the location of the account. The monies shall remain in the account until final disposition of the case, at which time control of the monies shall be returned to the original individuals; or if a violation is proved, the monies shall be transmitted to the permitholder for redistribution.

(5) If the commission determines that the stewards have exceeded their jurisdiction, departed from the essential requirements of law, or incorrectly applied law to facts, it shall void their decision and either enter a decision for the licensee or shall prosecute the alleged violation itself with the respondent receiving rights to an administrative hearing pursuant to Section 120.57, F.S.

(6) No appeal shall be filed solely for the purpose of delaying imposition of a penalty through a stay pending appeal pursuant to Rule 75-3.003, F.A.C. If it becomes apparent that an appeal was sought solely to obtain a stay and delay the imposition of a penalty, the commission shall issue an order dismissing the appeal and referring the case to the stewards to determine whether additional penalties should be imposed.

(7) Upon conclusion of the appeal hearing, the commission director shall affirm or reverse the decision of the stewards with directions for an appropriate disposition of the case under the pari-mutuel statutes or rules.

History

Rulemaking Authority 120.80(19), 550.0251(3), 550.2415(12) FS. Law Implemented 120.80(19), 550.0251, 550.054, 550.1155 FS. History–New 10-20-96, Amended 1-5-98, 4-12-06, 6-26-11, Formerly 61D-3.002, Amended 1-8-25.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-3.003 Stay of Stewards’ Penalty

(1) A request for an appeal hearing following a stewards’ ruling shall not automatically stay the decision of the stewards regarding the penalty imposed. Any request for a stay of the penalty imposed shall specify the reasons supporting the issuance of a stay. The licensee’s request for a stay must be in writing or on Form FGCC PMW-3090, Request for Stay, effective 3-4-07, adopted herein by reference, http://www.flrules.org/Gateway/reference.asp?No=Ref-00307, and can be obtained at www.flgaming.gov or by contacting the Florida Gaming Control Commission, 4070 Esplanade Way, Suite 250, Tallahassee, Florida 32399.

(2) Any party desiring a stay of stewards’ ruling shall first seek the stay from the stewards, who shall grant the stay unless:

(a) The stewards enter a suspension of 60 days and refer the matter to the commission with a recommendation for entry of an emergency suspension pursuant to Section 120.60(6), F.S., or an order of summary suspension pursuant to Section 550.2415(3)(c), F.S.; or

(b) The stewards find after a hearing with notice to the party seeking the stay that the stay is being sought solely for the purpose of delaying a penalty.

(3) The decision of the stewards shall be in writing and shall be transmitted to the commission and the parties within five days from the date the request for stay is received by the stewards.

(4) If the stewards deny the request for a stay or do not issue a written decision as required under subsection (3), the party is entitled to seek a stay from the commission. After reviewing the decision of the stewards, the request for stay, and the record, the commission shall grant or deny the stay.

History

Rulemaking Authority 16.712(2)(a), 120.80(19), 550.0251(3) FS. Law Implemented 16.712(1)(a), 120.80(19), 550.0251, 550.1155 FS. History–New 10-20-96, Amended 1-5-98, 4-12-06, 6-26-11, Formerly 61D-3.003, Amended 1-8-25, Reviewed 8-27-26.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-3.004 Payment of Fines

All civil penalties imposed by the stewards must be paid within 15 days of the ruling unless the ruling is appealed and a stay has been entered pursuant to Rule 75-3.003, F.A.C. The fine must be paid within 15 days of the resolution of the appeal.

History

Rulemaking Authority 16.712(2)(a), 120.80(19), 550.0251(3), 550.2415(12) FS. Law Implemented 16.712(1)(a), 120.80(19), 550.0251, 550.054(9)(b), 550.1155, 550.2415 FS. History–New 10-20-96, Amended 1-5-98, 4-12-06, 6-26-11, Formerly 61D-3.004, Amended 1-8-25, Reviewed 8-27-26.

Chapter 75-4 PERMIT APPLICATION AND PROCESS

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-4.002 Evaluating a Permit Application for a Pari-Mutuel Facility

An applicant for a Florida Pari-Mutuel Facility permit shall submit a Form FGCC PMW-3010, Permit Application; https://www.flrules.org/Gateway/reference.asp?No=Ref-01552, a Form FGCC PMW-3030, Personal History Record; https://www.flrules.org/Gateway/reference.asp?No=Ref-01553, and a Form FGCC PMW-3195, Request for Release of Information and Authorization to Release Information; https://www.flrules.org/Gateway/reference.asp?No=Ref-01555, all of which are effective 9-12-12 and adopted herein by reference. The forms can be obtained at www.fgcc.fl.gov or by contacting the Florida Gaming Control Commission, 2601 Blair Stone Road, Tallahassee, Florida 32399.

(1) In evaluating a permit application, the division shall deny any application where the applicant fails to establish the following criteria:

(a) Financial profitability of the prospective permitholder as derived from the assets and liabilities of the applicant; the existence of any judgment or current litigation, whether civil, criminal, or administrative; the type of pari-mutuel activity to be conducted and desired period of operation; and net income projected over the first three years of operation with the permit. If the applicant is able to show any profitability as outlined in this paragraph, the Division will review the following criteria in paragraph (b).

(b) That the issuance of the permit will preserve and protect the pari-mutuel revenues of the state by generating an increase of total state revenue.

(2) After initial approval of the permit and the source of financing, the terms and parties of any subsequent financing shall be disclosed by the applicant or the permitholder, to the division within 30 days.

(3) A pari-mutuel wagering permitholder who transfers an ownership or equity interest in its permit to another licensed pari-mutuel wagering permitholder or who transfers a permit to an entity exclusively composed of ownership interests that have been approved under the provisions of Sections 550.054 and 550.1815, F.S., must file with the division Form FGCC PMW-3040, Permit Transfer Application From One Existing Permitholder to Another Existing Permitholder, effective 9-12-12, adopted herein by reference, https://www.flrules.org/Gateway/reference.asp?No=Ref-01554, which can be obtained at www.fgcc.fl.gov or by contacting the Florida Gaming Control Commission, 2601 Blair Stone Road, Tallahassee, Florida 32399.

History

Rulemaking Authority 550.0251(3), 550.054(8)(b), 550.1815(5) FS. Law Implemented 550.0251, 550.054, 550.0951, 550.0155, 550.1815, 550.125 FS. History–New 10-20-96, Amended 12-15-97, 3-4-07, 9-12-12, 7-1-15, Formerly 61D-4.002.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-4.004 Application for License and Operating Dates

(1) Any permitholder authorized to submit an application for an annual license pursuant to Section 550.0115, F.S., shall make such application to the commission on Form FGCC PMW-3060, Permitholder Application for Annual License and Operating Dates; http://www.flrules.org/Gateway/reference.asp?No=Ref-07666, either Form FGCC PMW-3105, Surety Bond for Florida Pari-Mutuel Wagering, http://www.flrules.org/Gateway/reference.asp?No=Ref-07668, or provide continuation certificate; Form FGCC PMW-3080, Permitholder Calendar; http://www.flrules.org/Gateway/reference.asp?No=Ref-07667, all of which are effective on December 13, 2016, and Form FGCC PMW-3190, Officers and Directors; http://flrules.org/Gateway/reference.asp?No=Ref-18583, effective December, 2025, and incorporated herein by reference. The forms can be obtained at www.flgaming.gov or by contacting the Florida Gaming Control Commission, 4070 Esplanade Way, Tallahassee, Florida 32399.

(2) Any permitholder authorized to submit an application for an amendment to the annual license to conduct races or games pursuant to Section 550.01215, F.S., shall make such application to the commission on Form FGCC PMW-3060, Permitholder Application for License and Operating Dates; Form FGCC PMW-3080, Permitholder Calendar; and Form FGCC PMW-3190, Officers and Directors; adopted by reference in subsection (1), above.

History

Rulemaking Authority 16.712(2)(a), 550.01215(2), 550.0251(2), 550.0251(3), 550.125(3)(a) FS. Law Implemented 16.712(1)(a), 16.718, 550.0115, 550.01215, 550.0251, 550.054(3)(b), 550.125(3)(a), 550.5251 FS. History–New 3-4-07, Amended 9-12-12, 12-20-16, Formerly 61D-4.004, Amended 12-11-25.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-4.005 Annual Notification of Permitholder Ownership Interest

Every permitholder shall, within 45 days of the effective date of this rule and on or before July 31 of each year, submit to the division written notification of the following:

(1) If a corporation:

(a) The names, addresses, number of shares, and percentage of total shares of any shareholder holding five percent or more equity at the time of the first day of the previous fiscal year;

(b) A ledger that reflects ownership transfers of five percent or more of the stock for all times during the previous fiscal year; and,

(c) The names, addresses, number of shares, and percentage of total shares of any shareholder holding five percent or more equity on the last day of the previous fiscal year.

(2) If a business entity other than a corporation:

(a) The names, addresses, and amount of ownership equity of any principals, partners, or shareholders holding five percent or more equity at the time of the first day of that fiscal year;

(b) A ledger that reflects ownership transfers of five percent or more equity of any principals, partners, or shareholders for all times during the previous fiscal year; and,

(c) The names, addresses, and amount of ownership equity of any principals, partners, or shareholders holding five percent or more equity at the time of the last day of the previous fiscal year.

History

Rulemaking Authority 550.0251(3), 550.1815(5) FS. Law Implemented 550.054(12) FS. History–New 12-20-16, Formerly 61D-4.005.

Chapter 75-5 OCCUPATIONAL LICENSING

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-5.001 Occupational Licensure

(1) The permitholder shall provide to the commission the weekly payroll without compensation amounts for verification that all persons working at a permitholder’s facility are licensed.

(2) Every initial application and renewal thereafter for a Professional Occupational License or a General Occupational License shall include the following:

(a) A complete Form FGCC PMW-3120, Individual Occupational License Application, effective January 2026, incorporated herein by reference, http://flrules.org/Gateway/reference.asp?No=Ref-18585, and which can be obtained at www.flgaming.gov or by contacting the Florida Gaming Control Commission, 4070 Esplanade Way, Suite 250, Tallahassee, Florida 32399.

(b) A complete set of fingerprints and the fingerprint fee:

A complete set of fingerprints must be submitted to the commission either on an FD-258 fingerprint card or via a livescan device. Each applicant sending fingerprints via a livescan device must provide the Florida Department of Law Enforcement (FDLE) approved livescan service provider the correct Originating Agency Identifier (ORI) number, which is FL925184Z, in order for the commission to receive his or her fingerprint results. An applicant timely renewing his or her license, whose fingerprints have been retained by FDLE, shall not be required to submit a complete sets of fingerprints.
For each set of fingerprints submitted via livescan device, the appropriate fingerprint processing fee, as established by FDLE and the Federal Bureau of Investigation, shall be paid by the applicant to the livescan service provider. For each set of fingerprints submitted on an FD-258 fingerprint card or retained by FDLE, the appropriate fingerprint processing fee, as established by FDLE and the Federal Bureau of Investigation, shall be paid by the applicant to the commission.

(c) Either the Professional Occupational License fee of $80 for a three year license or the General Occupational License fee of $15 for a three year license.

(3) Every initial application and renewal thereafter for a Pari-Mutuel Business Occupational License shall include the following:

(a) A completed Form FGCC PMW-3130, Business Occupational License Application, effective January 2026, incorporated herein by reference, http://flrules.org/Gateway/reference.asp?No=Ref-18587, and which can be obtained at www.flgaming.gov or by contacting the Florida Gaming Control Commission, 4070 Esplanade Way, Suite 250, Tallahassee, Florida 32399.

(b) The Business Occupational License fee of $120 for a three year license.

(c) All the following individuals associated with an applicant for a Business Occupational License hold a valid Professional Occupational License issued by the commission:

Officers,
Directors,
Managers, and
Shareholders and/or equity holders holding 10 percent or more interest in the business.

(4) No application for a Business Occupational License shall be granted by the commission unless each of the individuals requiring licensure pursuant to paragraph (3)(c) above, has been verified by the commission to hold a valid Professional Occupational License issued by the commission.

(5) A business applicant shall be subject to denial of its initial or renewal application as outlined in Section 550.105, F.S., based on the disqualifying criminal convictions, civil judgments or discipline history in Florida or other racing jurisdictions of the business entity or the individuals associated with the business, identified in paragraph (3)(c), above.

(6) All occupational and fingerprint fees are nonrefundable, except in situations where the applicant was charged in error.

(7) Pari-mutuel occupational licenses issued and renewed pursuant to Section 550.105, F.S., shall have an effective date of July 1st and shall be valid for a period of three state fiscal years. A license granted pursuant to an application for an initial pari-mutuel occupational license or for renewal of a pari-mutuel occupational license submitted between May 1st and June 30th shall have an effective date of July 1st of the next state fiscal year. A license granted pursuant to an application received outside of this period shall have an effective date beginning July 1st of the state fiscal year in which the application was received.

(8) Any individual or business applicant may request a waiver of disqualifying factors in an application that would otherwise be grounds for denial from the commission. A request for a waiver shall be made on Form FGCC PMW-3180, Request for Waiver, effective January 2026, incorporated herein by reference, http://flrules.org/Gateway/reference.asp?No=Ref-18584, and can be obtained at www.flgaming.gov or by contacting the Florida Gaming Control Commission, 4070 Esplanade Way, Suite 250, Tallahassee, Florida 32399.

(9) During the three year term of a valid occupational license issued by the commission, an individual or business may need another type of occupational license for any reason, such as a change in employment, a change in job duties, or a change in the services and products offered or provided. From the date an occupational license is granted until May 1st of the year in which the license expires, a licensee may request to upgrade the valid occupational license they hold to another occupational license type to which the commission allows an upgrade.

(a) A licensee may request the commission to upgrade their existing license as follows:

A Pari-Mutuel General Occupational Licensee may upgrade their license to a Pari-Mutuel Professional Occupational License or a Slot/Cardroom/Pari-mutuel Combination Occupational License;
A Pari-Mutuel Professional Occupational Licensee may upgrade their license to a Slot/Cardroom/Pari-Mutuel Combination Occupational License; or
A Pari-Mutuel Business Occupational Licensee may upgrade their license to a Slot Business Occupational License.

(b) In order to request an upgrade of the valid occupational license held by an individual or business, the licensee must submit the following to the commission:

A request to upgrade the existing license on Form FGCC PMW-3450, License Upgrade Application, incorporated by reference in Rule 75-14.005, F.A.C.
The difference in the license fee, if any, between the licensee’s license and the license type to which the licensee is requesting an upgrade, as follows:

a. A Pari-Mutuel General Occupational Licensee must pay $65.00 to upgrade to a Pari-Mutuel Professional Occupational License.

b. A Pari-Mutuel General Occupational Licensee must pay $85.00 to upgrade to a Slot/Cardroom/Pari-Mutuel Combination Occupational License.

c. A Pari-Mutuel Professional Occupational Licensee must pay $20.00 to upgrade to a Slot/Cardroom/Pari-Mutuel Combination Occupational License.

d. A Pari-Mutuel Business Occupational Licensee must pay $1,880.00 to upgrade to a Slot Business Occupational License.

If the individual licensee is upgrading to a Slot/Cardroom/Pari-Mutuel Combination Occupational License, he or she must also submit Form FGCC PMW-3410, Slot Machine Individual Occupational License Application, incorporated by reference in Rule 75-14.005, F.A.C.
If the business licensee is upgrading to a Slot Business Occupational License, the business shall also submit Form FGCC PMW-3420, Slot Machine Business Entity Occupational License Application, incorporated by reference in Rule 75-14.006, F.A.C.

(c) All upgrade applicants, except for applicants requesting to upgrade a Pari-Mutuel General Occupational License to a Pari-Mutuel Professional Occupational License, shall provide the commission with the fingerprint fee established by FDLE and the Federal Bureau of Investigation. An application for a license upgrade shall be granted or denied according to the specific licensure requirements of the license for which an upgrade applicant has applied pursuant to Chapters 550, 551 and/or Section 849.086, F.S., and pursuant to the licensing requirements of Section 120.60, F.S.

(d) A license issued by the commission pursuant to the license upgrade request shall have the following effect:

The license held by the applicant prior to the license upgrade request shall no longer be effective and shall be deemed void on the date the commission grants the upgraded license.
The license to which the applicant requested to upgrade shall be valid on the date the commission grants the license and shall expire on the same expiration date as the license from which the applicant upgraded.

(10) A license application shall lapse and no longer be processed by the commission if the applicant fails to provide the commission with a complete application within 120 days of a notice issued by the commission pursuant to Section 120.60(1), F.S. A person with a lapsed license application shall not be eligible to participate in activities that require an occupational license. An applicant seeking a pari-mutuel occupational license as an initial or renewal applicant following the lapse of their previous license application shall be required to reapply by submitting all materials and fees required in subsection (2), (3), or (9), above.

(11) Any person or business entity whose occupational license has expired and who seeks a subsequent occupational license:

(a) Within one year of the expiration of the license shall be considered an applicant for renewal of that license;

(b) Longer than one year after expiration of the license shall be considered an initial applicant for an occupational license.

(12) License application forms and fingerprint cards produced by and submitted through the Association of Racing Commissioners International (ARCI) or the National Racing Compact (NRC) under the Federal Pari-Mutuel Licensing Act of 1988 will be accepted by the commission.

(13) The applicant or licensee shall notify the commission of any change to current mailing address, email address, and/or place of employment or service by filing with the commission a completed Form FGCC 0080-1, Request for Address or Name Change, effective January 2026, incorporated herein by reference, http://flrules.org/Gateway/reference.asp?No=Ref-18588. A copy of Form FGCC 0080-1 may be obtained at www.flgaming.gov or by contacting the Florida Gaming Control Commission, 4070 Esplanade Way, Suite 250, Tallahassee, Florida, 32399.

(14) Any pari-mutuel occupational licensee shall provide written notification to the commission when the licensee has been arrested, indicted, or charged in any other way with a criminal offense within five days of the arrest, or if not arrested, within five days of the receipt of a charging document. Licensees are not required to report non-criminal traffic offenses.

History

Rulemaking Authority 16.712(2)(a), 550.0251(3), 550.105(2)(b), (10)(a), 551.107(2)(b), 849.086(6)(f) FS. Law Implemented 16.712(1)(a), 16.718, 550.0251, 550.105, 550.495, 551.107, 849.086(6) FS. History–New 10-20-96, Amended 12-15-97, 4-12-06, 9-11-11, 9-1-20, Formerly 61D-5.001, Amended 1-11-26.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-5.002 Possession of a License

(1) Unless exempted in subsection (2) of this rule, when on the grounds of a permitholder, licensees shall conspicuously wear their current Pari-Mutuel Wagering Occupational License issued by the commission.

(2) When performing their pari-mutuel occupations, the following persons shall retain on the permitholder’s premises their current license:

(a) Jockeys;

(b) Jai alai players;

(d) Harness drivers; and

(e) Exercise persons.

History

Rulemaking Authority 16.712(2)(a), 550.0251(3), 550.105(2)(b) FS. Law Implemented 16.712(1)(a), 550.0251, 550.105(2)(a) FS. History–New 10-20-96, Amended 12-15-97, 4-12-06, Formerly 61D-5.002, Amended 1-8-25, Reviewed 8-19-26.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-5.003 Exemptions from Fingerprinting

The following occupations or groups of persons are exempt from the fingerprint requirements of Section 550.105, F.S.:

(1) A sworn law enforcement or corrections officer certified pursuant to Section 943.1395, F.S., who provides the commission evidence of current certification from the Florida Criminal Justice Standards and Training Commission and is working in a security or safety position;

(2) An applicant who has been granted a diplomatic status by the United States Government;

(3) Any person whose fingerprints have been deemed “unclassifiable” twice by the Federal Bureau of Investigations; and

(4) An applicant who is under 18 years of age.

History

Rulemaking Authority 16.712(2)(a), 550.0251(3), 550.105(2)(b), (10)(a) FS. Law Implemented 16.712(1)(a), 550.105 FS. History–New 10-20-96, Amended 4-12-06, 9-11-11, 8-10-15, 9-1-20, Formerly 61D-5.003, Amended 9-23-24, Reviewed 8-19-26.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-5.004 Temporary Occupational Licenses

(1) The commission may issue a temporary occupational license pursuant to Rule 75-5.001, F.A.C., when the following conditions are met:

(a) The applicant has submitted a completed Form FGCC PMW-3120 or Form FGCC PMW-3130, as incorporated by reference in Rule 75-5.001, F.A.C., and has paid all applicable licensing and fingerprint fees;

(b) The applicant is in good standing, not under suspension, has not had a license revoked, has not been denied a license, and has not been declared ineligible for licensure in Florida or any other racing or gaming jurisdiction or by the Horseracing Integrity and Safety Authority (HISA) or another such authority designated by the Federal Trade Commission.

(c) The applicant has not been convicted of or had adjudication withheld on any disqualifying criminal offense listed in Section 550.105(5), F.S.;

(d) The commission has not issued the applicant’s occupational license; and

(e) If the applicant has previously applied to the commission for a license, the applicant’s most recent application prior to the current application for licensure did not lapse pursuant to Rule 75-5.001, F.A.C.

(2) A temporary license can be obtained by the horse owner’s licensed trainer, horse owner, or stable. The commission shall issue this temporary occupational license when the following conditions are met:

(a) The applicant has submitted a completed Form FGCC PMW-3110, Animal Owner Temporary License Application, effective December 2025, incorporated herein by reference, http://flrules.org/Gateway/reference.asp?No=Ref-18586, and can be obtained at or by contacting the Florida Gaming Control Commission, 4070 Esplanade Way, Suite 250, Tallahassee, Florida 32399;

(b) The applicant has submitted payment of all applicable licensing and fingerprinting fees;

(c) The horse owner or stable for which the application is submitted is in good standing, not under suspension, has not had a license revoked, has not been denied a license, and has not been declared ineligible for licensure in Florida or any other racing or gaming jurisdiction or by the Horseracing Integrity and Safety Authority (HISA) or another such authority designated by the Federal Trade Commission;

(d) The horse owner or stable has not been convicted of or had adjudication withheld on any disqualifying criminal offense listed in Section 550.105(5), F.S.;

(e) The horse owner or stable for which the application is submitted has not been issued an occupational license by the commission; and

(f) If the horse owner or stable for which the application is submitted has previously applied to the commission for a license, the applicant’s most recent application prior to the current application for licensure did not lapse pursuant to Rule 75-5.001, F.A.C.

(3) All temporary licenses issued by the commission are subject to the same requirements of Chapter 550, F.S., and Chapter 75-5, F.A.C., as pari-mutuel occupational licenses.

(4) The granting of a temporary license is conditioned on the honesty of an applicant in his, her or its application. The commission may revoke a temporary license if the applicant falsely swore to a material statement in the application relating to the applicant’s criminal history or suspension, unpaid fines, revocation or denial in Florida or another racing or gaming jurisdiction, or by the Horseracing Integrity and Safety Authority (HISA), or another such authority designated by the Federal Trade Commission.

(5) A holder of a temporary individual pari-mutuel occupational license shall cease all activity requiring the possession of a pari-mutuel occupational license if the commission denies the application for permanent licensure.

(6) An applicant who is not eligible for a temporary license is not prevented from applying for an occupational license referenced in Rule 75-5.001, F.A.C.

(7) All temporary licenses issued by the commission shall be immediately surrendered if the commission grants the applicant a permanent license.

History

Rulemaking Authority 16.712(2)(a), 550.0251(3), 550.105(2)(b), (6) FS. Law Implemented 16.712(1)(a), 550.0251, 550.105 FS. History–New 10-20-96, Amended 12-15-97, 4-12-06, 9-11-11, 9-1-20, Formerly 61D-5.004, Amended 1-8-25, 12-11-25.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-5.005 Exemptions to Occupational Licensing Requirements

(1) The following are exempted from occupational licensing requirements:

(a) Sworn law enforcement and corrections officers certified pursuant to Section 943.1395, F.S., performing in a security or safety position, other than the chief of security at a track or fronton.

(b) Firefighters, emergency medical technician companies, and emergency medical technicians.

(c) Persons working for a vendor or contractual concessionaires providing supplies other than feed or medicine who make deliveries to nonrestricted areas of the permitholder premises and who are not employed on the permitholder premises. Such employees shall be permitted to make deliveries to a restricted area if issued a pass by the permitholder security.

(d) Businesses and employees of businesses providing occasional maintenance or plant improvement services to the facility or equipment, or providing construction services which are not related to the making of pari-mutuel pools, the conduct of racing or jai alai games or the direct care of racing animals.

(e) Upon adequate proof provided to the division, shareholders, who otherwise would be required to have an occupational license, owning less than ten percent of the outstanding stock or equity interest of any entity licensed by the division, will not be required to have such a license merely by their connection to a company. Such a shareholder shall not be granted access to any restricted area of a pari-mutuel wagering facility by virtue of their ownership interest without having obtained a pari-mutuel occupational license.

(2) Permitholder security shall maintain a list of unlicensed persons working in restricted areas on the permitholder premises. Said list shall be available at all times for review by division personnel. All passes to restricted areas shall contain a beginning and ending date of validity and shall state the work hours during which access to restricted areas is allowed. Unlicensed persons working in restricted areas of the permitholder facility shall be in possession of a valid pass issued by permitholder security.

History

Rulemaking Authority 550.0251(3), 550.105(2)(b), (10)(a) FS. Law Implemented 550.0251, 550.105, 559.79 FS. History–New 10-20-96, Amended 4-12-06, 9-11-11, Formerly 61D-5.005.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-5.006 Waiver of Criminal Convictions or Other Offenses

(1) Any applicant for an occupational license who is subject to denial on the basis of a criminal conviction or discipline by any racing jurisdiction or by the Horseracing Integrity and Safety Authority or another such authority designated by the Federal Trade Commission may seek a waiver of the restrictions excluding offenders from the commission. The applicant shall submit Form FGCC PMW-3120, Individual Occupational License Application, adopted by reference in Rule 75-5.001, F.A.C., the annual license fee and fingerprint fee, a complete set of fingerprints on a card supplied by the commission, and Form FGCC PMW-3180, Request for Waiver, adopted by reference in Rule 75-5.001, F.A.C. The applicant shall also schedule a waiver interview with the Office of Investigations. Failure to participate in a waiver interview or to disclose any pertinent information regarding criminal convictions, or discipline by any racing jurisdiction or by the Horseracing Integrity and Safety Authority or another such authority designated by the Federal Trade Commission shall result in a denial of the request for waiver.

(2) The applicant shall establish proof of rehabilitation and demonstrate good moral character. The waiver applies to criminal convictions disclosed to the division, unless revoked by the commission or discovered by the commission during its review of the application.

(3) No applicant for a waiver shall be allowed to work in any capacity as an occupational licensee until a license is issued based upon a waiver, granted by the commission.

History

Rulemaking Authority 16.712(2)(a), 550.0251(3), 550.105(2)(b), (10)(a) FS. Law Implemented 16.712(1)(a), 550.0251, 550.105 FS. History–New 10-20-96, Amended 12-15-97, 4-12-06, 9-11-11, Formerly 61D-5.006, Amended 12-11-25.

Chapter 75-6 DRUGS AND VETERINARIAN PROCEDURES

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-6.001 Purpose for Rules; Definitions Related to Drugs and Medications

(1) The purpose of these rules related to Medication, Drugs and Sampling is to protect the integrity of horse racing and jai alai games, to protect the welfare of the animal, and to safeguard the interest of the public and racing participants through the control of all medications, drugs, and substances foreign to or in excess of the natural physiology of the animal.

(2) In construing these rules, the following definitions shall apply:

(a) “Bleeders’ List” means a list of horses maintained by the commission that exhibit exercise induced pulmonary hemorrhage.

(b) “Furosemide (Salix) List” means the commission’s official list of racing horses approved for racing with furosemide in Florida.

(d) “Proprietary drug” means a patent or over-the-counter medicine which is sold to the public by, or under the authority of, the manufacturer or primary distributor thereof and which is not misbranded under the provisions of the Florida Drug and Cosmetic Act (Chapter 499, F.S.).

(e) “Veterinarian’s list” means a list maintained by the track veterinarian which contains the name of any racing horse which the veterinarian considers unfit, unsound or not ready for racing.

(f) “Sulfa drugs” means sulfa and sulfa-like antimicrobial medications and their metabolites, including but not limited to sulfadiazine, sulfamethazine, sulfadimethozine, sulfadimethoxine, sulfametranidazole, sulfapyridine, sulfathiazole, sulfamethoxazole, trimethoprim and pyrimethamine.

History

Rulemaking Authority 550.0251(3), 550.2415(12) FS. Law Implemented 550.0251, 550.2415 FS. History–New 10-20-96, Amended 6-6-00, 4-12-06, Formerly 61D-6.001, Amended 1-8-25.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-6.002 General Duties and Responsibilities

(1) The trainer of record shall be responsible for and be the absolute insurer of the condition of the horses he/she enters to race. Trainers are presumed to know the rules of the commission. The trainer of record shall be identified on Form FGCC PMW-3360, Personnel Roster, effective December 2015 and incorporated herein by reference, which can be obtained at https://www.flrules.org/Gateway/reference.asp?No=Ref-06327, www.flgaming.gov, or by contacting the Florida Gaming Control Commission, 4070 Esplanade Way, Suite 250, Tallahassee, Florida 32399. The trainer of record shall provide to the chief inspector and racing secretary at any track where the trainer enters racing animals in pari-mutuel races Form FGCC PMW-3360, Personnel Roster at the beginning of each race meet and whenever any changes are made to the personnel under his/her employment.

(2) Each permitholder of a thoroughbred, harness, or quarter horse racing facility shall provide and maintain a detention enclosure in a location approved by the commission for the purpose of securing urine, blood or other samples from racing horses. The detention enclosure at horse tracks shall have a perimeter fence which will prevent access of unauthorized persons, contain a wash rack, an office for the commission veterinarian, and not less than six detention stalls with an adjacent walking ring.

(3) Reports of positive result shall include the substance detected, concentration of the substance, testing methodologies, and the measurement uncertainties associated with the test.

History

Rulemaking Authority 550.0251(3), 550.2415(12) FS. Law Implemented 550.0251, 550.2415 FS. History–New 10-20-96, Amended 12-15-97, 4-12-06, 1-10-16, Formerly 61D-6.002, Amended 1-8-25.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-6.003 Permitted Medications; General Provisions

(1) The trainer of record shall be responsible for insuring that all legend drugs, proprietary drugs, or medicinal compounds (natural or synthetic) of any nature are kept or stored at all times in a securely locked cabinet, locker, or room when not actively being administered.

(2) Any legend drug, which is used or kept on the grounds of a permitholder and which, by federal or state law, requires a prescription and Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA) number, must be validly prescribed by a duly licensed veterinarian in good standing in their state of licensure, who has established a current veterinarian-patient relationship with said animal and in compliance with Section 474.214(1)(y), F.S. All legend drugs, must have a label which is securely attached to the container and complies with the requirements of Chapters 465, 474 and 499, F.S. When the medication container is such that a label cannot be affixed thereto, the label must be affixed to the original packing container or bag. Such labeling will be presumed to imply that a veterinarian-patient relationship exists that can be verified through the veterinarian's records.

(3) Any person receiving a legend drug, proprietary drug, or medicinal compound (natural or synthetic) shall be responsible for ensuring that a label is on said medication. Dispensing veterinarians shall be responsible for the proper labeling of all legend drugs, proprietary drugs, or medicinal compounds (natural or synthetic) they dispense.

History

Rulemaking Authority 120.80(4)(a), 550.0251(3), 550.2415(2), (13) FS. Law Implemented 120.80(4)(a), 550.0251, 550.2415 FS. History–New 10-20-96, Formerly 61D-6.003.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-6.004 Prohibited Devices, Medications, and Procedures; Exceptions

(1) The administration, by whatever means, of any medication, except furosemide and prednisolone sodium succinate, to a racing animal within 24 hours prior to the officially scheduled time of a race in which that animal is scheduled to compete is strictly prohibited. The administration of furosemide or prednisolone sodium succinate, by whatever means, to a racing animal within 4 hours prior to the officially scheduled time of a race in which that animal is scheduled to compete is strictly prohibited. Any racing animal found by the stewards, through evidence a reasonable person would consider reliable, to have been administered, by whatever means, any medication other than furosemide and prednisolone sodium succinate within 24 hours prior to the officially scheduled time of a race in which that animal is scheduled to compete shall be scratched. Any racing animal found by the stewards, through evidence a reasonable person would consider reliable, to have been administered furosemide or prednisolone sodium succinate, by whatever means, within 4 hours prior to the officially scheduled time of a race in which that animal is scheduled to compete shall be scratched. Nothing in this rule shall be interpreted to prohibit the use of vitamins, minerals or naturally occurring substances so long as none exceeds the normal physiological concentration in a race day specimen.

(2)(a) No licensee within the grounds of a racing permitholder where racing animals are lodged or kept shall have in or upon the premises which that person occupies or has the right to occupy, or in that licensee’s personal property or effects, the following:

Legend drugs dispensed without a valid prescription,
Any hypodermic needle, injectable vial, syringe capable of accepting a hypodermic needle or which may accept a volume greater than 6 ounces, tube device for naso-gastric or gastric intubation,
Except as provided in paragraph (2)(b), any jug, drench or device capable of forced ingestion by human means, or
Except as provided in paragraph (2)(b), any other device which could be used for the injection, infusion or other administration of a legend drug, proprietary drug or medicinal compound (natural or synthetic) into a horse.

(b) Exempted from the provisions of paragraph (2)(a), are:

The possession of a syringe, hypodermic needle, injectable vial for the administration of a medication for personal use if the stewards of the permitted premises the person occupies are provided prior written notification of possession of such devices and medication and are provided a copy of a physician order documenting the need for such devices and medication; and,
The possession of any of those items referred as in paragraph (2)(a) above by any veterinarian currently licensed pursuant Chapters 474 and 550, F.S.
The possession of any of the following devices which the commission expressly designates as exempt from the prohibitions contained in paragraph (2)(a), above:

a.The possession of tubing of a length not to exceed 36 inches,

b. Does syringes, bulb syringes and other syringes not capable of accepting a hypodermic needle and which cannot accept a volume of greater than 6 ounces,

c. Balling gun; and,

d. Inhalation devices.

(3) The rectal, oral, naso-gastric or gastric intubation (commonly known as “tubing”) of any racing animal which is scheduled to race is prohibited on race day. Any animal found by the stewards to have been intubated on race day shall be scratched.

History

Rulemaking Authority 120.80(19), 550.0251(3), (11), 550.2415(7), (12) FS. Law Implemented 120.80(19), 550.0251, 550.235, 550.2415 FS. History– New 10-20-96, Amended 1-5-98, Formerly 61D-6.004, Amended 1-8-25.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-6.0051 Procedures for Collecting Samples from Racing Horses

(1) Identification of Horses for Sampling:

(a) Any horse the judges, stewards, division, or track veterinarian designate, shall be sent immediately after the race to the detention enclosure for examination by the authorized representative of the division and for the taking of urine, or blood specimens as shall be directed for the monitoring and detection of both permissible and impermissible substances.

(b) The division veterinarian and veterinarian assistant or authorized division representative shall verify the identity of the horse to be sampled by checking the horse’s lip tattoo, freeze-brand, microchip, or physical description on its registration papers.

(2) Collection of Specimens:

(a) Urine specimens shall be collected only by authorized representatives of the division. If representatives of the division are unable to collect a urine specimen from a horse which has remained in the detention enclosure for up to ninety minutes, they have the option to accompany the horse to its own barn for additional attempts at collecting a specimen. The owner, trainer of record, groom, or other authorized person shall accompany the horse and division personnel to its barn and shall remain with the horse until a specimen is collected, and is permitted to accompany the division personnel and specimen back to the detention enclosure for sealing of the specimen container(s).

(b) Blood specimens shall be collected only by a Florida licensed veterinarian or designee and witnessed by the horse’s trainer of record, owner, or designee. The veterinarian or designee shall obtain at least four, but not more than six, full blood tubes from each horse sampled.

When four full blood tubes are obtained, three of the full blood tubes shall be considered the primary or “A” sample. The other full blood tube shall be considered the secondary, or “B” portion of the specimen.
When more than four full blood tubes are obtained, a single blood tube shall be considered the secondary or “B” portion of the specimen, and the other tubes shall be considered the primary or “A” portion.

(c) At the time of collection, the authorized representative of the division responsible for collecting the urine specimen shall wear gloves provided by the division.

(3) After collection, blood specimen tubes shall be sealed and labeled. The sealing and labeling process for blood specimens shall include:

(a) Assigning and affixing a sample number, unique to each horse sampled, to the blood specimen tubes;

(b) Assigning an “A” and “B” designation to the appropriate tubes; and,

(4) Centrifuging of Blood Specimens:

(a) Once collected, a blood specimen shall rest for at least 30 minutes.

(b) Blood specimens shall be centrifuged at the detention barn facility to separate serum from the blood specimen in preparation of refrigeration for shipment to the testing laboratory.

(5) Pouring of Urine Specimens:

(a) After collection, the urine specimen shall be brought into the detention barn office where it shall be poured directly into two containers, one designated as the primary or “A” sample, and one designated as the secondary or “B” sample.

(b) The containers shall be sealed before securing and freezing for shipping.

(d) At least one authorized representative of the division shall be present to observe the pouring of the urine specimens.

(e) Once transferred, the containers shall be sealed and a sample number shall be affixed to the containers.

(f) Evidence tape shall be affixed to the containers before securing and freezing for shipping.

(6) Failure of an owner, trainer of record or other authorized person to witness and/or sign a sample tag shall not preclude the division from proceeding with sample analysis.

(7) Securing and Shipping of Specimens:

(a) Urine shall be stored in a lockable freezer in the detention enclosure.

(b) Centrifuged blood specimens shall be stored in a lockable refrigerator in the detention enclosure.

(c) Specimens shall be shipped to the laboratory under contract with the division via common carrier in a locked, tamper proof container maintained in a manner to preserve the integrity of the specimens.

(d) Primary and secondary samples shall be packed, labeled, and secured in separate, segregated, sealed packaging within a shipping container for shipment to the primary laboratory.

(e) Secondary samples shall remain unopened while at the primary laboratory and shall be stored in a freezer or refrigerator separate from the primary samples until they are shipped for secondary analysis if requested or destroyed by the primary laboratory.

(8) Authorized division personnel must record the horse’s name and tattoo number; time of collection; name of the trainer or owner’s witness, if any; specimen ID number; the time that centrifuging of blood begins; and the time urine is decanted for each specimen collected and processed.

(9) Authority of the division:

(a) The division veterinarian or division investigator is authorized to confiscate any legend or proprietary drugs, medications, unlabeled medication, medication with altered labels, medicinal compounds (natural or synthetic) or other materials which are found in the stable area or elsewhere on race tracks, or in the possession of any person participating in or connected with racing, including veterinarians and trainers, and which are suspected of containing improper legend or proprietary drugs, medications, medicinal compounds (natural or synthetic) or other materials which are illegal or impermissible under these rules. Such legend or proprietary drugs, medications, unlabeled medication, medication with altered labels, medicinal compounds (natural or synthetic) or other materials shall be delivered to the laboratory under contract with the division for analysis.

(b) The division is authorized to confiscate any evidence that an illegal or impermissible legend or proprietary drug, medication, or medicinal compound (natural or synthetic) may have been administered to a racing animal.

(c) Any licensee who threatens to or interferes with, or fails to allow the taking of urine, blood or other specimens authorized by Chapter 550, F.S., is subject to any disciplinary action authorized by Chapter 550, F.S., or the rules promulgated thereunder.

History

Rulemaking Authority 550.0251(3), 550.2415(12) FS. Law Implemented 120.80(4)(a), 550.0251, 550.1155, 550.2415 FS. History–New 12-4-17, Formerly 61D-6.0051.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-6.0052 Procedures for Collecting Samples from Greyhounds

History

Rulemaking Authority 550.0251(3), (11), 550.2415(12) FS. Law Implemented 550.0251, 550.2415 FS. History–New 3-10-19, Formerly 61D-6.0052, Repealed 1-8-25.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-6.006 Procedures Relating to Split Samples

The following procedures shall be followed when requesting a split sample analysis at an independent laboratory:

(1) A trainer of record or owner of a racehorse who has received a report of positive result may request that split sample analysis be conducted on the corresponding portion of the specimen, or secondary (“B” portion), if applicable. The trainer of record or owner may request that the split sample be sent to an independent laboratory approved by the commission for split sample analysis. The request must be made in writing or on Form FGCC PMW-3290, Split Sample Request, effective December 2015, and adopted herein by reference, which can be obtained at https://www.flrules.org/Gateway/reference.asp?No=Ref-06325, www.flgaming.gov, or by contacting the Florida Gaming Control Commission, 4070 Espanade Way, Site 250, Tallahassee, Florida 32399, and submitted by certified mail or hand delivery to the State Steward, commission Hearing Officer, or the commission’s Office of the General Counsel no later than ten (10) calendar days after receipt of the report of positive result.

(2) The party requesting the split sample shall select an independent laboratory from a list of laboratories approved by the commission to perform the split sample analysis. The party requesting a split sample analysis shall bear all costs of the analysis and provide the commission with proof of payment.

(3) Failure to request a split sample with an approved independent laboratory within ten (10) calendar days after receiving written notification of the report of positive result from the primary racing laboratory shall constitute a waiver of the right to a split sample. Failure to pay the independent laboratory in full for split sample analysis and provide proof of payment to the commission within ten (10) days of the request for split sample analysis shall constitute a waiver of the right to a split sample.

(4) Upon receipt of the split sample request, the commission shall notify the primary laboratory of the request, identifying the sample number on which the split sample analysis is to be performed, the independent laboratory which has been selected, and the primary laboratory’s internal tracking number. The primary racing laboratory shall send the unopended split sample to the independent laboratory selected within ten (10) calendar days of receiving the request.

(5) The request of a split sample shall operate as a stay of any hearing until the analysis of the split sample has been completed. Failure by the requestor to pay the independent laboratory for a split sample test shall not operate as a stay.

History

Rulemaking Authority 120.80(19), 550.0251(3), (11), 550.2415(5), (12) FS. Law Implemented 120.80(19), 550.0251, 550.2415 FS. History–New 10-20-96, Amended 12-15-97, 4-12-06, 6-26-11, 1-10-16, 12-4-17, Formerly 61D-6.006, Amended 1-8-25.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-6.007 Testing Methodologies, Measurement Uncertainties, Screening Limits for Racing Horses

(1) Testing Methodologies: Methodologies used to screen for and confirm the administration of medications, drugs, and naturally occurring substances in racing horses shall be limited to the following: Immunoassay, Liquid Chromatography Mass Spectrometry (LCMS), Gas Chromatography Mass Spectrometry (GCMS), Clinical Refractometer, and/or Specific Gravity.

(2) Measurement Uncertainties: The Division hereby incorporates by reference the Division Laboratory Measurement Uncertainty Schedule containing the established levels. An electronic copy can be located at https://www.flrules.org/Gateway/reference.asp?No=Ref-13341, Effective Date: 07-13-2021.

(a) All measurement uncertainties have been established at the maximum allowable concentration for those substances, analytes, and corresponding metabolites or markers contained within Rule 75-6.008, F.A.C., that undergo quantitative analysis, unless otherwise specified.

(b) If a sample is diluted for testing, the measurement uncertainty is multiplied by the factor of dilution.

(c) Measurements of uncertainty are not established for the testing of specimens in which the identification of a substance, analyte, or corresponding metabolite or marker at or above the lowest level of detection is sufficient to constitute a violation.

(3) Screening Limit for Prohibited Substances in Racing Horses: Any and all findings above zero that are over the limit of detection, under any condition of use, for prohibited substances shall be considered a violation of Section 550.2415, F.S.

History

Rulemaking Authority 550.0251(3), (11), 550.2415(12) FS. Law Implemented 550.0251, 550.2415 FS. History–New 10-20-96, Amended 6-6-00, 6-6-04, 4-12-06, 6-26-11, 8-1-19, 8-4-21, Formerly 61D-6.007.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-6.008 Permitted Medications for Horses

(1) The prescription medications defined in this rule shall be permitted under the conditions set forth to conserve and protect the health of the horse which is entered to race. All such medications shall be procured and administered by a licensed veterinarian, except where a valid prescription or dispensing occurs in compliance with the requirements of Chapter 474, F.S.

(2) The following permitted medications at concentrations less than or equal to the following schedule shall not be reported by the racing laboratory to the Division as a violation of Section 550.2415, F.S.:

(a) The detection of acepromazine [2-(1-hydroxyethyl) promazine sulfoxide] at a urinary concentration of 10 nanograms per milliliter.

(b) The detection of albuterol at a urinary concentration of 1 nanogram per milliliter.

(d) The detection of butorphanol (total) at a urinary concentration of 300 nanograms per milliliter, or (free) at a blood serum concentration of 2 nanograms per milliliter.

(e) The detection of clenbuterol at a urinary concentration of 140 picograms per milliliter, or a blood serum concentration at the lowest level of detection.

(f) The detection of dantrolene (5-hydroxydantrolene) at a blood serum concentration of 100 picograms per milliliter.

(g) The detection of detomidine (carboxydetomidine) at a urinary concentration of 1 nanogram per milliliter, or a blood serum concentration at the lowest level of detection.

(h) The detection of dexamethasone at a blood serum concentration of 5 picograms per milliliter.

(i) The detection of diclofenac at a blood serum concentration of 5 nanograms per milliliter.

(j) The detection of dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) at a blood serum concentration of 10 micrograms per milliliter

(k) The detection of firocoxib at a blood serum concentration of 20 nanograms per milliliter.

(l) The detection of furosemide at a blood serum concentration of 100 nanograms per milliliter and a urine specific gravity of less than 1.010.

(m) The detection of glycopyrrolate at a blood serum concentration of 3 picograms per milliliter.

(n) The detection of isoflupredone at a blood serum concentration of 100 picograms per milliliter.

(o) The detection of lidocaine at a blood serum concentration of 20 picograms per milliliter.

(p) The detection of mepivacaine (hydroxymepivacaine) at a urinary concentration of 10 nanograms per milliliter, or a blood serum concentration at the lowest level of detection.

(q) The detection of methocarbamol at a blood serum concentration of 1 nanogram per milliliter.

(r) The detection of methylprednisolone at a blood serum concentration of 100 picograms per milliliter.

(s) The detection of omeprazole at a urinary concentration of 1 nanogram per milliliter.

(t) The detection of prednisolone at a blood serum concentration of 1 nanogram per milliliter.

(u) The detection of procaine penicillin at a blood serum concentration of 25 nanograms per milliliter.

(v) The detection of triamcinolone acetonide at a blood serum concentration of 100 picograms per milliliter.

(w) The detection of xylazine at a blood serum concentration of 0.01 nanogram per milliliter.

(3) Samples collected may contain one of the three non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs) listed below, up to the primary threshold. Samples may contain two of the NSAIDs at a concentration up to the secondary threshold. No more than two of the NSAIDs listed below may be present in any sample.

(a) Flunixin at a primary blood serum concentration of 20 nanograms per milliliter, and a secondary blood serum concentration of 3 nanograms per milliliter.

(b) Ketoprofen at a primary blood serum concentration of 2 nanograms per milliliter, and a secondary blood serum concentration of 1 nanogram per milliliter.

(c) Phenylbutazone at a primary blood serum concentration of 2 micrograms per milliliter, and a secondary blood serum concentration of 0.3 micrograms per milliliter.

(4)No Androgenic-Anabolic Steroids (AAS) shall be permitted in test samples collected from racing horses, except for the major metabolites of stanozolol, nandrolone, and the naturally occurring substances boldenone and testosterone at concentrations less than the following thresholds:

(a) Stanozolol or 16β-hydroxystanozolol – 1 nanogram per milliliter in urine for all horses regardless of sex.

(b) Boldenone – 15 nanograms per milliliter in urine of male horses other than geldings. No boldenone shall be permitted in geldings or female horses.

(c) Nandrolone – 1 nanogram per milliliter in urine of geldings or females; or 45 nanograms per milliliter of metabolite, 5α-oestrane-3β,17α-diol in urine of male horses other than geldings.

(d) Testosterone – 20 nanograms per milliliter in urine of geldings, 55 nanograms per milliliter in urine of females. Samples collected from male horses other than geldings will not be tested for testosterone.

(5) All prescription medications, regardless of method of administration, shall be safeguarded under lock and key when not being actively administered.

History

Rulemaking Authority 550.0251(3), 550.2415(12) FS. Law Implemented 550.0251(11), 550.2415(1), (7) FS. History–New 10-20-96, Amended 1-5-98, 6-6-00, 5-14-02, 6-6-04, 7-6-06, 8-12-07, 12-30-08, 12-29-11, 1-10-16, Formerly 61D-6.008.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-6.009 Veterinarians

(1) The commission shall employ a veterinarian (the commission or state veterinarian) who is licensed and in good standing with the Florida State Board of Veterinary Medicine pursuant to Chapter 474, F.S. The commission veterinarian is authorized to:

(a) Maintain and operate a detention enclosure for the securing of urine, blood, or other samples in accordance with this chapter;

(b) Collect other specimens and samples for analysis in accordance with this chapter;

(d) Recommend the scratching of any racing animal the veterinarian considers to be unsound or unfit to race;

(e) Inquire into any violation concerning a practicing veterinarian, and counsel the stewards or commission investigators concerning such violations of rules;

(f) Investigate any illness of racing animals exhibiting symptoms suggestive of any infectious, contagious or epizootic disease;

(g) Inspect stables for general health and safety requirements;

(h) Recommend to the stewards that a special urine or blood sample be collected from any racing animal that he/she suspects is not performing according to form; and

(i) Perform such other duties as the commission may from time to time require.

(2) Each racing animal permitholder shall employ a veterinarian (the track or permitholder veterinarian) who is licensed by and in good standing with the Florida State Board of Veterinary Medicine pursuant to Chapter 474, F.S. It is the duty of the general manager to ensure that the requirements of rules pertaining to the track veterinarian are strictly complied with.

(a) Every racing animal entered to race shall be given a pre-race examination on the day of the race to determine the entry’s fitness to race. The pre-race examination shall be made by the track veterinarian. Horses shall be examined prior to racing. All bandages shall be removed by the groom and the entry exercised outside the stall so the track veterinarian can determine the physical condition of the entry.

(b) The track veterinarian shall observe the condition of all racing animals immediately prior to, during, and after the race. Any racing animal which has been entered to race that the track veterinarian or commission veterinarian considers to be unsound for racing shall be promptly reported to the stewards and said animal shall be scratched.

(c) The track veterinarian shall maintain a list to be known as the “Veterinarian’s List” upon which the veterinarian shall enter the name of any racing animal which the veterinarian considers unfit, unsound or not ready for racing. Any racing animal placed on the Veterinarian’s List shall be refused entry until the track veterinarian removes its name from the list. A trainer may appeal any decision to place a racing animal on the Veterinarian’s List to the stewards.

(d) The track veterinarian shall perform such other reasonable duties pertaining to the health and welfare of the racing animals as shall be directed by the stewards or the commission.

(3) Any veterinarian duly licensed in accordance with the laws of the State of Florida and desiring to practice on the grounds of a permitholder (practicing veterinarian) must be licensed by the commission.

(a) Practicing veterinarians shall not furnish, sell or loan any hypodermic syringe, hypodermic needle or other device which could be used for injection, infusion or other administration into a racing animal of any medication, drug or compound (natural or synthetic). Only one-time disposable syringes and infusion tubes are authorized for use in the treatment of racing animals by veterinarians practicing on the grounds of a permitholder and said syringes must be properly disposed of following their use.

(b) Practicing veterinarians who prescribe or use any drug, medication, compound (natural or synthetic) or treatment which contains a legend or proprietary drug, medication, or medicinal compound (natural or synthetic) which may restrict the racing ability of a racing animal for a period of time, shall at the time of prescribing or use deliver to the racing animal’s trainer of record or their designee when witnessed to, a written statement setting forth the date, the name of the animal, and the name of said drug, medication or compound (natural or synthetic), the effect and reason so prescribed and used. A copy of this statement shall be available upon the request of the commission veterinarian, track veterinarian or stewards. Any illness with unusual symptoms shall immediately be reported by the trainer or attending veterinarian to the commission veterinarian, track veterinarian or steward.

(4)(a) Practicing veterinarians shall maintain records of all racing animals treated and of all medications sold or dispensed. These records shall include the names of the racing animals, their trainer, the date, time, amount and type of medication, drug or compound (natural or synthetic), method of administration, and diagnosis. These records shall be retained for at least 24 months and shall be available for inspection by commission personnel.

(b) Practicing veterinarians shall not possess or possess with intent to sell, dispense, deliver or cause to be on the grounds of any pari-mutuel facility, any legend or proprietary drugs, medications or medicinal compounds (natural or synthetic) that are not in compliance with the provisions of Chapters 465, 474, 499, and 893, F.S.

(5) The track veterinarian, the commission veterinarian and any practicing veterinarian who furnishes professional services at a race meeting are prohibited:

(a) From possessing any ownership, directly or indirectly, in any racing animal racing during the meeting at which the veterinarian is employed or practicing; and,

(b) From placing any wager for any thing of value on the outcome of any race conducted at the meeting at which the veterinarian is employed or practicing.

(6) No veterinarian employed by a permitholder or by the commission shall be permitted, during the period of employment (30 days prior to the meet, until the completion of the meet), to treat or prescribe for any racing animal participating in a pari-mutuel meeting for compensation or otherwise, except in cases of emergency, or as otherwise authorized by the commission. In all cases where emergency treatment is rendered, a full and complete report of such treatment shall be made to the commission. No owner or trainer shall employ or pay compensation to any such veterinarian, either directly or indirectly, during the period for which he/she is so employed by the commission or a permitholder unless otherwise authorized by the commission.

(7) No horse shall be allowed to enter, start, or be stabled on the grounds of a pari-mutuel facility unless a copy of a valid negative original Coggin’s Test certificate, within one year of the date on which the sample was drawn, is presented and on file with the permitholder.

(8)(a) All racing animals shall be inoculated for infectious, contagious, and epizootic diseases including the following, and given boosters as recommended by veterinarians: Equine: Mandatory (unless the attending veterinarian, based upon the veterinarian’s professional judgement, as indicated in the animal’s veterinary records, determines that inoculation is contraindicated) at least as often as recommended by the vaccine manufacturer unless additional inoculations are required by the attending veterinarian: Influenza, Equine Encephalitis, and Rhinopneumonitis. Any other inoculation shall occur as recommended by the attending veterinarian.

(b) Proof of vaccination and a Coggin’s Test certificate for racing horses must be kept on file with the trainer of record and be subject to inspection by the commission, provided, however, that failure to possess such proof shall not be the basis for disciplinary action if proof of inoculation and/or Coggin’s Test can be secured through the treating veterinarian or the Florida race track where the horse is stabled.

(9) Any veterinarians practicing on the grounds of a permitholder shall promptly report to the commission veterinarian, track veterinarian or in their absence, the stewards, any inhumane, illegal, or improper treatment of a racing animal that comes to their attention. The failure to do so will be considered a violation of these rules.

History

Rulemaking Authority 120.80(19), 550.0251(3), (11), 550.241(12) FS. Law Implemented 550.0251, 550.2415 FS. History–New 10-20-96, Amended 12-15-97, 4-12-06, 7-20-10, 1-10-16, Formerly 61D-6.009, Amended 1-8-25.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-6.011 Racing Horse Drug and Substance Classification System and Penalty Schedule

(1) The purpose of this rule is to designate and classify prohibited substances and the corresponding penalties that the Division shall impose upon a finding that a horse participated in a race while impermissibly medicated or with a prohibited substance present in its body. Any reference to a Commission within the incorporated document in subsection (2) of this rule is not applicable as the State of Florida has not established a racing commission.

(2) The Division hereby incorporates by reference the classification system for drugs and substances and corresponding penalty schedule in the Uniform Classification Guidelines for Foreign Substances, version 8.0, revised December 2014, by the Association of Racing Commissioners International, Inc. (the “Classification and Penalty Guidelines”). An electronic copy is available at https://www.flrules.org/Gateway/reference.asp?No=Ref-10818.

(3) The penalties corresponding to the drug or medication classification, as provided in the incorporated Classification and Penalty Guidelines, shall be imposed when a horse has been impermissibly medicated or determined to have a prohibited substance present in its body in violation of Section 550.2415, F.S.

(4) The presence of more than one Non Steroidal Anti-Inflammatory Drug (NSAID) constitutes an NSAID stacking violation under the following conditions:

(a) A Class 1 NSAID Stacking Violation (Penalty Class B) occurs when:

Two non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs are found at individual levels determined to exceed the following restrictions:

a. Diclofenac – 5 nanograms per milliliter of plasma or serum;

b. Firocoxib – 20 nanograms per milliliter of plasma or serum;

c. Flunixin – 20 nanograms per milliliter of plasma or serum;

d. Ketoprofen – 2 nanograms per milliliter of plasma or serum;

e. Phenylbutazone – 2 micrograms per milliliter of plasma or serum; or

f. All other non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs – any and all findings above zero.

Three or more non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs are found at individual levels determined to exceed the following restrictions:

a. Diclofenac – 5 nanograms per milliliter of plasma or serum;

b. Firocoxib – 20 nanograms per milliliter of plasma or serum;

c. Flunixin – 3 nanograms per milliliter of plasma or serum;

d. Ketoprofen – 1 nanograms per milliliter of plasma or serum;

e. Phenylbutazone – 0.3 micrograms per milliliter of plasma or serum; or

f. All other non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs – any and all findings above zero.

(b) A Class 2 NSAID Stacking Violation (Penalty Class C) occurs when:

Any one substance noted in Subsection (a)1. above is found in excess of the restrictions contained therein in combination with any one of the following substances at levels below the restrictions so noted but in excess of the following levels:

a. Flunixin – 3.0 nanograms per milliliter of plasma or serum;

b. Ketoprofen – 1 nanogram per milliliter of plasma or serum; or

c. Phenylbutazone – 0.3 micrograms per milliliter of plasma or serum;

Any combination of two of the following non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs are found at or below the restrictions in subparagraphs (a)1.a.-e. above but in excess of the noted restrictions:

a. Flunixin – 3 nanograms per milliliter of plasma or serum;

b. Ketoprofen – 1 nanogram per milliliter of plasma or serum; or

c. Phenylbutazone – 0.3 micrograms per milliliter of plasma or serum.

(5) The Division shall consider the following mitigating or aggravating factors to deviate from the penalties provided by the Classification and Penalty Guidelines:

(a) The impact of the offense to the integrity of the pari-mutuel industry.

(b) The danger to the public and/or racing animals.

(d) The number of similar prior offenses.

(e) The time period between offenses.

(f) The number of complaints filed against the licensee, which have resulted in prior discipline.

(g) The length of time the licensee has been licensed in Florida or any other jurisdiction.

(6) An owner or trainer, who fails to return the purse, sweepstakes, and trophy to the original distributor as required by final order, is in violation of this rule and shall be subject to further administrative action.

(7) If a penalty within the Classification and Penalty Guidelines provides for a sanction in excess of the limitation contained in Section 550.2415(3)(a), F.S., the sanction imposed shall be reduced to an amount that does not exceed the statutory maximum limit.

History

Rulemaking Authority 550.0251(3), 550.2415(7), (12) FS. Law Implemented 550.0251, 550.2415 FS. History–New 1-5-98, Amended 2-8-01, 3-4-07, 6-26-11, 1-10-16, 9-5-18, 8-29-19, Formerly 61D-6.011.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-6.012 Racing Greyhound Drug and Substance Classification System and Penalty Schedule

History

Rulemaking Authority 550.0251(3), (11), 550.2415(7), (12) FS. Law Implemented 550.0251, 550.1155, 550.2415 FS. History–New 6-26-11, Amended 1-10-16, 8-1-19, Formerly 61D-6.012, Repealed 1-8-25.

Chapter 75-7 AUDITING

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-7.001 Definitions

(1) “Admissions Charge” is the amount required of a patron to enter the permitholder’s facility and grandstand area inclusive of any amount the permitholder has charged as a condition for admission which is not optional.

(2) “Advance Wagers or Bets” are pari-mutuel wagers sold during a given performance for future contests within the same performance period including tickets sold during the early bird period.

(3) “Bet Cancel Delay” is the short period of time, after the stop bet command has been activated, during which a teller may cancel a wager.

(4) “Betting Interest” is a contestant or group of contestants upon which wagers may be placed.

(5) “Canceled Ticket” is a pari-mutuel ticket which is invalidated prior to the end of the betting period of the contest for which purchased.

(6) “Cashed Tickets” are tickets redeemed after the contest for which they were purchased. These include winnings and refundable wagers paid.

(7) “Commission” (takeout) is the percentage of the pari-mutuel pool deducted by the permitholder prior to distribution of the pool.

(8) “Common Pool” is the pool at the host track into which wagers taken at guest tracks are combined.

(9) “Account Betting” is the method of wagering on-track via an account opened by placing a sum of money on deposit with the permitholder.

(10) “Contest” is a race or game between horses, greyhounds, or players for purses, stakes or reward at any licensed race course or fronton and conducted in the presence of judges or stewards.

(11) “Corresponding Trifecta and Superfecta Combination” is either of two trifecta and superfecta combinations offered in the same performance which are comprised of identical halves, such as a twin-tri and a twin-tri.

(12) “Coupled Entry” is two or more horses having the same owner entered to run in the same race. A coupled entry is considered a single betting interest for purposes of wagering.

(13) “Covered Betting Interest” is a contestant upon which a wager has been made.

(14) “Credit Voucher” is a totalisator generated ticket issued in exchange for cash or cash equivalent accepted by a totalisator terminal for all transactions.

(15) “Entry” is a horse, greyhound, or player entered to compete in a contest.

(16) “Expired Ticket” is a winning or refundable pari-mutuel ticket not presented for redemption within 1 year from the date of the performance for which it was issued.

(17) “Future Wagers” are pari-mutuel tickets sold during a given performance, including the early bird period, for a future performance.

(18) “Gross Pool” is the total sales for a specific type of wager for a specific contest net of refunds and cancellations.

(19) “Hub or Hub System” is the intermediary computer system to which the terminals or totalisator of one or more guest facilities are linked to the host.

(20) “Interstate” shall mean from one state to another.

(21) “Jackpot” is the sum of money formed by the accumulation of previous contributions to a pool.

(22) “Major Pool” is the greater portion of a jackpot or a net pool paid to winning wagers.

(23) “Malfunction” shall mean any impairment of the totalisator functions or loss in communication between the host and the guest entities which causes:

(a) A delay or cancellation of contests,

(b) A delay in the combining of pools,

(d) A delay in generating or printing reports required to audit the pool,

(e) A delay or exclusion of exchange rights,

(f) Incorrect calculations,

(g) The wagers to be refunded.

(24) “Manual Merge” is the accessing of the mutuel pools by totalisator personnel for the sole purpose of manually adding guest wagering data which was not able to be combined electronically.

(25) “Meet” is:

(a) For the purposes of accounting or taxation, a performance or a series of performances conducted under a single operating license issued by the division.

(b) For the purpose of determining operating dates, the conduct of live racing or jai alai for any stake, purse, prize, or premium.

(26) “Minor Pool” is the lesser portion of a jackpot or a net pool.

(27) “Minus Pool” is the amount distributable to winners in a single wagering pool in excess of that net pool.

(28) “Mutuel Field” is two or more contestants grouped to run as a single betting interest due to limitations of the totalisator or tote board.

(29) “Mutuels Ticket” is a ticket issued through a totalisator terminal which represents the bettor’s contribution to a pari-mutuel pool or pools.

(30) “Net Pool” is the gross pool less commission.

(31) “Net Sales” is the aggregate value of all pari-mutuel tickets sold net of cancellations.

(32) “On-track” is the designation of wagers on events occurring at the facility conducting the contests or importing from out-of-state.

(33) “Outs or Outs Ticket” is a winning or refundable pari-mutuel ticket which is not redeemed.

(34) “Outs Account” is the computer file listing all outstanding pari-mutuel tickets for a particular meet and permitholder.

(35) “Outsbook” is the hard copy report of the outs account.

(36) “Payment Voucher” is a hard copy receipt issued by a totalisator terminal on which redemption of one or more mutuel tickets is recorded.

(37) “Permitholder” is any entity that holds a pari-mutuel permit.

(38) “Price” is the broken price which has been rounded down to the nearest $0.10 and which is the amount awarded to a winning wager.

(39) “Profit” is the dividend calculated for the distribution of a pool.

(40) “Profit Split” is the proration of the profit among winning combinations.

(41) “Primary Guest” is an entity which receives a broadcast from an out-of-state host, and which contracts other entities within the state to wager into the primary guest under the intertrack wagering statutes.

(42) “Refundable Wager” is a pari-mutuel wager invalidated due to causes beyond the control of the bettor.

(43) “Remote Totalisator” is a totalisator system configured so that the function of the central processing unit is handled by a totalisator system at a separate off-site location or logically separate on-site.

(44) “Remote Totalisator Server” is a totalisator system which provides the central processing function for one or more remote totalisators whether on or off site.

(45) “Satellite or Secondary Guest” is an entity in Florida which receives the signal directly from a host track but wagers into a primary guest.

(46) “Scratch” is the withdrawal of a dog or a horse from a contest.

(47) “Single Price Pool” is the type of price calculation that produces only one price for the distribution of a pool.

(48) “Split Meet” shall mean a meet which has five or more consecutive dark days during the meet, or a meet wherein more than one distinctly separate section of the meet occurs at different facilities authorized by the permit which may necessitate separate outs accounts for the two portions of the meet.

(49) “Starter” is an entry in a contest when the contest begins.

(50) “Table of Wagers” is the matrix showing the amount bet on each wagering combination for a pari-mutuel pool.

(51) “Uncovered Betting Interest” is a betting interest upon which no wager has been made.

(52) “Winning Wager” is a wager which has been awarded a price under the provisions of the pari-mutuel rules.

History

Rulemaking Authority 550.0251(3), (7), 550.155(1) FS. Law Implemented 550.0251, 550.155 FS. History–New 10-20-96, Amended 12-15-97, 9-19-04, 4-12-06, Formerly 61D-7.001.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-7.002 Calculation of Payout and Distribution of Pools – General

(1) Each pari-mutuel wagering pool shall be separately and independently calculated and distributed and shall have no connection with or relation to any other pool or form of wagering.

(2) For each wagering pool, the amount wagered on the winning betting interest or betting combinations is deducted from the net pool to determine the profit:

(a) For a single price pool, the profit is then divided by the amount wagered on the winning betting interest or combinations, the quotient, plus one dollar, being the profit per dollar.

(b) For a profit split, the profit is divided by the number of covered winning combinations involved in the profit split and then divided by the amount wagered on each combination plus a dollar to determine the unique price for each combination. This applies to all profit split calculations except where a different profit split calculation is required by the specifics of a wagering pool rule.

(3) The result rounded down to the nearest multiple of 10 cents ($0.10) of the profit per dollar, plus one dollar, shall be the price per winning dollar awarded to the winning bettors.

(4) If the calculated price per winning dollar is less than $1.10, the minimum payout shall be $1.05. Any resulting minus pool will be an expense to the permitholder conducting the event and the applicable guest permitholders.

(5) The net pool less the total payout and, where applicable, amounts set aside for jackpots, constitutes the breakage for each pool or minus pool.

(6) If a betting interest in a contest is scratched, wagers on that betting interest shall be refunded unless otherwise indicated in the rule governing a particular pool.

(7) If a contest or performance is canceled or declared “no contest,” all wagers shall be refunded unless otherwise indicated in the rule governing the particular pool.

(8) Either the standard price calculation or, with prior notification to the division, the net price calculation may be used according to the following formulae:

(a) Standard Price Calculation Procedure.

SINGLE PRICE POOL (WIN POOL)

gross pool

sum of wagers on all betting interests – refunds

takeout

gross pool × percent takeout

net pool

gross pool – takeout

profit

net pool – gross amount bet on winner

profit per dollar

profit/gross amount bet on winner

$1 unbroken price

profit per dollar + $1

$1 broken price

$1 unbroken price rounded down to the break point

total payout

$1 broken price × gross amount bet on winner

total breakage

net pool – total payout

PROFIT SPLIT (PLACE POOL)

Profit is net pool less gross amount bet on all place finishers. Finishers split profit 1/2 and 1/2 (place profit), then divide by gross amount bet on each place finisher for two distinct prices.

PROFIT SPLIT (SHOW POOL)

Profit is net pool less gross amount bet on all show finishers. Finishers split profit 1/3 and 1/3 and 1/3 (show profit), then divide by gross amount bet on each show finisher for three distinct prices.

(b) Net Price Calculation Procedure.

SINGLE PRICE POOL (WIN POOL)

for each source:

gross pool

sum of wagers on all betting interests – refunds

takeout

gross pool × percent takeout

net pool

gross pool – takeout

net bet on winner

gross amount bet on winner × (1 – percent takeout)

total net pool

sum of all sources net pools

total net bet on winner

sum of all sources net bet on winner

profit

total net pool – total net bet on winner

profit per dollar

profit/total net bet on winner

$1 unbroken base price

profit per dollar + $1

for each source:

$1 unbroken price

$1 unbroken base price × (1 – percent takeout)

$1 broken price

$1 unbroken price rounded down to the break point

total payout

$1 broken price × gross amount bet on winner

total breakage

net pool – total payout

PROFIT SPLIT (PLACE POOL)

Profit is the total net pool less the total net bet on all place finishers. Finishers split profit 1/2 and 1/2 (place profit), then divide by total net bet on each place finisher. The result plus one dollar is the unique unbroken base price for each covered winning betting interest.

PROFIT SPLIT (SHOW POOL)

Profit is the total net pool less the total net bet on all show finishers. Finishers split profit 1/3, 1/3, 1/3 (show profit), then divide by total net bet on each show finisher. The result plus one dollar is the unique unbroken base price for each covered winning betting interest.

(9) If a contestant is scratched or withdrawn from wagering after betting has begun, the money bet on that contestant shall be refunded except for pools where substitutions in the wager are required or scratches provide for the award of consolation prices. However, when the contestant is part of an entry or a field, there shall be no refund, if the entry or the field has at least one actual starter.

(10) Prices shall be calculated based upon the official order of finish as determined by the ruling of the judges or stewards. The ruling of the judges or stewards shall be final. For the purposes of the distribution of the pools, if the judges correct the order of finish, the prices will be recalculated according to the corrected order of finish.

(11) The disqualification of an entry after the contest is made “Official” shall have no bearing on the mutuel payoff.

(12) After the close of wagering, a pool shall not be reopened for additional wagering. In the event that the wagering pools are closed inadvertently prior to the scheduled close of wagering, the pools may be reopened and wagering may continue until the scheduled close of wagering. However, for wagering on jai alai games only, the game(s) may be interrupted after the first player reaches three points to allow for the accumulation of new wagering pools. This betting period shall be known as the re-bet period.

(a) Wagers made during the re-bet period may be accepted for any single game wager: Win, Place, Show, Exacta, Quinella, Trifecta and Superfecta. Jackpot wagers or wagers which require more than one game for completion shall not be accepted during the re-bet period.

(b) The jai alai permitholders shall inform the public via the official program as to the games and pools on which the re-bet will be offered. The opening of the re-bet period shall be announced over the public address system and displayed on the video display monitors.

(c) Prior to the resumption of the game the Mutuels Manager shall inform the state judge as to the scheduled times for the closing of the re-bet period.

(d) Any jai alai permitholder electing to offer the re-bet shall, on the Form FGCC PMW-3520, Notification of Pari-Mutuel Operations, adopted and incorporated by Rule 75-10.001, F.A.C., indicate the games and wagers upon which the re-bet shall be offered and how long the re-bet period will last.

History

Rulemaking Authority 550.0251(3), (7), 550.155(1), 550.125(2)(b), 550.6305(5) FS. Law Implemented 550.0251, 550.125, 550.155, 550.6305 FS. History–New 10-20-96, Amended 12-15-97, 4-12-06, Formerly 61D-7.002.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-7.003 Experimental Wagers, Requests by Permitholders

(1) Permitholders wishing to introduce new types of wagers, or to modify existing wagers, must submit to the division a draft of the suggested rule for the new or modified wagers. The draft should conform to the rule format in Chapter 75, F.A.C.

(2) The division shall weigh the information submitted using the following criteria:

(a) Fairness to the betting public;

(b) Compliance with Florida pari-mutuel laws and rules;

(d) Successful completion of totalisator tests administered or monitored by the division.

(3) Upon meeting the standards set in subsection (2), the division shall issue authorization for the permitholder to offer the new or modified type of wager on a trial basis. The authorization will be valid for a trial period of 120 consecutive calendar days starting with the first day of implementation. Notwithstanding the 120 day trial period, the authorization will not be valid later than the end of the current meet.

(4) Thirty days prior to the completion of the trial period, the permitholder shall submit to the division the following information:

(a) Total sales including, where applicable, intertrack wagering, for the trial period;

(b) Average daily sales during the trial period;

(d) A narrative of complaints, if any, received from the bettors; and

(e) A clear statement as to whether the wager should be implemented on a permanent basis.

(5) Upon evaluation of the information required by subsection (4), the division shall either initiate a new rule for the wager or inform the permitholder, or permitholders sharing a facility, to discontinue offering the new or modified wager. The permitholder may continue offering the wager pending the decision of the division and/or promulgation of the rule.

(6) Explanation of the new or modified wager must be made available to the patrons via the official program or by notice prominently posted on each level of the facility.

History

Rulemaking Authority 550.0251(3), (7), 550.155(1) FS. Law Implemented 550.0251, 550.155 FS. History–New 10-20-96, Formerly 61D-7.003.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-7.004 Win Pool

(1) The Win pool is the total amount wagered on all betting interests to finish in the first position in a single contest.

(2) The net Win pool shall be distributed as a single price pool to winning wagers in the following precedence, based upon the official order of finish:

(a) To those whose selection finished first; if there are no such wagers,

(b) To those whose selection finished second; if there are no such wagers,

(d) The entire Win pool shall be refunded for that contest.

(3) If there is a dead heat for first involving:

(a) Contestants representing the same betting interest, the Win pool shall be distributed as if no dead heat occurred.

(b) Contestants representing two or more betting interests, the Win pool shall be distributed as a profit split.

WIN POOL

Standard Price Calculation

Example

Sum of Wagers on All Betting

Interests =

$23,200.00

Refunds =

$432.00

Gross Pool:

Sum of Wagers on All Betting Interests – Refunds =

$22,768.00

Percent Takeout =

19%

Takeout:

Gross Pool × Percent Takeout =

$4,325.92

Net Pool:

Gross Pool – Takeout =

$18,442.08

Gross Amount Bet on Winner =

$788.00

Profit:

Net Pool – Gross Amount Bet on Winner =

$17,654.08

Profit Per Dollar:

Profit/Gross Amount Bet on Winner =

$22.403654

$1 Unbroken Price:

Profit Per Dollar + $1 =

$23.403654

$1 Broken Price =

$23.40

Total Payout:

$1 Broken Price × Gross Amount Bet on Winner =

$18,439.20

Total Breakage:

Net Pool – Total Payout =

$2.88

History

Rulemaking Authority 550.0251(3), (7), 550.155(1) FS. Law Implemented 550.0251, 550.155 FS. History–New 10-20-96, Formerly 61D-7.004.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-7.005 Place Pool

(1) The Place pool is the total amount wagered on all betting interests to finish in the first two positions in a single contest.

(2) The net Place pool shall be distributed to winning wagers in the following precedence, based upon the official order of finish:

(a) As a profit split to those whose selection is included within the first two finishers. However, if contestants of a coupled entry or mutuel field finished in the first two places the pool shall be paid as a single price pool to those who selected the coupled entry or mutuel field; if the first two finishers are separate betting interests and only one of the first two finishers are covered, then;

(b) As a single price pool to those who selected the one covered betting interest included within the first two finishers; if there are no such wagers,

(d) The entire Place pool shall be refunded for that contest.

(3) If there is a dead heat for first involving:

(a) Contestants representing the same betting interest, the Place pool shall be distributed as a single price pool.

(b) Contestants representing two or more betting interests, the Place pool shall be distributed as a profit split.

(4) If there is a dead heat for second involving:

(a) Contestants representing the same betting interest, the Place pool shall be distributed as if no dead heat occurred.

(b) Contestants representing two or more betting interests, the Place pool is divided with 1/2 of the profit distributed to Place wagers on the betting interest finishing first and the remainder is divided equally among Place wagers on those betting interests involved in the dead heat for second.

PLACE POOL

Standard Price Calculation

Example

Sum of Wagers on All Betting Interests =

$23,200.00

Refunds =

$432.00

Gross Pool:

Sum of Wagers on All Betting Interests – Refunds =

$22,768.00

Percent Takeout =

19%

Takeout:

Gross Pool × Percent Takeout =

$4,325.92

Net Pool:

Gross Pool – Takeout =

$18,442.08

Gross Amount Bet on 1st Place =

$512.00

Gross Amount Bet on 2nd Place =

$276.00

Profit:

Net Pool - Gross Amount Bet on 1st – Gross Amount Bet on 2nd =

$17,654.08

Place Profit:

Profit/2 =

$8,827.04

Profit Per Dollar for 1st Place:

Place Profit/Gross Amount Bet on 1st Place =

$17.2403125

$1 Unbroken Price for 1st Place:

Profit Per Dollar + $1 =

$18.2403125

Profit Per Dollar for 2nd Place:

Place Profit/Gross Amount Bet on 2nd Place =

$31.9820290

Unbroken Price for 2nd Place:

Profit Per Dollar + $1 =

$32.9820290

$1 Broken Price:

1st Place =

$18.20

2nd Place =

$32.90

Total Payout:

$1 Broken Price × Gross Amount Bet on 1st Place =

$9,318.40

$1 Broken Price × Gross Amount Bet on 2nd Place =

$9,080.40

Total Breakage:

Net Pool – Total Payout =

$43.28

History

Rulemaking Authority 550.0251(3), (7), 550.155(1) FS. Law Implemented 550.0251, 550.155 FS. History–New 10-20-96, Formerly 61D-7.005.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-7.006 Show Pool

(1) The show pool is the total amount wagered on all betting interests to finish in the first three positions in a single contest.

(2) The net Show pool shall be distributed to winning wagers in the following precedence, based upon the official order of finish:

(a) As a profit split to those whose selection is included within the first three finishers.

If three or more contestants of the same coupled entry or mutuel field finish in the first three places, the pool shall be paid as a single price pool to those who selected the coupled entry or mutuel field.
If contestants of the same coupled entry or mutuel field finished as two of the first three finishers, the profit is divided with 2/3 distributed to those who selected the coupled entry or mutuel field and 1/3 distributed to those who selected the other betting interest included within the first three finishers, otherwise;

(b) As a profit split to those who selected one of the two covered betting interests included within the first three finishers; if there are no such wagers,

(c) As a single price pool to those who selected the one covered betting interest included within the first three finishers; if there are no such wagers,

(d) The entire Show pool shall be refunded for that contest.

(3) If there is a dead heat for first involving:

(a) Three contestants representing a single betting interest, the Show pool shall be distributed as a single price pool.

(b) Two contestants representing the same betting interest, the profit is divided with 2/3 distributed to those who selected the first place finishers and 1/3 distributed to those who selected the betting interest finishing third.

(c) Contestants representing two or more betting interests, the Show pool shall be distributed as a profit split among the covered winning show combinations.

(4) If there is a dead heat for second involving:

(a) Contestants representing the same betting interest, the profit is divided with 1/3 distributed to those who selected the betting interest finishing first and 2/3 distributed to those who selected the second place finishers.

SHOW POOL

Standard Price Calculation

Example

Sum of Wagers on All Betting Interests =

$23,200.00

Refunds =

$432.00

Gross Pool:

Sum of Wagers on All Betting Interests – Refunds =

$22,768.00

Percent Takeout =

19%

Takeout:

Gross Pool × Percent Takeout =

$4,325.92

Gross Pool - Takeout =

$18,442.08

Gross Amount Bet on 1st Place Finisher =

$236.00

Gross Amount Bet on 2nd Place Finisher =

$354.00

Gross Amount Bet on 3rd Place Finisher =

$198.00

Profit:

Net Pool - Gross Amount Bet on 1st

Gross Amount Bet on 3rd =

$17,654.08

Show Profit:

Profit/3 =

$5,884.69

Profit Per Dollar for 1st Place:

Show Profit/Gross Amount Bet on 1st Place =

$24.9351412

$1 Unbroken Price for 1st Place:

Profit Per Dollar + $1 =

$25.9351412

Profit Per Dollar for 2nd Place:

Show Profit/Gross Amount Bet on 2nd Place =

$16.6234275

Unbroken Price for 2nd Place:

Profit Per Dollar + $1 =

$17.6234275

Profit Per Dollar for 3rd Place:

Show Profit/Gross Amount Bet on 3rd Place =

$29.7206734

Unbroken Price for 3rd Place:

Profit Per Dollar + $1 =

$30.7206734

$1 Broken Price:

1st Place =

$25.90

2nd Place =

$17.60

3rd Place =

$30.70

Total Payout:

$1 Broken Price × Gross Amount Bet on 1st Place =

$6,112.40

$1 Broken Price × Gross Amount Bet on 2nd Place =

$6,230.40

$1 Broken Price × Gross Amount Bet on 3rd Place =

$6,078.60

Total Breakage:

Net Pool – Total Payout =

$20.68

(b) Contestants representing two betting interests, the Show pool shall be distributed as if no dead heat occurred.

(c) Contestants representing three betting interests, the Show pool is divided with 1/3 of the profit distributed to Show wagers on the betting interest finishing first and the remainder is distributed equally among Show wagers on those betting interests involved in the dead heat.

(5) If there is a dead heat for third involving:

(a) Contestants representing the same betting interest, the Show pool shall be distributed as if no dead heat occurred.

(b) Contestants representing two or more betting interests, the Show pool is divided with 2/3 of the profit distributed to Show wagers on the betting interests finishing first and second, and the remainder is divided equally among Show wagers on those betting interests involved in the dead heat for third.

History

Rulemaking Authority 550.0251(3), (7), 550.155(1) FS. Law Implemented 550.0251, 550.155 FS. History–New 10-20-96, Formerly 61D-7.006.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-7.007 Quinella Pool

(1) The Quinella requires the selection of the first two finishers, irrespective of order, for a single contest.

(2) The net Quinella pool shall be distributed to winning wagers in the following precedence, based upon the official order of finish:

(a) As a single price pool to those whose combination finished as the first two betting interests, irrespective of order. If contestants of a coupled entry or mutuel field finish as the first two finishers, as a single price pool to those selecting the coupled entry or mutuel field combined with the next separate betting interest in the official order of finish, if there are no such wagers,

(b) As a profit split to those whose combination included either the first or second place finisher or the third place finisher if the first two finishers represent the same betting interest, if there are no such wagers on one of those combinations,

(c) As a single price pool to those whose combination included the one covered betting interest included within the first two finishers, if there are no such wagers,

(d) The entire Quinella pool shall be refunded for that contest.

(3) If there is dead heat for first involving:

(a) Contestants representing the same betting interest, the Quinella pool shall be distributed to those selecting the coupled entry or mutuel field combined with the next separate betting interest in the official order of finish.

(b) Contestants representing two betting interests, the Quinella pool shall be distributed as if no dead heat occurred.

(4) If there is a dead heat for second involving contestants representing the same betting interest, the Quinella pool shall be distributed as if no dead heat occurred.

(5) If there is a dead heat for second involving contestants representing two or more betting interests, the Quinella pool shall be distributed to wagers in the following precedence, based upon the official order of finish:

(a) As a profit split to those combining the winner with each covered betting interest involved in the dead heat for second, if there are no such wagers on one of those combinations,

(b) As a single price pool to those combining the winner with the one covered betting interest involved in the dead heat for second, if there are no such wagers,

(c) As a profit split to those combining the betting interests involved in the dead heat for second, if there are no such wagers,

(d) As a profit split to those whose combination included at least one of the betting interests within the first two positions, if there are no such wagers,

(e) The entire Quinella pool shall be refunded for that contest.

History

Rulemaking Authority 550.0251(3), (7), 550.155(1) FS. Law Implemented 550.0251, 550.155 FS. History–New 10-20-96, Formerly 61D-7.007.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-7.008 Daily Double Pool

(1) The Daily Double requires selection of the first place finisher in each of two consecutive contests. Wagers for the Daily Double must be placed prior to the first of the two consecutive contests and include the selection of the first finisher for both contests and shall be printed on a single pari-mutuel ticket.

(2) The net Daily Double pool shall be distributed to winning wagers in the following precedence, based upon the official order of finish:

(a) As a single price pool to those whose selection finished first in each of the two contests, but if there are no such wagers,

(b) As a profit split to those who selected the first finisher in either of the two contests, if there are no such wagers on one of those combinations,

(c) As a single price pool to those who selected the one covered first place finisher in either contest, if there are no such wagers,

(d) The entire Daily Double pool shall be refunded.

(e) If the pool is distributed under the precedents of paragraph (2)(b) or (2)(c), an announcement shall be made to the public as to the possible winning daily double combinations and to hold all possible winning tickets.

(3) If there is a dead heat for first in either of the two contests involving:

(a) Contestants representing the same betting interest, the Daily Double pool shall be distributed as if no dead heat occurred.

(b) Contestants representing two or more betting interests, the Daily Double pool shall be distributed as a profit split if there is more than one covered winning combination.

(4) Should a betting interest in either the first or second half of the Daily Double be scratched prior to the close of wagering on the first Daily Double contest, all money wagered on combinations involving the scratched betting interest shall be deducted from the pool and refunded.

(5) Should a betting interest in the second half of the Daily Double be scratched after the close of wagering on the first Daily Double contest, all wagers combining the winner of the first contest with the scratched betting interest in the second contest shall be allocated a consolation payout. The consolation payout shall be calculated as if the Daily Double pool had ended with the first contest. The consolation price is multiplied by the dollar value of wagers on the consolation combination to determine the total consolation payment. The total consolation payout is then deducted from the net Daily Double pool before calculation and distribution of the regular winning Daily Double payout. Wagers receiving a consolation payout shall not be eligible for distribution of a regular winning payout except as provided for in subsection (7) of this rule.

(6) If either of the Daily Double contests are canceled or declared “no contest” prior to the first contest, the entire Daily Double pool shall be refunded for those contests.

(7) If the second Daily Double contest is canceled or declared “no contest” after the first Daily Double contest is made official, the net Daily Double pool shall be distributed as a single price pool to wagers selecting the winner of the first Daily Double contest. This provision shall also apply to those wagers which normally would have received a consolation payout under subsection (5) of this rule. In the event of a dead heat involving separate betting interests, the net Daily Double pool shall be distributed as a profit split.

DAILY DOUBLE

Standard Price Calculation

Example

Sum of Wagers on All Betting Interests =

$23,200.00

Refunds =

$432.00

Gross Pool:

Sum of Wagers on All Betting Interests – Refunds =

$22,768.00

Percent Takeout =

21%

Takeout:

Gross Pool × Percent Takeout =

$4,781.28

Net Pool:

Gross Pool – Takeout =

$17,986.72

Gross Amount Bet on Winning Combination =

$144.00

Profit:

Net Pool – Gross Amount Bet on Winning Combination =

$17,842.72

Profit Per Dollar:

Profit/Gross Amount Bet on Winning Combination =

$123.9077777

$1 Unbroken Price:

Profit Per Dollar + $1 =

$124.9077777

$1 Broken Price =

$124.90

Total Payout:

$1 Broken Price × Gross Amount Bet on Winning Combination =

$17,985.60

Total Breakage:

Net Pool – Total Payout =

$1.12

DAILY DOUBLE

Consolation Pricing

Example

Sum of Wagers on All Betting Interests =

$23,200.00

Refunds =

$432.00

Gross Pool:

Sum of Wagers on All Betting Interests – Refunds =

$22,768.00

Percent Takeout =

21%

Takeout:

Gross Pool × Percent Takeout =

$4,781.28

Net Pool:

Gross Pool – Takeout =

$17,986.72

Consolation Pool:

Sum Total Amount Bet on winner of the first contest with

all second contest betting interests:

$4,550.00

$1 Unbroken Consolation Price:

Net Pool/Consolation Pool =

$3.9531253

$1 Broken Consolation Price =

$3.90

Amount Bet on winner of the first contest with

scratched betting interests =

$30.00

Consolation Liability:

$1 Broken Consolation Price × Amount Bet on winner of the

first contest with scratched betting interests =

$117.00

Adjusted Net Pool:

Net Pool – Consolation Liability =

$17,869.72

Gross Amount Bet on the Winning Combination =

$114.00

Profit:

Adjusted Net Pool – Gross Amount Bet on Winning Combination =

$17,755.72

Profit Per Dollar:

Profit/Gross Amount Bet on Winning Combination =

$155.7519298

$1 Unbroken Price:

Profit Per Dollar + $1 =

$156.7519298

$1 Broken Price =

$156.70

Total Payout:

$1 Broken Price × Gross Amount Bet on Winning Combination =

$17,863.80

Consolation Payout =

$117.00

Total Breakage:

Net Pool – Total Payout =

$5.92

History

Rulemaking Authority 550.0251(3), (7), 550.155(1) FS. Law Implemented 555.0251, 550.155(1) FS. History–New 10-20-96, Formerly 61D-7.008.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-7.009 Quinella Double

(1) The Quinella Double requires selection of the first two finishers, irrespective of order, in each of two consecutive contests. Wagers for the Quinella Double must be placed prior to the first of the two consecutive contests and include the selection of the first two finishers for both contests and shall be printed on a single pari-mutuel ticket.

(2) The net Quinella Double pool shall be distributed to winning wagers in the following precedence, based upon the official order of finish:

(a) As a single price pool to those who selected the first two finishers in each of the two Quinella Double contests, if there are no such wagers,

(b) As a profit split to those who selected the first two finishers in either of the two Quinella Double contests and at least one of the first two finishers in the other contest, if there are no such wagers,

(c) As a profit split to those who selected the first two finishers in either of the two Quinella Double contests, if there are no such wagers,

(d) As a single price pool to those who selected the first two finishers in the one covered Quinella Double contest, if there are no such wagers,

(e) The entire Quinella Double pool shall be refunded for those contests.

(f) If the pool is distributed under the precedents of paragraph (2)(b), (c) or (d), an announcement shall be made to the public as to the possible winning quinella double combinations and to hold all possible winning tickets.

(3) If a coupled entry or mutuel field finishes as the first two contestants in either contest, the coupled entry or mutuel field combined with the next separate betting interest in the official order of finish, as well as the first two finishers in the other Quinella Double contest shall constitute the winning combination.

(4) If there is a dead heat for first in either of the two Quinella Double contests involving:

(a) Contestants representing the same betting interest, the Quinella Double pool shall be distributed to those selecting the coupled entry or mutuel field combined with the next separate betting interest in the official order of finish for that contest, as well the first two finishers in the other half of the Quinella Double contest.

(b) Contestants representing two betting interests, the Quinella Double pool shall be distributed as if no dead heat occurred.

(c) Contestants representing three or more betting interests, the Quinella Double pool shall be distributed as a profit split.

(5) If there is a dead heat for second in either of the Quinella Double contests involving contestants representing the same betting interest, the Quinella Double pool shall be distributed as if no dead heat occurred.

(6) If there is a dead heat for second in either of the Quinella Double contests involving contestants representing two or more betting interests and there is no wager as indicated in paragraph (2)(a), the Quinella Double pool shall be distributed as a profit split as follows:

(a) To those who selected two of the contestants in the dead heat and the first finishers in the opposite contest comprising the Quinella Double, if there are no such wagers, then

(b) To the selections as indicated in the preceding paragraphs (2)(b), (c), (d) and (e), within this rule.

(7) Should a betting interest in either the first or second half of the Quinella Double be scratched prior to the start of the first Quinella Double contest, all money wagered on combinations involving the scratched betting interest shall be deducted from the pool and refunded.

(8) Should a scratch or scratches occur in the second half of the Quinella Double after the close of wagering in the first Quinella Double contest, those wagers which correctly selected the two winning betting interests in the first contest, combined with one winner and a scratched betting interest or two scratched betting interests in the second half, shall be awarded consolation prices.

(a) The consolation payoff shall be calculated as a single price pool as if the Quinella Double had ended with the first contest. The resulting price shall be the price per dollar assigned to those wagers eligible for a consolation price. The aggregate of the consolation prices shall be deducted from the Quinella Double net pool. The remaining net pool will be distributed to the regular winning wagers as per the priorities in subsection (2).

(b) Wagers eligible for a regular payoff or refund under the priorities indicated in subsection (2), or under the canceled contest provisions in subsection (8), shall not be eligible for consolation payoffs.

(9) If for any reason either Quinella Double contest is canceled or declared “no contest” by the judges or stewards, then the net pool shall be distributed to those who correctly selected the two winning betting interests of the one Quinella Double contest conducted. However, in greyhound and horse racing only, if the first contest is canceled or declared “no contest,” any wager containing a scratched betting interest in the second contest shall be refunded.

QUINELLA DOUBLE

Standard Price Calculation

Example

Sum of Wagers on All Betting Interests =

$23,200.00

Refunds =

$432.00

Gross Pool:

Sum of Wagers on All Betting Interests – Refunds =

$22,768.00

Percent Takeout =

21%

Takeout:

Gross Pool × Percent Takeout =

$4,781.28

Net Pool:

Gross Pool – Takeout =

$17,986.72

Gross Amount Bet on Winning Combination =

$144.00

Profit:

Net Pool – Gross Amount Bet on Winning Combination =

$17,842.72

Profit Per Dollar:

Profit/Gross Amount Bet on Winning Combination =

$123.9077777

$1 Unbroken Price:

Profit Per Dollar + $1 =

$124.9077777

$1 Broken Price =

$124.90

Total Payout:

$1 Broken Price × Gross Amount Bet on Winning Combination =

$17,985.60

Total Breakage:

Net Pool – Total Payout =

$1.12

QUINELLA DOUBLE

Consolation Pricing

Example

Sum of Wagers on All Betting Interests =

$23,200.00

Refunds =

$432.00

Gross Pool:

Sum of Wagers on All Betting Interests – Refunds =

$22,768.00

Percent Takeout =

21%

Takeout:

Gross Pool × Percent Takeout =

$4,781.28

Net Pool:

Gross Pool – Takeout =

$17,986.72

Consolation Pool:

Sum Total Amount Bet on winning combination of the first

contest with all second contest betting interests =

$4,550.00

$1 Unbroken Consolation Price:

Net Pool/Consolation Pool =

$3.9531253

$1 Broken Consolation Price =

$3.90

Amount Bet on winner of the first contest with scratched

betting interests:

$30.00

Consolation Liability:

$1 Broken Consolation Price × Amount Bet on winning combination

of the first contest with scratched betting interests =

$117.00

Adjusted Net Pool:

Net Pool – Consolation Liability =

$17,869.72

Gross Amount Bet on the Winning Combination =

$114.00

Profit:

Adjusted Net Pool – Gross Amount Bet on Winning Combination =

$17,755.72

Profit Per Dollar:

Profit/Gross Amount Bet on Winning Combination =

$155.7519298

$1 Unbroken Price:

Profit Per Dollar + $1 =

$156.7519298

$1 Broken Price =

$156.70

Total Payout:

$1 Broken Price × Gross Amount Bet on Winning Combination =

$17,863.80

Consolation Payout =

$117.00

Total Breakage:

Net Pool – Total Payout =

$5.92

History

Rulemaking Authority 550.0251(3), (7), 550.155(1) FS. Law Implemented 550.0251, 550.155 FS. History–New 10-20-96, Amended 12-15-97, Formerly 61D-7.009.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-7.010 Daily Three Pool

(1) The Daily Three requires the selection of the first place finishers in each of three consecutive contests. Wagers for the Daily Three must be placed prior to the first of the three consecutive contests and shall be printed on a single ticket.

(2) The net Daily Three pool shall be distributed to winning wagers in the following precedence, based upon the official order of finish of each of the three contests comprising the Daily Three:

(a) As a single price pool to those whose selection finished first in each of the three contests, if there are no such wagers,

(b) As a single price pool to those who selected the first place finisher in any two of the three contests, if there are no such wagers,

(c) As a single price pool to those who selected the first place finisher in any one of the three contests, if there are no such wagers,

(d) The entire Daily Three pool shall be refunded,

(e) If the pool is distributed under the precedents of paragraph (2)(b) or (c), an announcement shall be made to the public as to the possible winning daily three combinations and to hold all possible winning tickets.

(3) If there is a dead heat for first in any of the three contests involving:

(a) Contestants representing the same betting interest, the Daily Three pool shall be distributed as if no dead heat occurred.

(b) Contestants representing two or more betting interests, the Daily Three pool shall be distributed as follows:

As a profit split to those whose selection finished first in each of the three contests, if there are no such wagers,
As a single price pool to those who selected the first place finisher in any two of the three contests, if there are no such wagers,
As a single price pool to those who selected the first place finisher in any one of the three contests, if there are no such wagers,
The entire Daily Three pool shall be refunded.

(c) If the pool is distributed under the precedents of subparagraph (3)(b)2. or 3., an announcement shall be made to the public as to the possible winning daily three combinations and to hold all possible winning tickets.

(4) Prior to the close of the betting period for the first of the Daily Three races, a Daily Three wager may be canceled after leaving the window if the wagering combination includes a scratched runner even if the scratch is a part of a coupled entry.

(5)(a) In the event that any betting interest is withdrawn or declared non-starter prior to the start of the first contest of the Daily Three, all money bet on any wagering combination that includes such betting interest shall be refunded. This shall not apply to coupled entries and fields if at least one component of the coupled entry or field remains in the contest.

(b) In the event that any betting interest in the second or third contest is withdrawn or declared a non-starter after the Daily Three race has started, the following wagers will be eligible for a consolation payoff: the winner in the first contest with a scratch in the second and third contest; or the winner of the first contest with a scratch in the second or third contests and a winner in the remaining contest. The consolation pool shall be the sum of the amount bet on all Daily Three wagering combinations with scratched betting interests. This amount shall be paid to all eligible consolation winners using the single price method.

The total consolation payout identified in paragraph (5)(b), shall be deducted from the net pool and awarded to the eligible consolation winners using the single price calculation method. The remaining net pool shall be available for distribution to the regular winners as specified in subsection (2).
The permitholder shall advise the public via the public address system that a scratch or scratches have occurred, and the wagers with the scratches shall remain in the pool and compete for a consolation price.

(6) If any leg is canceled prior to the start of the first Daily Three race or if the first leg is declared “no race,” the pool will be refunded.

(7) If, after the first leg has been declared official, one or both of the subsequent contests are canceled or declared “no race,” the Daily Three pool will remain valid and shall be distributed in accordance with subsection (2) of this rule.

DAILY THREE POOL

Consolation Pricing

Example

Sum of Wagers on All Betting Interests =

$27,200.00

Refunds =

$0.00

Gross Pool:

Sum of Wagers on All Betting Interests – Refunds =

$27,200.00

Percent Takeout =

20%

Takeout:

Gross Pool x Percent Takeout =

$5,440.00

Net Pool:

Gross Pool – Takeout =

$21,760.00

Consolation Pool:

Sum of Amounts Bet on all wagering combinations with scratched betting interest in the second or third contest =

$5,400.00

Sum bet on combinations eligible for consolation price =

$800.00

Unbroken Consolation Price:

Sum of Amounts Bet on all wagering combinations with scratched betting interest in the second or third contest/Sum bet on combinations eligible for consolation price

Unbroken Price =

$6.75

$1 Broken Price =

$6.70

Consolation Liability:

$1 Broken Price x Sum bet on combinations eligible for consolation price =

$5,360.00

Adjusted Net Pool:

Net Pool – Consolation Liability =

$16,400.00

Amount Bet on Regular Winners =

$2,200.00

Profit:

Adjusted Net Pool – Amount Bet on Regular Winners =

$14,200.00

Profit Per Dollar:

Profit/Amount Bet on Regular Winners =

$6.45454545

$1 Unbroken Price:

Profit Per Dollar + $1 =

$7.45454545

$1 Broken Price =

$7.40

Total Payout:

$1 Broken Price x Amount Bet on Regular Winners =

$16,280.00

Consolation Payout =

$5,360.00

Total Breakage:

Net Pool – Total Payout =

$120.00

History

Rulemaking Authority 550.0251(3), (7), 550.155(1) FS. Law Implemented 550.0251, 550.155(1) FS. History–New 10-20-96, Amended 12-15-97, 12-21-03, Formerly 61D-7.010.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-7.011 Exacta/Perfecta

(1) The Exacta requires the selection of the first two finishers, in their exact order, for a single contest.

(2) The net Exacta pool shall be distributed to winning wagers in the following precedence, based upon the official order of finish:

(a) As a single price pool to those whose combination finished in exact order as the first two betting interests. If contestants of a coupled entry or mutuel field finish as the first two finishers, the pool shall be paid as a single price pool to those selecting the coupled entry or mutuel field combined with the next separate betting interest in the official order of finish, otherwise,

(b) As a profit split to those whose combination included either the betting interest which finished first or the betting interest which finished second, if there is only one covered combination,

(c) As a single price pool to those whose combination included the one covered betting interest to finish first or second in the exact order, if there are no such wagers,

(d) The entire Exacta pool shall be refunded for that contest.

(3) If there is a dead heat for first involving:

(a) Contestants representing the same betting interest, the Exacta pool shall be distributed as a single price pool to those selecting the coupled entry or mutuel field combined with the next separate betting interest in the official order of finish.

(b) Contestants representing two or more betting interests, the Exacta pool shall be distributed as a profit split.

(4) If there is a dead heat for second involving contestants representing the same betting interest, the Exacta pool shall be distributed as if no dead heat occurred.

(5) If there is a dead heat for second involving contestants representing two or more betting interests, the Exacta pool shall be distributed to ticket holders in the following precedence:

(a) As a profit split to those combining the first place betting interest with any of the betting interests involved in the dead heat for second, if there is only one covered combination, then,

(b) As a single price pool to the one covered wager combining the first finisher with either betting interest involved in the dead heat for second, if there are no such wagers,

(c) As a profit split to all combinations correctly selecting either the winner or any of the dead heated betting interests for second place, if there are no such wagers,

(d) The entire Exacta pool shall be refunded.

History

Rulemaking Authority 550.0251(3), (7), 550.155(1) FS. Law Implemented 550.0251, 550.155 FS. History–New 10-20-96, Formerly 61D-7.011.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-7.012 Trifecta Pool

(1) The Trifecta requires the selection of the first three finishers, in their exact order, for a single contest.

(2) The net Trifecta pool shall be distributed to winning wagers in the following precedence, based upon the official order of finish:

(a) As a single price pool to those whose combination finished in exact order as the first three betting interests, if there are no such wagers,

(b) As a single price pool to those whose combination included, in exact order, the first two betting interests, if there are no such wagers,

(c) As a single price pool to those whose combination correctly selected the first place betting interest only, if there are no such wagers,

(d) The entire Trifecta pool shall be refunded for that contest.

(3) If less than three betting interests finish and the contest is declared official, payouts will be made based upon the order of finish of those betting interests completing the contest.

(4) If there is a dead heat for first involving:

(a) Contestants representing three or more betting interests, all of the wagering combinations selecting three betting interests involved in the dead heat shall share in a profit split.

(b) Contestants representing two betting interests, both of the wagering combinations selecting the two dead heated betting interests along with the third place betting interest shall share in a profit split.

(5) If there is a dead heat for second, all of the combinations correctly selecting the first place finisher with any two of the betting interests involved in the dead heat for second shall share in a profit split.

(6) If there is a dead heat for third, all wagering combinations correctly selecting the first two finishers, in exact order, along with any of the betting interests involved in the dead heat for third shall share in the profit split.

(7) In the event that more than one component of a coupled entry or mutuel field finishes within the first three positions, the first member of the coupled entry or field to finish shall determine the position of the single betting interest. The net pool shall be distributed to those whose selection included the coupled entry or mutuel field and each of the other two betting interests.

(8) No minimum number of betting interests is required to start in a contest in which Trifecta wagering is offered except that when the Trifecta represents half of a Trifecta and Superfecta combination the minimum shall be six.

History

Rulemaking Authority 550.0251(3), (7), 550.155(1) FS. Law Implemented 550.0251, 550.155 FS. History–New 10-20-96, Formerly 61D-7.012.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-7.013 Superfecta Pool

(1) The Superfecta requires the selection of the first four finishers, in their exact order, for a single contest.

(2) Permitholders may elect to conduct a Superfecta in the carryover method as provided in subsection (10), below. If a permitholder elects to offer the carryover method, a notice shall be made in the daily program explaining that there is a carryover provision and the percentages applying to the jackpot pool and the minor pool. All Superfectas not conducted in the carryover method shall be conducted in the non-carryover method as provided in subsection (3), below.

(3) The net non-carryover Superfecta pool shall be distributed to winning wagers in the following precedence, based upon the official order of finish:

(a) As a single price pool to those whose combination finished in exact order as the first four betting interests, if there are no such wagers,

(b) As a single price pool to those whose combination included, in exact order, the first three betting interests, if there are no such wagers,

(c) As a single price pool to those whose combination included, in exact order, the first two betting interests, if there are no such wagers,

(d) As a single price pool to those whose combination correctly selected the first place betting interest only, if there are no such wagers,

(e) The entire Superfecta pool shall be refunded for that contest.

(4) If less than four betting interests finish and the contest is declared official, payouts will be made based upon the order of finish of those betting interests completing the contest.

(5) If there is a dead heat for first involving:

(a) Contestants representing four or more betting interests, all of the wagering combinations selecting four betting interests involved in the dead heat shall share in a profit split.

(b) Contestants representing three betting interests along with the fourth place betting interest shall share in a profit split.

(c) Contestants representing two betting interests, both of the wagering combinations selecting the two dead heated betting interests along with the third place and fourth place betting interests shall share in a profit split.

(6) If there is a dead heat for second involving:

(a) Contestants representing three or more betting interests, all of the wagering combinations correctly selecting the first place finisher combined with any three betting interests involved in the dead heat for second shall share in a profit split.

(b) Contestants representing two betting interests, all of the wagering combinations correctly selecting the first place finisher, the two dead heated betting interests and the fourth place betting interest shall share in a profit split.

(7) If there is a dead heat for third, all wagering combinations correctly selecting the first two finishers, in exact order, along with any two of the betting interests involved in the dead heat for third shall share in a profit split.

(8) If there is a dead heat for fourth, all wagering combinations correctly selecting the first three finishers, in exact order, along with any of the betting interests involved in the dead heat for fourth shall share in a profit split.

(9) In the event that more than one component of a coupled entry or mutuel field finishes within the first four positions, the first member of the coupled entry or field to finish shall determine the position of the single betting interest. The net pool shall be distributed to those whose selection included the coupled entry or mutuel field and each of the other three betting interests.

(10) The net carryover Superfecta pool shall be distributed to winning wagers in the following precedence, based upon the following order of finish:

(a) If tickets are sold on the winning combination of the Superfecta, the net pool shall have added to it any carryover monies from previous Superfecta contests, and shall then be equally divided among those ticket holders.

(b) If no tickets are sold on the winning combination of the Superfecta, then the net pool shall be divided into two separate pools. For example, seventy-five percent of the net pool shall be paid into a pool known as the Jackpot Carryover, and carried over to the next regularly scheduled Superfecta contest. The remaining 25 percent of the net pool shall be paid into a pool known as the Superfecta minor pool, and this pool shall be equally divided among those ticket holders who correctly selected the first three finishers in exact order. If no ticket has been sold correctly selecting the first three finishers in exact order, then the Superfecta minor pool shall be paid to the first two finishers in exact order; if no ticket has been sold correctly selecting the first two finishers in exact order, then the Superfecta minor pool shall be paid to those ticket holders who selected the winning betting interest. In the event no ticket has been sold correctly selecting the winning betting interest to finish first, then the Superfecta gross pool (excluding monies carried over from previous Superfecta contests) shall be refunded.

(c) If the Superfecta gross pool is refunded in accordance with the above-described rules, then all monies carried over, if any, shall be carried over to the next regularly scheduled Superfecta.

(d) If less than four betting interests finish and the contest is declared official, payouts will be made from the Superfecta minor pool only, and shall be made to holders of tickets correctly selecting the greatest number of actual finishing betting interests in exact order. In this event, the Jackpot Carryover will be carried over to the next regularly scheduled Superfecta contest.

(e) In the event the accumulated Jackpot Carryover has not been distributed prior to the final contest of the performance in which the Jackpot Carryover was generated, then the accumulated Jackpot Carryover and the net pool in the final Superfecta contest of the performance shall be distributed to holders of Superfecta tickets who correctly selected the first four official finishers in exact order; or if no ticket is sold as above described, to those who correctly selected the first three finishers in exact order; or if no ticket is sold as above described, to those who correctly selected the first two finishers in exact order; or if no ticket is sold as above described, to those who correctly selected the winning betting interest to finish first. In the event no ticket has been sold correctly selecting the winning betting interest to finish first, then the gross Superfecta pool will be refunded and the Jackpot Carryover distributed equally to all final contest Superfecta ticket holders.

(f) In the event the final Superfecta contest of a performance is unable to be conducted and the jackpot remains unpaid, the accumulated jackpot amount will be added to the first Superfecta contest of the next performance.

(g) All dead heat provisions of subsections (5), (6), (7), (8), and coupled entry or mutuel field provisions of subsection (9), apply to the net carryover Superfecta pool distributions.

(11) There shall be no minimum number of betting interests required to start in a contest in which Superfecta wagering is offered except that when the Superfecta represents half of a Trifecta and Superfecta combination, the minimum shall be seven.

(12) Permitholders electing to offer the net carryover Superfecta pool may, prior to offering the wager, designate the Jackpot Carryover amount at any given percentage of the net pool; the remaining percentage will be the minor pool portion, if any. This elected percentage may not be changed during the performance on which the Superfecta is conducted in the carryover method.

(13) Each permitholder conducting a Superfecta pool of any type, must notify the wagering public via a statement in the official program or by prominently displaying on each level of the facility, a declaration of whether the standard version or the carryover version of the pool is being conducted.

(14) Different methods of conduct of this pool may not be combined for the Superfecta between intertrack or simulcast wagering hosts and guests.

History

Rulemaking Authority 550.0251(3), (7), 550.155(1) FS. Law Implemented 550.0251, 550.155 FS. History–New 10-20-96, Amended 7-7-05, Formerly 61D-7.013.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-7.014 Pick (N) Pools

(1) The Pick (N) requires the selection of the first place finisher in each of a designated number of contests. A Pick (N) pool shall consist of four to fifteen contests. More than one Pick (N) pool may be offered in a single performance provided there are no overlapping Pick (N) contests which offer the same (N) number of contests. There shall be only one jackpot for Pick (N) pools offered during a performance which are comprised of the same number of contests.

(2) The Pick (N) pool shall be apportioned under one of the following methods:

(a) Pick (N) with Jackpot Carryover and no Minor Pool. One hundred percent of the net Pick (N) pool and the jackpot carryover shall be distributed as a single price pool to those who selected the first place finisher in each of the Pick (N) contests, based upon the official order of finish. If there are no such wagers, a designated percentage of the net pool shall be distributed as a single price pool to those who selected the first place finisher in the greatest number of Pick (N) contests, and the remainder shall be added to the jackpot. If there are no wagers selecting at least one of the first place finishers, the entire Pick (N) pool for that performance shall be refunded.

(b) Pick (N) with Jackpot Carryover and Minor Pool. The major share of the net Pick (N) pool and the jackpot carryover, if any, shall be distributed to those who selected the first place finisher in each of the Pick (N) contests, based upon the official order of finish. The minor share of the net Pick (N) pool shall be distributed to those who selected the first place finisher in the second greatest number of Pick (N) contests. If there are no wagers selecting the first place finisher in all Pick (N) contests, the minor share of the net Pick (N) pool shall be distributed as a single price pool to those who selected the first place finisher in the greatest number of Pick (N) contests, and the major share shall be added to the jackpot. If there are no wagers selecting at least one of the first place finishers, the entire Pick (N) pool shall be refunded for that performance. At the option of the permitholder, and with prior notification given to the division, the jackpot may be distributed in the same percentages as the major and minor share designations provided that there is at least one wager selecting the first place finisher in all of the contests. Otherwise, the jackpot shall be carried over and only the minor share of the net Pick (N) pool for that performance shall be distributed.

(c) Pick (N) with Minor Pool and no Jackpot Carryover. The major share of the net Pick (N) pool shall be distributed to those who selected the first place finisher in the greatest number of the Pick (N) contests, based upon the official order of finish. The minor share of the net Pick (N) pool shall be distributed to those who selected the first place finisher in the second greatest number of Pick (N) contests. If there are no wagers selecting at least one of the first place finishers, the entire Pick (N) pool shall be refunded.

(3) Contestants grouped to constitute an entry or field shall compete as a single betting interest for the purpose of the distribution of the Pick (N) pool.

(4)(a) Prior to the close of the betting period for the first of the Pick (N) races, a Pick (N) wager may be canceled after leaving the window if the wagering combination includes a scratched runner even if the scratch is a part of a coupled entry. Should a betting interest in any of the Pick (N) contests be scratched, and the bettor does not exercise this cancel option, the actual favorite, as evidenced by the Win pool at the host track for the contest at the close of wagering, shall be substituted for the scratched betting interest for all purposes, including pool calculations. In the event that the Win pool total for two or more favorites is identical, the substitute selection shall be the betting interest with the lowest actual post position. The totalisator generated price calculation report shall show each of the wagering combinations with the substituted betting interests which became winners as a result of the substitution.

(b) A Pick (N) wager may be canceled after leaving the teller window and before the close of wagering if the wagering combination includes the scratched runner even if the scratch is part of a coupled entry or mutuel field.

(5) If there is a dead heat for first in any of the Pick (N) contests involving:

(a) Contestants representing the same betting interest, the Pick (N) pool shall be distributed as if no dead heat occurred.

(b) Contestants representing two or more betting interests, the Pick (N) pool shall be distributed as a single price pool.

(6) The Pick (N) pool shall be canceled and all Pick (N) wagers for the individual performance shall be refunded if:

(a) At least three contests included as part of a Pick 4, Pick 5, or Pick 6 are canceled or declared “no contest.”

(b) At least four contests included as part of a Pick 7, Pick 8, or Pick 9 are canceled or declared “no contest.”

(d) At least six contests included as part of a Pick 13, Pick 14, or Pick 15 are canceled or declared “no contest.”

(7) If at least one contest included as part of the Pick (N) is canceled or declared “no contest,” but not more than the number specified in subsection (6) of this rule, one hundred percent of the net pool shall be distributed as a single price pool to those who selected the first place finishers in the greatest number of Pick (N) contests for that performance.

(8) For Pick (N) pools involving a jackpot, the jackpot shall be subject to the following conditions:

(a) The jackpot may be capped at a level designated by the permitholder.

(b) If the jackpot has been capped, and no one selects the first place finisher in each of the Pick (N) contests, then one hundred percent of the net Pick (N) pool shall be distributed as a single price pool to those who selected the first place finisher in the greatest number of Pick (N) contests for that performance.

(9) With respect to a forced payout:

(a) A forced payout of the jackpot is required on the last performance;

Preceding a dark period of more than 5 days.
In which the Pick (N) is offered if the Pick (N) is to be discontinued.
The Pick (N) is offered prior to effecting a change in the Pick (N) wager.

(b) The jackpot shall be distributed to those who selected the first place winners in the greatest number of contests on the last performance.

(10) If for any reason beyond the control of the permitholder the Pick (N) jackpot cannot be awarded as required in the previous paragraphs, then the jackpot shall be deposited in an interest bearing account. The jackpot plus any interest earned shall become part of the Pick (N) net pool in one of the first five performances of the same permitholder’s subsequent meet. For pari-mutuel facilities being utilized by more than one pari-mutuel permitholder, the jackpot plus any interest earned shall become part of the Pick (N) jackpot for the first performance of the other permitholder’s subsequent meet at that same facility.

History

Rulemaking Authority 550.0251(3), 550.155(1), 550.495(4) FS. Law Implemented 550.0251(7), 550.155 FS. History–New 10-20-96, Amended 12-15-97, 4-12-06, 3-15-12, Formerly 61D-7.014.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-7.015 Trifecta and Superfecta Combinations

(1) The Trifecta and Superfecta combination requires the selection of the first three (Trifecta) or four (Superfecta) finishers, in their exact order, in each of two designated contests. Winning first half Trifecta and Superfecta combination wagers will receive both a monetary payout and an exchange right for each winning dollar wagered. Each winning ticket for the first contest must be exchanged for a free ticket on the second contest in order to remain eligible for the second half pool. Exchanges must be made prior to the close of wagering for the second half contest. Both of the designated Trifecta and Superfecta combination contests shall be included in only one Trifecta and Superfecta combination pool and contests of separate Trifecta and Superfecta combinations shall not overlap. The maximum number of Trifecta and Superfecta combination jackpots offered in a performance is two.

(a) Multiple corresponding Trifecta and Superfecta combinations within the same performance shall share a common jackpot.

(b) Corresponding Trifecta and Superfecta combinations from matinee to evening performances need not share a common jackpot. A permitholder may opt for a common jackpot or separate jackpots for matinee and evening performances. Where separate jackpots are opted for, the division shall be notified in writing at least three days prior to implementation and the patrons shall be informed of such prior to each performance.

(c) Trifecta and Superfecta combinations which are not corresponding Trifecta and Superfecta combinations shall have separate jackpots.

(2) The Trifecta and Superfecta combination wager may be offered in any one of the following combinations:

FIRST RACE OR

SECOND RACE OR

GAME

(First Half of Contest):

(Second Half of Contest):

Trifecta

Superfecta

Trifecta

Superfecta

(3) After wagering closes for the first half of the Trifecta and Superfecta combination, the net pool shall be divided into two separate pools; the first half Tri-Super pool and the second half Tri-Super pool.

(4) In the first half of the Trifecta and Superfecta combination, winning wagers shall be determined using the following precedence, based upon the official order of finish for the first half, as a single price pool:

(a) To those whose selection finished in exact order as the first three betting interests for a Trifecta or the first four betting interests for a Superfecta, if there are no such wagers,

(b) To those who selected, in sequence, the first two finishers for a Trifecta or the first three finishers for a Superfecta, if there are no such wagers,

(c) To those who correctly selected the first place finisher for a Trifecta or the first two finishers, in sequence, for a Superfecta, if there are no such wagers,

(d) To those who selected the first place finisher for a Superfecta, if there are no such wagers,

(e) The entire Trifecta and Superfecta combination pool shall be refunded.

(5) If there are no first half Tri-Super wagers correctly selecting, in exact order, the first three finishers for a Trifecta or the first four finishers for a Superfecta, winning ticket holders shall not receive any exchange tickets for the second half of the Trifecta and Superfecta combination. The second half Tri-Super pool shall be retained and added to the Tri-super carryover jackpot.

(6) Winning first half tickets eligible for exchange must be exchanged after the declaration of the official order of finish for the first half contest and prior to the close of wagering for the second half contest. Winning ticket holders shall be paid the winnings resulting from the first half contest and receive a ticket reflecting their selection for the second half contest in exchange for the first half ticket. If a winning ticket for the first half contest is not presented for cashing and exchanged within the time provided, the bettor may still collect the price attached to the ticket. However, the bettor forfeits all rights to any distribution of the winnings resulting from the second half contest unless paragraph 75-7.015(9)(d), F.A.C., applies.

(7) The second half of the Tri-Super pool shall be distributed to winning wagers in the following precedence, based upon the official order of finish:

(a) As a single price pool, including any existing jackpot carryover, to those whose combination finished in exact order as the first three betting interests for a Trifecta or the first four finishers for a Superfecta, if there are no such wagers,

(b) The entire second half net Tri-Super pool for that contest shall be added to the jackpot carryover selected under the provisions of paragraph (1)(a), (b) or (c).

(8) In greyhound and horse racing, in the first half of the Tri-Super only, if a betting interest is scratched, withdrawn or declared a non starter prior to the close of wagering on the first contest, the following shall occur:

(a) Those Tri-Super wagers including the scratched, withdrawn, or non starter betting interest shall be refunded.

(b) If a scratched, withdrawn, or non starter contestant causes the number of betting interests to become less than six for a Trifecta or less than seven for a Superfecta, the entire pool for the Tri-Super shall be refunded.

A permitholder may have a higher minimum of betting interests as a condition of offering Tri-Super wagering provided that the patrons are made aware of the minimum prior to each performance through the official racing program or displayed at the facility.
If the number of betting interests falls below the selected minimum the entire Tri-Super pool shall be refunded.

(9) If, after the completion of the first half and initiation of the exchange process, a betting interest in the second half of the Tri-Super is scratched, an announcement concerning the scratch shall be made and a reasonable amount of time shall be provided for the cancellation and re-exchange of tickets that include the scratched betting interest.

(a) If exchange tickets have not been exchanged prior to the close of betting for the second half contest, the ticket holder forfeits all rights to the second half pool and jackpot, however;

(b) If there is no winner for the second half, and money is awarded to exchange ticket holders, any exchange tickets which were invalidated because of a scratch will be awarded the same price as any other exchange ticket.

(c) If the number of starting entries become less than seven due to a scratched contestant, the second half contest will be canceled.

(d) If the second half contest is canceled or declared “no contest,” holders of exchange tickets and first half winning tickets which were not exchanged will be entitled to the share of the second half net pool and the jackpot shall be carried over to the next corresponding Trifecta and Superfecta combination selected under the provisions of paragraph (1)(a), (b) or (c).

(e) In the event of communications or power failures or totalisator malfunctions that preclude exchange rights from being fully exercised by holders of first half winning tickets, the second half of the Trifecta and Superfecta combination shall be canceled and the provisions of paragraph (9)(d), shall apply. Any technical problems which may require additional time for the exchange process or possible cancellation of the second half of the Trifecta and Superfecta combination are the responsibility of the mutuels manager at the host site and, where applicable, the hub tote manager. The guest mutuels manager must notify the host mutuels manager immediately upon the finding of any communications problems complicating the exchange of tickets.

(10) The Tri-Super Jackpot may be capped at a level designated by the permitholder.

(11) If the permitholder offers more than one type of Trifecta and Superfecta combination in a given performance, there shall be separate jackpots for each type of Trifecta and Superfecta combination.

(12) The net Tri-Super pool shall be distributed in the following manner when the jackpot cap has not been reached:

(a) A designated percentage of the net pool will be paid to the winning wagers of the first half contest following the priorities indicated in subsection (4), and

(b) The remainder of the net pool will be allocated to the second half contest and will be paid to the ticket holders who correctly selected the second half Trifecta or Superfecta. If the exact winning combination for the second half contest is not covered,

(c) The second half of the net pool will be contributed to the Trifecta and Superfecta combination jackpot and carried over to the next corresponding Trifecta and Superfecta combination.

(13) If the permitholder does not offer a seed pool, and the jackpot cap has been reached or exceeded, 100 percent of the net Tri-Super pool will be distributed to the winning wagers of the first half contest following the priorities indicated in subsection (4).

(14) The jackpot will be paid only to the ticket holders who correctly selected the Trifecta or Superfecta in the second half of the Trifecta and Superfecta combination unless there is a forced payout or an optional early payout has been designated by the permitholder.

(15) With respect to a forced payout:

(a) A forced payout of the jackpot is required on the last performance;

Preceding a dark period of more than 5 days.
In which the Tri-Super is offered if the Tri-Super is to be discontinued or changed.

(b) The jackpot shall be distributed according to the order of precedence as indicated in subsection (16) or (17) of this rule.

(16) When a forced or early payout occurs, and there are no exact winners for the first half, the net pool and the jackpot shall be paid in the following precedence:

(a) To those who selected the first two finishers in exact order for a Trifecta, or the first three finishers in exact order for a Superfecta, if there are no such wagers,

(b) To those who selected the first place finisher for a Trifecta, or the first two finishers in exact order for a Superfecta, if there are no such wagers,

(d) The entire pool shall be refunded and the jackpot shall be carried over to the subsequent meet as indicated in subsection (18).

(17) When a forced or early payout occurs, the jackpot shall be awarded in the following precedence:

(a) To those who correctly selected the Trifecta or Superfecta in the second half contest, if the winning combination is not covered,

(b) To all holders of exchange tickets from the first half contest.

(c) In the event the second half of the contest is canceled, declared null, or no contest, the jackpot may be distributed in one of the following methods:

To holders of tickets as reflected in paragraph (b), above,
If there is another Tri-Super Combination contest scheduled within the same performance, the forced payout may be postponed to the next Tri-Super Combination contest,
If there is no other Tri-Super Combination contest scheduled within the same performance, the forced payout may be postponed to the next scheduled performance,
If it is the last performance of the meet or the last performance preceding a dark period of more than 5 days, the provisions of subsection (18) of this rule apply.

(d) The decision of how the forced payout will be managed under these conditions must be submitted to the division in writing at least three days prior to implementation of such forced payout.

(18) If for any reason beyond the control of the permitholder the Tri-Super jackpot cannot be awarded as required by this rule, the jackpot shall be deposited in an interest bearing account. The jackpot plus any interest earned shall become part of the Trifecta and Superfecta combination net pool in one of the first five performances of the same permitholder’s subsequent meet. For pari-mutuel facilities being utilized by more than one pari-mutuel permitholder, the jackpot plus any interest earned shall become part of the Trifecta and Superfecta combination jackpot for the first performance of the other permitholder’s subsequent meet at that same facility. The permitholder(s) shall notify the division in writing prior to the beginning of the meet as to the designated performance.

(19) In the event of a dead heat in either of the contests comprising the Trifecta and Superfecta combination, the winning combinations will be selected as in the regular Trifecta wagering or Superfecta wagering, as applicable, and paid as a single price pool.

(20) If a coupled entry or mutuel field finish within more than one of the first three positions for a Trifecta, or four positions for a Superfecta, the following will apply for the determination of the order of finish for payout purposes:

(a) Where the Tri-Super wager is a Trifecta, in the event that more than one component of an entry or field are within the first three finishers, the member of the entry or field closest to the finish shall determine the winning position (first, second or third) for the entry or field. All other components of the same entry or field will be ignored.

(b) Where the Tri-Super wager is a Superfecta, in the event that more than one component of an entry or field are within the first four finishers, the member of the entry or field closest to the finish shall determine the winning position (first, second, third or fourth) for the entry or field. All other components of the same entry or field will be ignored.

(21) Sales of Trifecta and Superfecta combination tickets other than from the permitholder’s totalisator terminals is prohibited. Exchange tickets shall be nontransferable and holders of transferred exchange tickets shall not be entitled to any winnings. Persons involved in the unauthorized transfer of exchange tickets shall be ejected from the pari-mutuel facility.

(22) The minimum number of betting interests required to start in any Trifecta half of a Trifecta and Superfecta combination is six, and the minimum required to start in any Superfecta half is seven.

History

Rulemaking Authority 550.0251(3), 550.155(1), 550.495(4) FS. Law Implemented 550.0251, 550.155 FS. History–New 10-20-96, Amended 9-19-04, 4-12-06, 9-12-12, Formerly 61D-7.015.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-7.016 Total Points Wager

(1) The Total Points wager is a type of pari-mutuel wager, comprised of correctly selecting the aggregate total points scored by all the players or teams participating in a jai alai game.

(2) The permitholder shall designate and announce the type of game and the number of points necessary to win the game, through the daily playing program.

(a) In a “Straight Seven Game,” the first player or team that attains seven points is the winner. When there are a total of eight players or teams in a game, seven players or teams will score no more than six points. The maximum number of aggregate points for the purpose of the Total Points wager is 49. The bettor selects any number in the betting range from 7 to 49. Any selection below 7 or above 49 is not a valid wager. For example:

1 Winner

7 Points

7 Losers × 6

42 Points

8 Total

49 Total

(b) In a “Spectacular Seven Game,” the first player or team that attains seven points is the winner. When there are a total of eight players or teams in a game, six players or teams will score no more than six points each, and one will score no more than five points. The maximum number of aggregate points for the purpose of the Total Points wager is thus 48. The bettor selects any number in the betting range from 7 to 48. Any selection below 7 or above 48 is not a valid wager. For example:

1 Winner

7 Points

6 Losers × 6

36 Points

1 Loser

5 Points

8 Total

48 Points

(c) In a “Spectacular Nine Game,” the first player or team that attains nine points is the winner. Where there are a total of eight players or teams in a game, seven players or teams will score no more than eight points each. The maximum number of aggregate points for the purpose of the Total Points wager is thus 65. The bettor selects any number in the betting range from 9 to 65. Any selection below 9 or above 65 is not a valid wager. For example:

1 Winner

9 Points

7 Losers × 8

56 Points

8 Total

65 Points

(d) A “Partido Game” is defined as two players or teams competing against each other. The player or team that first attains the designated number of points is the winner. The losing player or team will score no more points than the designated number to win less one. For example, if a 15 point Partido game, the winning player or team will score 15 points, and the losing player or team will score no more than 15 minus 1, or 14 points. The maximum number of aggregate points for the purpose of the Total Points wager is thus 29. The bettor selects any number in the betting range from 15 to 29. Any selection lower than 15 or higher than 29 is not a valid wager. For example:

1 Winner

15 Points

1 Loser (15-1)

14 Points

Total

29 Points

(3) In the event that any other type or variation of jai alai game is used for the Total Points wager, the permitholder shall provide in the playing program a description of the game and the related betting range in the same format as indicated in subsection (2) of this rule.

(4) For the purposes of calculating the total points as it pertains to this wager, the following shall apply:

(a) In “spectacular scoring” games, if a player or team receives a double point when only one point is needed to win the game, the player or team shall be credited with only the one point needed to win.

(b) After the winning player or team has been determined, any additional points scored to determine place, show, or fourth positions through playoffs will not count toward the total points.

(c) Except as indicated in paragraphs (4)(a) and (b) of this rule, all points shall be awarded in compliance with the rules governing the jai alai games, Title 75, F.A.C.

(5) The net pool shall be awarded in the following priorities:

(a) To those who correctly selected the total aggregate points for the game. If the winning wager as herein described is not covered, then;

(b) To those who correctly selected the next lower total, in a descending order;

(c) If the net pool cannot be awarded as described in paragraph (a) or (b), above, then a full refund to all contributors to the pool shall be made.

(6) Prior to offering this type of wager to the betting public, the totalisator system used by the permitholder shall be programmed to do the following:

(a) Print a table of wagers (pool matrix) which will reflect the amount bet for each possible number of points within the game betting range as described in subsection (2) of this rule; and

(b) Award the same price per winning dollar to all winning ticket holders as indicated in the winning priorities in subsection (5) of this rule.

(7) The total points shall be aggregated by computer. They shall be displayed to the public during the game on an electronic display or on the totalisator board. The total winning points and the related awarded price per dollar shall be displayed to the public.

(8) The permitholder shall be able to produce upon request a computer printout indicating the accumulation of the points for each game. This may be accomplished by the device actually accumulating the points or by linking such to the totalisator.

(9) In the event that manual calculations become necessary, the chief judge and the permitholder’s score keeper shall confirm the total points for the purposes of calculating the Total Points wager payoffs. Such information shall be relayed to the Mutuels Manager, or designee, who will use the total points to award the net pool and calculate the corresponding prices.

(10) In the event that the Total Points wagering is offered to guest tracks or frontons, in-state or out-of-state, all the information required by subsection (7) of this rule, shall be provided to the patrons at each guest track. Except where the guest’s terminals are linked directly to the host track, the totalisator being used by the guest track must be programmed to accumulate wagers and produce reports as required in subsection (6) of this rule.

(11) The permitholder’s score keeper and the judge shall share a common work area. In the event that sharing a common area is not feasible, there shall be a direct phone link between these two individuals. In addition, both of these officials shall have a full and complete view of the playing court, the score board, and the totalisator board.

History

Rulemaking Authority 550.0251(3), (7), 550.155(1) FS. Law Implemented 550.0251, 550.155 FS. History–New 10-20-96, Formerly 61D-7.016.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-7.020 Pari-Mutuels

(1) Win, Place and Show wagers may not be sold in less than $1 denominations, and may be sold only in $1 increments. A minimum base bet of at least .10 U.S. dollars (ten cents), and any increment greater, may be sold by a Florida permitholder or commingled into a Florida host permitholder’s pools by an out-of-state guest for exotic wagers only.

(a) Foreign guests’ pools may be commingled into a Florida host permitholder’s pools utilizing a currency conversion formula that may result in fractional monetary amounts, provided that the Florida host’s established minimum individual bet unit values shall be followed by such guests.

(b) Wagers from foreign sites commingling with the on-track pari-mutuel pool shall be converted to U.S. currency by the guest track, using the exchange rate as of 12:00 p.m. the prior day as established by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, for the current day’s races or games.

(2) A permitholder that serves as a totalisator hub shall provide a work area for use by commission personnel. The work area shall be located adjacent to or within a reasonable proximity to the totalisator room, and provide visibility of the tote console, printer, and field totalisator boards. The work area shall include functioning power outlets and adequate space for locking file cabinets or other storage facility that can store records for a period of one year. State personnel shall have possession of any keys or combinations required to access storage facilities used for storing state equipment or records. Where the totalisator is located at a site other than a pari-mutuel facility, the responsibilities of this paragraph shall be borne by the totalisator company.

(3) All permitholders shall inform the patrons through the official program or shall post conspicuously throughout the facility the location and availability of the State of Florida pari-mutuel rules and statutes for their examination. Each permitholder shall provide a current version of the pari-mutuel rules and statutes for patron examination at a convenient location on the permitholder’s premises.

(4) The permitholder shall ensure that no minor is allowed to:

(a) Wager or cash tickets;

(b) Use patron operated wagering devices; or

(5)(a) No pari-mutuel tickets shall be sold except through properly designated totalisator terminals or via the following authorized methods:

Advanced and future bets;
Account betting;
Betting utilizing credit vouchers; and
Betting utilizing portable terminals.

(b) All ticket sales shall be for cash or cash equivalent.

(6) The duty of the licensed pari-mutuel tellers shall not be compromised and they shall not at any time serve as an agent or an employee of a patron with respect to pari-mutuel wagering. The permitholders shall inform their tellers of this and all applicable rules and statutes.

(7) Payment of winning and refundable pari-mutuel tickets shall be made only upon presentation and surrender of the tickets. Damaged tickets with complete and legible identification numbers or bar codes may be honored without presentation of a formal claim. Attempting to redeem or possession of a false, altered, or adulterated ticket shall be a violation of these rules.

(8) Any claim by a person that a wrong ticket has been delivered to him must be made prior to the stop bet command being issued for the race for which the wrong ticket was sold.

(9) No later than the opening of the starting gate at thoroughbred tracks or crossing of the starting line at harness tracks, all pari-mutuel machines shall be locked by the state steward via a control linked to the totalisator system.

(10) As an alternate emergency procedure, if the commission steward fails to close pari-mutuel wagering, it shall become the responsibility of the permitholder’s stewards. A report of such circumstances shall be made to the commission within 48 hours by all the participating stewards.

(11) At the start of the first serve motion in any jai alai game, the outcome upon which pari-mutuel wagers are made, all pari-mutuel machines shall be locked by the permitholder’s announcer via a control linked to the totalisator system.

(12) As an alternate emergency procedure, in any jai alai game, if the permitholder’s announcer fails to close pari-mutuel wagering, it shall become the responsibility of the permitholder's pari-mutuel manager. The participating announcer and pari-mutuel manager shall make a report of such circumstances to the commission within 48 hours.

(13) If, then, the permitholder’s stewards, jai alai announcer, or pari-mutuel manager fail to close the wagering or if the command is issued but fails to take hold, the responsibility shall fall to the totalisator operator at the facility conducting the live event or importing the contest from out of state as a primary guest. For this purpose the totalisator operator shall have the ability to monitor each contest being conducted live, or imported if a primary guest, at that facility.

(14) The totalisator system shall be capable of identifying the source of the stop bet command and shall log the origin automatically.

(15) Upon investigation, any wager which has been determined to have been purchased after the contest has started shall be disallowed and the bettor will not receive any winnings related to the disallowed wager. The disallowed winnings shall be treated as an underpayment to the public and within seven days of the incident shall be added into the net wagering pool chosen by the permitholder and approved by the commission. The add-in must be done prior to the stop bet of the race and the pool matrix shall not be affected in any way. If the addition to the pool is not possible because of the end of the meet, the underpayment shall be carried over to the next meet and added to the first performance.

(16) Each permitholder must install and maintain in good working order a suitable communications system between the totalisator room and state steward’s stand, or the announcer stand in jai alai and the office of mutuel operations.

(17) With respect to the operation of the mutuels department, should any emergency arise not covered by these rules and an immediate decision is necessary, the Mutuels Manager shall make the decision and render a written report to the commission within 48 hours concerning the incident.

(18) Each permitholder that participates in account wagering or utilizes walk-around terminals or self-service terminals, at least seven days prior to implementation, shall provide to the commission a copy of the operational procedures for each method of wagering. Such procedures shall include detailed information of any system interfaces within the totalisator system, procedures of how tickets are purchased and cashed, and the security controls for this system of wagering.

History

Rulemaking Authority 550.0251(3), (7), 550.155(1), 550.3551(10), 550.495(4), 550.6305(5) FS. Law Implemented 550.0251, 550.0425, 550.155, 550.495, 550.70 FS. History–New 10-20-96, Amended 12-15-97, 2-24-03, 9-19-04, 1-10-08, Formerly 61D-7.020, Amended 1-8-25.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-7.021 Mutuels Tickets, Cashing, Records, and Totalisator Security Requirements

(1) Each window, patron operated terminal, or portable terminal shall be numbered and the number shall be visible to the public and shall correspond to the internal numbering on all applicable totalisator reports.

(2) Every ticket issued shall have printed on it:

(a)1. The name of the pari-mutuel permitholder or facility where the ticket was purchased and, if applicable, the intertrack host or interstate host;

If an intertrack guest is wagering into the pools of an out of state host via a Florida primary guest, both the intertrack guest and the out of state host shall appear on the ticket.

(b) The number of the contest;

(d) The date the ticket was issued, the performance number for which issued, and/or the date for which issued;

(e) The designation of either matinee (by “mat”) or evening (by “eve”), where applicable;

(f) The identification number of the terminal which issued the ticket;

(g) The total dollar amount of bets on the ticket; and

(h) Data on each bet as follows:

The type of pool;
The denomination of the bet;
Each wager as indicated by contestant numbers, except for combination bets such as wheels or boxes which must be indicated as such;
The total dollar amount of each wager, and;

(i) Redundant machine readable symbols, such as bar codes which correspond to the unique ticket identification numbers.

(3) All ticket issuing devices shall comply with the provisions of above paragraphs (2)(a) through (2)(i). The division shall not approve the use of any ticket issuing device which does not comply with such provisions.

(4) A legend of all the symbols and marks printed on the ticket, shall be made available to the bettors through the official program or prominently displayed on each level of the facility. The legend shall include an explanation of how to identify intertrack and interstate tickets and how to identify the host.

(5)(a) All tickets must be marked or coded when cashed or cancelled, or a tote produced report of cashed and cancelled tickets shall be generated. The coding shall include the cashing window number, date of payment and amount paid. The report shall include the ticket identification number, cashing window number, date of payment and amount paid.

(b) For totalisator systems which do not have the capability to mark tickets, a hard copy payment receipt shall be issued by the terminal. The payment receipt shall contain, as a minimum, the cashing or canceling window number, the date of payment, the ticket identification number and the amount paid for the ticket. The receipt shall be filed with the cashed or canceled ticket.

(c) For walk-around ticket issuing machines which can neither brand nor issue vouchers as herein described, a tote produced list of tickets cashed and canceled through such terminals shall be generated. Such list shall contain, as a minimum, the same information required on a payment voucher.

(d) The totalisator system shall have the capability to produce a teller history/log tape report of the ticket sales, cashes, and cancels by a teller, sorted by the site where the ticket was sold, time of transaction, pool, and ticket identification number. The totalisator must be capable of limiting the data to specific time ranges and pools.

(e) Permitholders whose outs escheat to the state or a breeders’ association, shall provide cashed or canceled tickets to the division upon request.

(f) For tickets cashed more than 30 days after the purchase date of the ticket, the ticket may not be cashed at any type of patron-operated machine or terminal. The totalisator system must be configured to instruct patrons on how to cash the ticket.

(g) The totalisator system must have the ability to identify such tickets and indicate to a teller that the ticket falls within this category.

(6) No tickets shall be redeemed or claim for payment honored unless presented for payment within 1 year from the date of the performance for which the ticket was issued. The totalisator shall have programmed controls to preclude cashing of outs past the 1 year (365 days) limit. In the event a permitholder honors a ticket or claim presented after the ticket’s expiration date, the disbursement shall not be deductible from funds due the division or breeders’ association. Such disbursements shall be considered an expense to the permitholder and no deductions will be made from the end of meet outs balance.

(7) The permitholder shall inform the patrons of the ticket canceling policy and any restrictions thereon, in the official program or posted prominently on each level of the facility.

(8) Wagers may be canceled by a totalisator operator in the event of a paper jam or terminal malfunction which resulted in mutilation of a ticket or in a ticket not being issued. Jammed or mutilated tickets removed by a tote employee must be logged and filed as per the tote purchase provisions of paragraph (10)(b).

(9) The teller shall retain and account for all cashed and canceled tickets except for those cashed and canceled by totalisator personnel under provisions of paragraph (9)(d). Where outs escheat to the State or breeders’ association, cashed and/or canceled tickets, as well as records for all cancellations performed by totalisator operators, shall be retained by the permitholder for a minimum period of 2 years and 60 days from the end of the meet, and be available for examination by the division. Where the outs do not escheat to the State or breeders’ association these records shall be retained by the permitholder for a minimum period of 1 year from the last date of the meet. Notwithstanding the minimum retention periods stated herein once an audit or investigation is initiated these records shall be maintained until disposal is authorized by the division.

(a) In the event a cashed, canceled or refunded ticket other than a ticket exempted from this requirement by paragraphs (9)(b), (c), and (d) of this rule, cannot be provided by the permitholder prior to the date when disposal of the ticket is allowed, then the permitholder shall pay to the division or breeders’ association, as applicable, upon audit, the value of the ticket.

(b) A permitholder is not required to pay the division the monies required by paragraph (a), above, for missing tickets cashed through a scanner for which a teller history is available unless the division uncovers evidence of neglect or fraud associated with the missing tickets.

(c) Permitholders allowed to retain the value of their uncashed tickets pursuant to Chapter 550, Florida Statutes, are not required to pay the division for missing tickets.

(d) A permitholder is not required to pay the division the monies required by paragraph (a), above, for missing tickets which were canceled by a totalisator operator provided that a daily terminal malfunction log is maintained by the tote operator and a list of totalisator canceled tickets is provided to the division upon request.

(e) Except as provided for in paragraph (d), a cashed or canceled ticket which has been removed from the totalisator system by a keyboard entry will not be accepted for credit unless the actual ticket is presented during the audit.

(10) In the event a terminal issues a mutilated ticket or fails to issue a ticket and it is not canceled by the teller or totalisator operator prior to the stop betting command and the beginning of the contest, the following provisions shall apply:

(a)1. The totalisator licensee is responsible for the value of the wagers for which tickets are not issued due to terminal or system malfunctions. The totalisator licensee may recoup from resulting winnings from such tickets not to exceed the aggregate purchase price of such tickets. The totalisator licensee must maintain a list of such purchased tickets. The list must be made available to the division throughout the meet, upon request. Unrecovered totalisator purchases shall not be carried forward to a subsequent meet and any intertrack tote purchases shall not be recouped from live winnings or live outs.

Any tote purchased winning ticket which is not supported by the log of terminal malfunctions required by paragraph (9)(d), shall be disallowed and winnings shall not be collected by the tote licensee.

(b) Cashing of winning wagers purchased by totalisator personnel may take place under one of the following two options under the direction of the Mutuels Manager:

Option 1. On the last day of the meet upon conclusion of the final performance. The tote shall produce a listing of all such tickets. Each ticket shall be identified by its unique ticket number, attendant wagering data and live site or host, or;

Option 2. Upon printing of the meet’s outsbook. This shall be a manual (off line) process. Each ticket listed in the outsbook which the totalisator is cashing shall be highlighted as such. The amount paid shall be deducted from the grand total and the adjusted total shall be shown on the last page of the outsbook.

(d) For tickets which values would escheat to the state or breeders’ association, the transactions for the list provided per paragraphs (10)(a) and (b), shall be recorded on Form FGCC PMW-3630, Tickets Purchased and Cashed by the Totalisator Company, adopted and incorporated by Rule 75-10.001, F.A.C. The form shall be attested to by signature by the totalisator manager and Mutuels Manager, and is subject to audit. A copy of this report, along with any tote produced cashing reports, shall be submitted to the division within 30 days of the end of each live meet period. The following criteria shall be applicable as part of the audit criteria:

Deductions for tote cashes are valid only when made from the related outs account balance. Intertrack tickets shall not be deducted from or against the value of the live outs balance.
The list provided pursuant to paragraph (10)(a), shall identify which tickets purchased were derived from sales on the live races or games and which tickets were derived from sales on intertrack and interstate wagering.

(e) If accounting problems are recurrent in escheat audits of the same permitholder, tote company or tote operator the division shall require the totalisator licensee to perform tote cashes only upon printing of the outsbook.

(11) For all permitholders where tickets values escheat to the state or breeders’ association, security requirements for cashed tickets and related mutuels records will include, as a minimum, the following:

(a) Cashed tickets and reports which identify the cashed tickets shall be kept in a locked storage facility separate from all other hard copy totalisator reports for one year from the date of filing the Report of Escheated Outs with the division or until audit tests have been completed by the division. Totalisator employees shall be prohibited access to this area.

(b) Outsbooks or any other totalisator produced reports which may be used to identify specific outstanding tickets shall be kept in a safe or in a secured storage area. Only the Mutuels Manager or designee shall have access to such secured storage area. Totalisator employees shall be prohibited access to the storage area.

(c) Storage facilities for records in paragraphs (a) and (b), above, where tickets values escheat to the state, shall have a minimum fire resistance of 2 hours.

(d) Hard copy reports other than those described in paragraphs (a) and (b), above, may be excluded from the requirement in paragraph (c) above, but be kept in a separate storage facility.

(e) Totalisator computers shall be backed-up daily and the backup shall be sufficient to reconstruct the entire performance or days activity. The backup media shall be stored off-site or secured on-site for a minimum of 120 days in an industry standard 2 hour fire resistant storage device.

(f) Totalisator personnel shall not access any file for the purpose of creating a report or list of current outstanding bets without prior notification to the division. The totalisator shall keep a log of any such access. Any unauthorized access to these files must be reported to the division within 24 hours along with any associated logs. Accessing the outs file for the purpose of changing or deleting outs values, creating or cashing fraudulent tickets, or identifying tickets in an effort to commit fraud, is prohibited.

(12) Each totalisator site manager or permitholder as applicable under the provisions of paragraphs (a), (b) and (c), shall provide 24 hour security controls for the totalisator computers. These controls shall be capable of detecting unauthorized entry. Unauthorized entry means any individual who enters the area where the totalisator computers are located and who is not on the authorization list or guest list required under the provisions of subsections (13) and (14) of this section and any individual who violates the security controls and procedures established by the totalisator site. The division shall be notified of any unauthorized entry within 24 hours of discovery. Each totalisator site manager and permitholder shall submit to the division a description of such security controls and procedures. The security description shall be provided to the division annually by the applicable totalisator manager and by the permitholder not later than 10 days prior to the beginning of the meet. The division shall review the security description using the Florida Gaming Control Commission, Division of Pari-Mutuel Wagering’s Security Plan Guidelines, Hubs, Totalisator Systems and Totalisator Sites, herein incorporated by reference. A copy of these guidelines may be obtained by contacting the Florida Gaming Control Commission, 2601 Blair Stone Road, Tallahassee, Florida 32399. The effective date of the guidelines is October 20, 1996.

(a) The totalisator company shall be responsible for the security controls at the remote totalisator servers. Where the remote totalisator is at a pari-mutuel facility, arrangements can be made with the permitholder to provide such security. This does not relieve the totalisator company of its responsibility.

(b) Each pari-mutuel wagering facility being served by a remote totalisator server shall be responsible for providing security controls and procedures for the equipment at the facility that may be used to access the remote totalisator.

(c) Those permitholders who have a totalisator on-site for the exclusive use of that facility, shall be solely responsible for the security controls.

(13) The permitholder may authorize specific individuals and visitors to have access to the room or facility housing totalisator computers. A list of currently licensed individuals authorized to have access to the totalisator room shall be posted at all tote room entrances and submitted annually to the division along with Form FGCC PMW-3520, Notification of Pari-Mutuel Operations, adopted and incorporated by Rule 75-10.001, F.A.C. Any additions or deletions to the list shall be posted to reflect any employee who is authorized to enter the totalisator room. The division must be notified of any additions or deletions to the list within 10 days.

(a) Licensed individuals shall not bet or pass along privileged information regarding pari-mutuel activities at the locations where they are authorized to enter totalisator facilities. Totalisator employees shall not wager on contests conducted by Florida pari-mutuel facilities being served by the totalisator system for which they are employed.

(b) A totalisator company employee may not hold a position of programmer and totalisator operator simultaneously.

(14) The permitholder may provide temporary supervised totalisator room access to non-licensed guests. These individuals shall sign a guest log maintained by the permitholder available to the division upon request.

(15) To allow for possible testing by division personnel, the totalisator company shall notify the division in advance of any upgrades, significant changes to, or planned implementation of, totalisator system configurations, peripherals, central or remote totalisators and other related technologies and a description or explanation of such. This shall include program or software changes which affect the frequency, timing or content of mutuel accounting reports.

History

Rulemaking Authority 550.0251(3), (7), 550.155(1), 550.495(4), (5) FS. Law Implemented 550.0251, 550.155, 550.2633, 550.3551, 550.495 FS. History–New 10-20-96, Amended 12-15-97, 9-19-04, 3-20-05, 4-12-06, Formerly 61D-7.021.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-7.022 Outs Cashed After the End of the Meet

(1) Each totalisator shall maintain an outs file segregated by meet and permitholder and, where applicable, segregated by live and intertrack wagering. Outsbooks shall not be printed in whole or in part except as provided in subsection (2) of this rule, or upon written authorization by the division.

(2) There shall be separate outs accounts for each meet. The reporting shall be segregated by on-track and intertrack wagering. Outsbooks shall only be produced upon the completion of the totalisator cashing activity but not earlier than the end of the meet. Outstanding credit vouchers and intertrack wagering tickets will not be commingled with the pari-mutuel tickets in the outsbook. The outsbook shall be produced by the totalisator operator only with the approval of the Mutuels Manager, and the totalisator system shall have system controls to prevent unauthorized production of the outsbook.

(a) Permitholders which conduct split meets may produce outsbooks upon the last performance of the first half of the split meet for the purpose of manually cashing outs tickets if the totalisator system is not operational during the dark period. In this instance, the requirements in subsection (4) shall apply.

(b) The printing of an outsbook will become mandatory and the system will be purged after 365 days from the end of any live meet.

(c) The Mutuels Manager shall sign the last page of the outsbook to indicate that it was approved by the permitholder to be printed. In the event that this is not possible due to the outsbook being printed at the hub, a signed copy of the instruction by the Mutuels Manager to the totalisator manager to print the outsbook must be attached. Possession of a fraudulent outsbook is a violation of these rules. No outsbook may exist in more than two hard copies, one to be maintained by the permitholder for the purpose of cashing outs tickets and the other to be sent to the division. No other copies or extractions shall be made unless requested in writing by the permitholder and so authorized in writing by the division. Access to the outsbook shall be limited to the Mutuels Manager and the persons designated by the permitholder to process the payment of outs tickets.

(d) The totalisator operator shall attest by signature and date on the grand total page as to the accuracy of the outsbook. Adjustments to the outs balance will be made manually by the Mutuels Manager and will be documented and attested to by signature. A copy of the outsbook, duly attested to, shall be forwarded to division headquarters by the permitholder by registered mail on the next working day after printing. The outsbook must be accompanied by the permitholder’s official written request for its printing.

(3) Removal of outs data from the outs file prior to the end of the meet is prohibited except when necessary due to a changing of totalisator systems. If, under these circumstances, outs data is removed from the totalisator prior to the end of the meet, the following shall occur:

(a) Prior to removal, an outsbook will be printed listing all the outs being removed from the system. A copy shall be mailed to the division via registered mail. The tote operator must certify by signature the correctness of the balance indicated on the report.

(b) All deductions from the outsbook produced under the above paragraph (a), shall be supported in the same manner as outs paid after the close of a meet.

(c) The outs accounting in the new system will begin with a zero balance and will accumulate until the end of the meet. The beginning and ending dates of the meet shall correspond to the dates shown on the permitholders operating license.

(d) A separate outsbook for outs in the new system will be produced at the end of the meet or at the end of the cashing activity through the tote, whichever occurs last. In no event will live outs data be retained in the tote system beyond 365 days from the last live performance of the meet.

(4) The outs tickets manually cashed during the dark period of a split meet shall be processed through the totalisator system when the meet resumes to update the outs file. Processing shall be done through a designated terminal and a tote produced list of outs paid and an outs report shall be provided to the division to reconcile the outs account upon reopening.

(a) Processing of outs tickets via reader scanning during the dark period of a split meet, or upon returning for the second half of a split meet, shall be accounted for as follows: A tote produced list of outs paid and an outs report, and all keyboard cashed tickets shall be provided to the division to verify the cashing that occurred during the dark period of the split meet.

(b) Permitholders that operate a meet with two or more separate time periods and/or different locations, for which outs accounting is separate in the totalisator system, shall document and account for tickets in the same way as outs cashed after the end of the meet, from the last day of each separate portion of the meet.

(5) Where the value of the outs is payable to the state or breeders’ association, all outs tickets redeemed after the final live performance of the meet shall be processed and accounted for according to the procedures outlined in this section.

(a) Where outs tickets are processed through a totalisator system via the reader scanner or keyboard entry, a tote produced list of outs tickets paid sorted by issuing permitholder (host) and meet shall be generated. This list shall segregate intertrack outs from on-track outs. This list shall contain as a minimum each cashed outs ticket fully identified as to ticket identification number, the date of sale, the date of performance for which purchased, the value of the ticket, and the cashing window. Each keyboard cashed ticket shall be identified as such by the totalisator on the list and the list shall be submitted to the division as part of the report of escheated outs. Each keyboard outs ticket cashed must be supported with the actual ticket. The division shall disallow any deductions from the end of meet outs balance for keyboard cashes which are not supported by the applicable tickets except as provided for tote cashes in subsection 75-7.021(10), F.A.C. The check number and date of reimbursement for outs ticket cashed issued by another permitholder shall be written on the list, if applicable. In the event that a totalisator system is unable to generate the list of outs paid as required by this rule, the permitholder shall have the following options:

To print an outsbook at the end of the meet and cash outs tickets manually (off-line). In this event all the tickets to support the deductions from the outsbook shall be remitted to the division with the check for escheated outs.
To not print an outsbook at the end of the meet but cash previous meet’s outs at terminals designated exclusively for cashing previous meet’s outs. For each day, the permitholder shall bundle the tickets according to the classifications in paragraph (5)(a) of this rule. In the event that the totalisator system is not able to brand each ticket with the date of payment, cashing window number and payment amount or issue a payment voucher with such information the permitholder shall write the information on each ticket bundle. All tickets shall be sent to the division. Teller histories for terminals specifically designated for outs cashing shall be provided to the division upon request.

(b) Where outs tickets are manually processed through the mutuels department of the same or another permitholder, each ticket shall be marked on the reverse side with date of payment and the amount paid.

Where manually processed outs tickets are paid by check, each ticket shall also bear on the reverse the check number.
Where manually processed outs tickets are paid by cash, the permitholder shall keep a log or post to the outsbook all cash payments. The log will include the ticket date and identification number and the amount paid for each ticket. After the last entry for the day on the log, the date of payments and grand total paid will be shown. The log or outsbook will be filed with the outs tickets paid and shall accompany the tickets when forwarded to the division.
The manually processed outs tickets shall be segregated by the dates of payment. Calculator tapes of the tickets, initialed and dated, will be filed with the tickets. The check number and date of reimbursement for outs cashed issued to another permitholder shall be written on the calculator tape, if applicable.

(6) Where the value of the outs is payable to the state, the value of the balance of the outsbook shall be remitted to the Florida Gaming Control Commission, Office of Finance and Accounting, within 1 year and 60 days after the end of the meet and shall be payable to the Treasurer, State of Florida.

(7) Where the value of the outs is payable to a breeders’ association the value of the balance of the outsbook shall be remitted to the appropriate breeders’ association within 1 year and 60 days after the end of the meet. A copy of the check shall be sent to the division.

(8) Where the value of the outs is payable to the state a report of escheated outs shall be prepared on Form FGCC PMW-3510, Report of Escheated Outs, adopted and incorporated by Rule 75-10.001, F.A.C., and submitted to the division 1 year and 60 days after the end of the meet. Supporting documentation required on Form FGCC PMW-3510 shall be attached.

(9) The permitholder who issued the pari-mutuel tickets is the custodian of its outstanding winnings, refundable wagers, and any other money represented by the outs account, and is liable to the state for errors, omissions, and improper deductions made from the outs account by any of its employees or agents.

(10) The value of unclaimed credit vouchers which are issued by a permitholder in exchange for cash or cash equivalent, and which the bearer may use to purchase pari-mutuel tickets shall not be forwarded to the division with the escheated outs tickets. The same provision shall apply to intertrack wagering tickets.

(11) Permitholders changing totalisator systems during a meet shall treat the outs tickets produced from the previous system as outs cashed after the end of the meet.

History

Rulemaking Authority 550.0251(3), (7), 550.155(1), 550.1645(1), 550.495(4), (5) FS. Law Implemented 550.0251, 550.155, 550.1645, 550.2633, 550.495 FS. History–New 10-20-96, Amended 12-15-97, 9-19-04, 4-12-06, Formerly 61D-7.022.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-7.023 Reporting of Wagering Activities, Permitholder and Totalisator Reports

(1) The totalisator licensee shall be responsible for the correctness of all tote produced mutuel accounting reports. The Mutuels Manager shall be responsible for the correctness of the non-totalisator mutuel department accounting reports.

(2) For each contest within each performance the following totalisator reports shall be produced for each site:

(a) A table of wagers (pool matrix) shall be printed for each type of pool except the Pick (N). The table of wagers shall be automatically generated immediately upon completion of the closed pool. The table of wagers shall be printed upon completion of the closed pools for all pools except the Superfecta, Trifecta and Superfecta combination, and Quinella Double. The table of wagers for the Superfecta, Trifecta and Superfecta combination, and the Quinella Double shall be printed no later than immediately following the prices report. The time that the report begins to generate and the pool closing time shall be indicated on each report. This report shall include the dollars wagered on each covered betting interest and the total amount wagered for each pool. This report shall also apply to exchange tickets, where applicable.

(b) For intertrack wagering only, a scan report may be transmitted to the host tote in lieu of the pool data for the Superfecta, Trifecta and Superfecta combination, and Quinella Double pools. The guest tote or hub, as applicable, shall print complimentary tables of wagers reflecting the wagering activity in the guest tote or hub. The host tote shall produce tables of wagers reflecting all on track wagers and guest site wagers which have been transmitted from other guest sites. In addition, the guest tote or hub shall print the scan reports and provide copies to the division personnel at the hub. A report providing the receipt of the stop bet command for each pool of each guest shall be produced by the host site totalisator system.

(c) For the Pick (N), a scan report shall be produced after each leg of the wager. The scan shall show the probable winning combinations, the gross pool total and the amounts bet on each possible winning combination.

(d) Calculation reports for each pool within each contest shall be printed immediately after the official order of finish is declared by the judges or stewards. At intertrack or interstate hosts, the calculations report shall be available upon request for each site wagering into the common pool. The calculation reports shall include as a minimum:

The order of finish;
Each winning contestant or wagering combination and final odds;
The amount bet on each winner;
Gross Pool;
Refundable wagers;
Commissions;
Net Pool;
Prices per winning dollar;
Winnings payable; and
Breakage: positive; negative; and combined (netted) for a specific race for a specific pool.

(3) For each contest and performance, a summary of the calculations report as described in subsection (2) shall be produced. The report shall include a recapitulation by type of pool. At intertrack hosts, a summary by type of pool, type of handle and site shall be produced. At Florida interstate hosts, a summary by type of pool, type of handle and site shall be produced.

(4)(a) For each contest and performance, a liability report shall be produced. The liability report shall include a recapitulation pool by race and summaries thereof (1. Win, Place, Show, 2. Feature pools, and 3. Combined). At intertrack or interstate hosts, a recapitulation by type of pool and summaries thereof (1. WPS, 2. Feature pools, and 3. Combined), type of handle and site shall be produced. The liability report shall include as a minimum:

Refunds;
Handle less refunds;
Commissions;
Net Pool;
Winning dollars;
Breakage: positive, negative, combined (netted);
Pay to the Public; and
Settlement/Liability Adjustment.

(b) The liability report shall contain a summary by type of pool for each of the following, as applicable:

On-track wagers on live contests,
On-track wagers for contests conducted out of state (imported simulcasts) which were not commingled out of state,
On-track wagers for contests conducted out of state (imported simulcasts) which were commingled out of state,
Intertrack wagers for contests conducted live in Florida,
Intertrack wagers for contests imported from but not commingled out of state,
Intertrack wagers for contests imported from and commingled out of state,
Commingled wagers sold by out-of-state guests,
The combined or merged live, intertrack and interstate handle.

(c) Upon request, the totalisator shall produce a liability report segregating, as applicable, contest, pool and site the above criteria 1. through 8. both cumulatively and non-cumulatively and, where applicable, for a range of races or games.

(5) The following totalisator reports shall be printed for each performance or operating day:

(a) A terminal activity report, also known as a window activity report or a machine sales report, summarizing the transactions at each window or terminal. This shall include, as a minimum, gross wagers sold; wagers canceled; credit vouchers sold; tickets cashed and credit vouchers cashed. In addition,

Data for mutuel tickets and credit vouchers shall be separate.
The data shall be reported in terms of number of tickets and dollar value.
Cashed ticket amounts may be reported net of taxes withheld or at their gross values.
The totalisator shall produce a cashed ticket report which separates daily tickets cashed from outs tickets cashed by site. Such report may be in summary format and must be made available to the division upon request.

(b) A future bets report summarizing the total wagers sold for future performances. This report shall include the dollar value of wagers sold for each future performance segregated by pool and contest.

(c) A tax withholding report listing all of the paid tickets which are taxable under IRS rules. The list shall include as a minimum the ticket serial number, gross value, taxes withheld, value net of tax and window at which cashed.

(d) An outs account balance report including as a minimum, the beginning balance, adjustments to the beginning balance, adjusted beginning balance, outs paid, outs added and outs ending balance.

There shall be separate outs reports for each meet.
Where intertrack wagering is applicable, there shall be a separate report for each host and guest produced by the totalisator which recorded the sale.
Outstanding credit voucher data shall not be included in outs tickets activity columns, but may be shown separately in this report.

(e) A report(s) of the number of tickets cashed and canceled via keyboard entries. The report(s) shall reflect the total number of keyboard cashes and cancels for each window and the percentage of the total dollar amount of such cashes. The report(s) may be in the form of a ticket statistics summary. Tickets cashed for previous meets, outs generated by other permitholders, or intertrack wagering tickets shall be identified on the report by window.

(f) A list of tickets cashed or canceled via teller keyboard entries shall be printed upon request. The tickets shall be sorted according to window number at which the ticket was cashed or canceled; and shall include the ticket identification number and the redemption value of the ticket.

(g) A list of all tickets which were canceled via totalisator operator intervention (tote cancels) shall be printed or maintained. This list shall include the ticket identification number, the redemption value of the ticket, and the date and time of totalisator intervention and shall distinguish intertrack wagering tickets.

(h) In the absence of a daily tote produced report of all tickets which were purchased by the totalisator licensee as result of terminal malfunctions, a log of such purchased tickets shall be maintained by the totalisator operator and available to the division daily. Damaged or incomplete tickets issued as a result of a malfunction shall be available to a division representative upon request. The log shall include the following:

The terminal window number or location number.
The teller number.
The ticket identification number.
The date and time of the wager.
The value of the wager.

(i) A daily outstanding vouchers report shall be printed upon request if credit vouchers are not shown in the daily outs account balance reports. This report will be in the same format, accounting frequency and content as the outs account balance report but shall be limited to outstanding credit vouchers.

(6) Logs shall be maintained, which indicate the time of day of each entry for each terminal other than a Ticket Issuing Machine (TIM) operating during a day. The log shall show:

(a) Each log-on/log-off and the operator’s ID code.

(b) Each command or transaction entered, and the device that issued the command. This shall also include each Stop Betting, Order of Finish, Official, or Sales Open command.

(c) Each occurrence which is evident in the system, of loss/restoration of wagering communication between computers or sites.

(d) Each occurrence of discrepancy between computers or sites when comparing databases. This could be between different tote systems, or within the same tote company if multiple databases are used such as in a master/slave/clone scenario.

(7) In addition to the reports listed in the preceding sections, each totalisator operator shall keep a record of all totalisator malfunctions. This record shall contain the description, date, and time of each malfunction and shall be made available to the division hub personnel within 48 hours.

(8) Where the terminal/window activity report includes cross cashing of pari-mutuel tickets, the system shall print a supplementary report summarizing the cashing activity. The supplementary report must provide the amount paid for tickets issued by each pari-mutuel facility by cashing site and selling site and totals shall be segregated by meet if previous meets outs are included. The reporting of pari-mutuel tickets and credit vouchers shall not be commingled.

(9) All the above-indicated totalisator reports shall be printed at the pari-mutuel facility serving as a totalisator hub. In addition, each totalisator company shall provide electronic downloads of wagering data compatible with the division’s centralized database. Each report shall include the permitholder’s name, date of report, and time of generation. The totalisator operator shall provide to the division hub personnel a copy of each totalisator report produced pursuant to this rule immediately upon printing.

(10) Any report or record pertaining to the accounting of pari-mutuel activities produced for or available to the permitholder or totalisator company shall be available to a division representative upon request. Contractual reports or billing information consisting of confidential information between the permitholder and the totalisator company are excluded from this requirement.

History

Rulemaking Authority 550.0251(3), (7), 550.125(2)(b), 550.155(1), 550.495(4) FS. Law Implemented 550.0251, 550.125, 550.155, 550.3551, 550.495 FS. History–New 10-20-96, Amended 12-15-97, 9-19-04, 4-12-06, Formerly 61D-7.023.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-7.024 Totalisator Requirements

(1) All permitholders under the jurisdiction of the division are required to use electronically operated totalisators located at a site approved by the division.

(2) Permitholders changing from one totalisator server to another shall inform the division in writing not later than three days prior to implementation.

(a) Each totalisator company shall have a tote control console, and a printer where the console activity is recorded.

(3) Each pari-mutuel facility shall have a results field board or electronic display device in plain view of patrons. The following shall be shown on the board or display device:

(a) The odds on the Win Pool wagering. Odds cycle shall not be more than 90 seconds commencing after the previous race or game is declared official, and the “posting” of the next current race;

(b) Minutes to post;

(d) The winners or winning combinations and related prices for each pool.

(4) Each totalisator system shall be programmed to record, classify, accumulate wagering data, automatically determine winning priorities, perform calculations and provide reports. For intertrack wagering purposes, the intertrack wagering data and related accounting reports shall be kept logically separate by host.

(5) The system shall have primary and back-up processing capabilities accomplished by the use of independent circuits, power supplies, computers and central processing units which conduct identical functions.

(6) Each totalisator licensee shall submit to the division not later than three days prior to the beginning of each meet Form FGCC PMW-3610, Totalisator System Checklist, effective 9-12-12, adopted herein by reference, http://www.flrules.org/Gateway/reference.asp?No=Ref-01560, which can be obtained at www.fgcc.fl.gov or by contacting the Florida Gaming Control Commission, 2601 Blair Stone Road, Tallahassee, Florida 32399. In addition to the checklist, the following information shall be provided to the division:

(a) In the event that programming and software changes are made on an emergency basis, the division shall be notified no later than 48 hours after the emergency change is made.

(b) Not later than 45 days prior to implementation, any plans to introduce new totalisator hardware or software to existing systems affecting the distribution of the pools, including prices, payout total, breaks, and takeout.

(7) Once the contest begins, the mutuels manager shall not have the option to declare the wagers refundable unless a “no contest” is declared by the judges or stewards. The permitholder shall be bound by the outcome of the contest as declared official or “no contest” by the judges or stewards.

(8) Totalisator problems are sufficient cause to cancel contests before they start. However, once the contest has started, it shall not be canceled or declared null or “no race” solely because of totalisator problems.

(9) Within 48 hours of a malfunction, the tote representative and the mutuels manager shall file with the division Form FGCC PMW-3580, Report of System Event or Malfunction, effective 9-12-12, adopted herein by reference, http://www.flrules.org/Gateway/reference.asp?No=Ref-01559, which can be obtained at www.fgcc.fl.gov or by contacting the Florida Gaming Control Commission, 2601 Blair Stone Road, Tallahassee, Florida 32399.

(10) The totalisator licensee shall be responsible for the correctness of the final line of odds and all payout prices posted on the tote boards. If due to errors in programming or other circumstances the payout is incorrect the following shall apply:

(a) Both the incorrect and corrected calculations reports shall be kept as part of the mutuels records and copies of each shall be provided to the division.

(b) The incorrect prices shall be deleted and the correct prices entered in the system to allow the tote to assign the correct values to the tickets and to display those corrected values to the public.

(c) Whenever the prices actually paid to the winners are different from the totalisator assigned prices, the permitholder shall keep proof that the prices paid to the winners are correct.

(d) If the prices paid to the winners are less than the correct prices, the amount of the underpayment shall be reported to the division.

(e) With respect to a liability resulting from either an underpayment or overpayment, underpayments and overpayments from distinct and separate pools shall be managed by permitholders within the meet. Underpayments may be used to offset overpayments with the provision that any remaining underpayment at the end of a meet be distributed in a pool approved by the division within the last seven days of a meet. Permitholders shall report all underpayments and overpayments to the division, as well as notify the division when using underpayments to offset overpayments. Adjustments to pools when offsetting must be supported with documentation.

(f) No ticket values shall be changed once entered into the totalisator outs account with the totalisator assigned value regardless of overpayment or underpayment to the public. Should the last performance outs balance need adjustment, it shall be done manually to agree with the actual prices paid. All adjustments must be supported with documentation.

(11) Whenever there is a difference in any pool or pools between the price calculation report and the tables of wagers, the amount per table of wagers shall be used in the computation of the payout. Whenever there is a difference between the pool amount reported by different computers, the highest pool amount shall be used in the computation of the payout.

(12) A totalisator system located at a site other than a licensed pari-mutuel facility shall operate under Chapter 550, F.S., and the rules and regulations of the Florida Aadministrative Code pertaining to totalisators.

(13) The totalisator company shall appoint its employee to be a totalisator operator at each pari-mutuel facility during live performances.

(14) The outs file shall include the date, performance, contest, complete ticket identification number, amount wagered, winning combination, and the value for each ticket.

(a) The outs file shall be updated at the end of each performance or operating day.

(b) Both the totalisator licensee and the permitholder will be responsible for the integrity of the outs file and shall have documented internal controls to prevent unauthorized access. Such internal controls shall be included in the security description required by subsection 75-7.021(12), F.A.C.

History

Rulemaking Authority 550.0251(3), 550.155(1), 550.495(4) FS. Law Implemented 550.0251, 550.155, 550.495 FS. History–New 10-20-96, Amended 12-15-97, 9-19-04, 4-12-06, 9-12-12, Formerly 61D-7.024.

Chapter 75-8 FINANCIAL REPORTING AND PURSE REQUIREMENTS

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-8.001 Admissions Requirements

(1)(a) Each permitholder shall provide separate gates for taxable admission. Gates for taxable admission shall be equipped with metered turnstiles which are numbered consecutively and protected from tampering or manipulation. A record of all taxable and tax exempt admissions compiled by the permitholder shall be provided to the division at the conclusion of each performance. If all turnstiles are broken, it shall be the responsibility of the permitholder to count the admissions.

(b) All admission charges, including the charge for a grandstand area with general seating, shall be displayed at each entrance to the pari-mutuel facility. Where the total collected includes charges for services or products such as seating (other than grandstand seating), programs or parking, the patrons shall be informed of such charges at the point of entry. The charge for other services or products offered as a package shall not be included in the admissions charge if the patrons have the option to accept or reject the additional services or charges.

(2) Permitholders shall inform the division of their late entrant policy prior to the beginning of the meet, or upon the institution of such policy, by filing an update to Form FGCC PMW-3520, Notification of Pari-Mutuel Operations, adopted and incorporated by Rule 75-10.001, F.A.C.

(3)(a) Individuals receiving tax-exempt admission shall be issued a pass by the permitholder which is to be displayed for entry. Tax-exempt passes are not transferable and holders of the passes shall not allow their use by any other individuals.

(b) Prior to the beginning of a meet, each permitholder shall forward to the division a list of individuals receiving a tax-exempt pass and the capacity in which they are functioning. The permitholder shall notify the division within 48 hours of any changes to the list of tax-exempt passes.

(4) Admission tax shall be calculated on the aggregate entry fee for weekly, monthly, annual, or other seasonal periods. All entry fees must be reported on Form FGCC PMW-3520, Notification of Pari-Mutuel Operations, prior to the meet.

History

Rulemaking Authority 550.0251(3), (7), 550.0951(2), 550.125(2)(b), 550.155(1) FS. Law Implemented 550.0251, 550.0951, 550.125, 550.155 FS. History–New 10-20-96, Amended 12-15-97, 4-12-06, Formerly 61D-8.001.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-8.002 Financial Reporting Requirements

(1) Not less than 10 calendar days before opening a race or fronton meeting, each permitholder shall file with the division Form FGCC PMW-3520, Notification of Pari-Mutuel Operations, adopted and incorporated by Rule 75-10.001, F.A.C.

(2) Permitholders who wish to change any item included on Form FGCC PMW-3520, Notification of Pari-Mutuel Operations, adopted and incorporated by Rule 75-10.001, F.A.C., must notify the division of the change within 48 hours of implementation. Written notice of a change shall be deemed an amendment to Form FGCC PMW-3520. In the event that permitholders are unable to provide sufficient notice as a result of a change needed to correct an error, or an emergency change, the division must be notified via telephone as soon as the need for the change is determined, and permitholders must forward a revised copy of Form FGCC PMW-3520 to the division on the next working day.

(3) Every permitholder shall file Form FGCC PMW-3560, Monthly Remittance Report On-Track, adopted and incorporated by Rule 75-10.001, F.A.C., with the division by the fifth day of each calendar month for all taxes and fees imposed and collected during the preceding calendar month.

(4) Permitholders conducting intertrack wagering as hosts must file reporting forms as required by the rules governing intertrack wagering.

(5) Every permitholder shall keep records to show all financial activity and shall submit to the division two copies of complete audited financial statements within 120 days after the conclusion of the permitholder’s fiscal year. The financial statements shall contain, at a minimum, all reports and supplemental schedules as prescribed in Form FGCC PMW-3690, Uniform Reporting System Prescribed for Pari-Mutuel Permitholders, adopted and incorporated by Rule 75-10.001, F.A.C. All financial statements, supplemental schedules, and reports shall be examined in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards by a certified public accountant licensed to practice in Florida. The accountant shall express an opinion as to whether the financial statements, supplemental schedules, and reports are fairly stated in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

(6) The financial statements, supplemental schedules, and reports shall be maintained in the division’s files.

(7) For the express purpose of overseeing the making of, and distribution from all pari-mutuel pools and payment of taxes and fees to the state, the division or its designee is authorized to inspect, examine, or test any and all files, books, records and independent audit reports and findings.

(8) A complete written response must be provided at the request of the division within thirty (30) days of the date of issuance of any report, audit findings, or other formal request for information, by the permitholder, totalisator company or auditee, unless otherwise specified in such request.

(9) Each permitholder shall make payments related to settlements of intertrack or simulcast pari-mutuel wagering to guest facilities or host facilities, on the day the host state taxes are due pursuant to Section 550.0951(5), F.S.

History

Rulemaking Authority 550.0251(3), (7), (9), 550.125(2)(b), 550.155(1), 550.3551(10), 550.6305(5) FS. Law Implemented 550.0251, 550.0951(5), 550.125, 550.155, 550.3551, 550.615, 550.6305, 550.6335 FS. History–New 10-20-96, Amended 12-15-97, 9-19-04, 3-4-07, Formerly 61D-8.002.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-8.003 Reporting Requirements for Charity/Scholarship Performances

(1) Proceeds from all charity/scholarship performances shall be distributed only to proposed recipients which are determined by the commission to be in compliance with Section 550.0351, F.S. Any charity registered with or determined to be exempt by the Division of Consumer Services pursuant to Chapter 496, F.S., shall be deemed in compliance with Section 550.0351, F.S. It shall be the permitholder’s responsibility to insure that charity recipients are registered or have been determined to be exempt pursuant to chapter 496, F.S., or are duly qualified with the commission by the filing of a copy of the exemption from taxation issued by the Internal Revenue Service to such charity.

(2) No proceeds may be distributed to any organization who does not meet the requirements of subsection (1) of this rule.

(3) Within 120 days after the conclusion of its fiscal year each permitholder shall pay the proceeds of all charity performances to the authorized charities and, within 45 days after the required due date for such payments, shall submit to the commission Form FGCC PMW-3540, Statement of Proceeds for Charity Day Performance, effective March 4, 2007, hereby incorporated by reference in this rule (http://www.flrules.org/Gateway/reference.asp?No=Ref-17370), and Form FGCC PMW-3550, Charity Day Proceeds and Distribution, effective March 4, 2007, hereby incorporated by reference in this rule (http://www.flrules.org/Gateway/reference.asp?No=Ref-17371). Copies of Form FGCC PMW-3540, Statement of Proceeds for Charity Day Performance and Form FGCC PMW-3550, Charity Day Proceeds and Distribution, may be obtained at www.flgaming.gov or by contacting the Florida Gaming Control Commission, 4070 Esplanade Way, Suite 250, Tallahassee, Florida 32399.

History

Rulemaking Authority 550.0251(3), (7), 550.125(2)(b), 550.155(1) FS. Law Implemented 550.0251, 550.0351, 550.125, 550.155, 550.1647 FS. History–New 10-20-96, Amended 12-15-97, 6-29-05, 4-12-06, Formerly 61D-8.003, Amended 1-8-25.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-8.004 Retired Jai Alai Players Charity Days Fund: Accumulation Payments and Reporting

(1) Section 550.0351(8), F.S., authorizes jai alai permitholders to conduct two additional charity performances each fiscal year for a fund to benefit retired jai alai players. The proceeds derived from each “Retired Jai Alai Players Charity Day” shall be deposited to the fund. In determining the amount to be deposited to the fund, the permitholder shall not deposit an amount less than the amount that would ordinarily be remitted as state taxes.

(2) Bank Account. Each permitholder conducting Retired Jai Alai Players Charity Days, shall maintain a separate fund account as follows:

(a) A separate interest bearing bank account shall be established upon reaching a balance of 2,500 dollars. Any interest earned by the bank account shall accrue to the fund.

(b) For balances of 2,500 dollars or less, the permitholder shall not be required to maintain a separate interest bearing bank account.

(c) Proceeds derived from the Retired Jai Alai Players Charity Day shall be deposited to the fund within 30 days after the conclusion of the permitholder’s playing season.

(3) The permitholder shall, within 30 days after the conclusion of its playing season, make payment to any eligible jai alai player who retired during the permitholder’s playing season. A jai alai player is eligible for payment by the fund provided:

(a) The player has played in the State of Florida no less than 10 consecutive years at the time of retirement.

(b) The last 3 years prior to retirement must be consecutive years at the jai alai fronton making the payment, except that:

Where more than one fronton is owned by the same parent company, the total time playing within the State of Florida under the same parent company shall be considered toward the 3 years eligibility requirement.
Where two or more frontons have agreed to share players in a rotating basis, the total time playing for all the frontons involved in the agreement shall be considered toward the 3 years eligibility.
Where a player that is otherwise eligible cannot complete the 3 years eligibility due to illness or injury, the permitholder shall waive the 3 years eligibility requirement.

(4)(a) Any payment made to an eligible jai alai player shall be in a lump sum in the amount of $1,000 for each year of service with a permitholder in the State of Florida and only upon retirement. If there is insufficient monies in the fund, the player shall receive all monies remaining in the fund. However, in the event that a group of players retired within the same playing season, the amount available in the fund shall be paid on a pro rata basis according to the formula indicated below. Any balance remaining in the fund after disbursement to all eligible players shall be carried over to the next year. If there is no eligible player, one hundred percent of the fund shall be carried over to the next year.

Individual’s total

Years of Service

Total in the Fund

Aggregate years of service of the group

(Times)

(b) A retiring player must give to the permitholder a written notice of his intent to retire no less than 25 days prior to the end of the permitholder’s playing season. If this notice requirement is not met, and the player was eligible for retirement monies, then for the purposes of this rule the player shall be considered as retiring on the first day of the next playing season.

(c) Players are entitled to one disbursement from the fund. If a player returns to active jai alai playing, the player shall not qualify for benefits from the Retired Jai Alai Players Charity Days at the time of any subsequent retirement.

(d) If two permitholders operate at the same fronton, and each has a fund, they may combine the funds for the players who have played for both permitholders.

(5) Any player who retired on or after December 16, 1992, and who otherwise meets the qualifying criteria, is eligible to receive monies under this rule.

(6)(a) The permitholder shall submit Form FGCC PMW-3620, Retired Jai Alai Players Fund Distribution, adopted and incorporated by Rule 75-10.001, F.A.C., to the division within 120 days after the end of the permitholder’s fiscal year.

(b) Permitholders shall file reports as required by Rule 75-8.003, F.A.C., Reporting Requirements for Charity/Scholarship Performances.

History

Rulemaking Authority 550.0251(3), 550.0351(8) FS. Law Implemented 550.0251, 550.0351 FS. History–New 10-20-96, Amended 12-15-97, 4-12-06, Formerly 61D-8.004.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-8.005 Purses and Florida Owners’ Awards, Horse Racing

(1) For the purpose of interpreting this rule, the following definitions shall apply:

(a) “Purse” means the cash portion of the prize for which a race is contested.

(b) “Purse Pool” means the aggregate of all amounts set aside for the purpose of purse payments, including:

Those sums required to be paid as purses pursuant to Chapter 550, F.S.;
Those additional, optional sums authorized to be paid as purses by Chapter 550, F.S., and which a horseracing permitholder elects to pay or is required to pay upon reaching specific statutory conditions or thresholds or optional sums paid by contract;
Any interest earned on an underpaid purse account.

(c) “Florida Owners’ Awards” means those sums awarded in accordance with the eligibility criteria established in Section 550.2625(6)(a) and (b), F.S.

(d) “Florida Owners’ Awards Pool” means the aggregate of the sums set aside for payment of Florida Owners’ Awards, including:

Those sums which a thoroughbred racing permitholder is required to pay as Florida Owners’ Awards by Chapter 550, F.S.;
Those additional, optional sums a thoroughbred permitholder is authorized and elects to pay as Florida Owners’ Awards by Chapter 550, F.S.; and
Any interest earned on an underpaid Florida Owners’ Awards account.

(e) “Horsemen Association” means the organization representing a majority of the thoroughbred racehorse owners and trainers.

(f) “Sweepstakes” or “Stakes” means the sums paid as purses on a sweepstakes race and which sum is partially or totally comprised by funds contributed by the competitors in and/or the sponsors of the race.

(g) “Transfer of purse pool money” means:

Sums deductible from a horseracing permitholder’s purse pool and due or remitted to another permitholder to be used for the payment of purses by the receiving permitholder pursuant to Chapter 550, F.S.;
Sums deductible from a horseracing permitholder’s purse pool and required to be used by the permitholder toward the payment of insurance benefits for backside employees pursuant to Chapter 550, F.S.;
Sums deductible from a harness racing permitholder’s purse pool and due or remitted to intertrack wagering guests and which become part of the guests’ commission pursuant to Chapter 550, F.S.; or
Sums deductible from a thoroughbred purse pool which are due or remitted to the horsemen’s association pursuant to Chapter 550, F.S.

(2) Each horseracing permitholder shall segregate the respective amounts due the purse pool into separate accounting entries. For those permitholders maintaining purse pool accounting on a cash basis, the amounts due to the purse pool from interstate simulcasting shall not be deemed accrued to the purse pool until payment in clear funds is received from the appropriate guest or host track. Amounts received after the close of the meet shall be applied toward payments in the subsequent meet. Reports reflecting the status of purse money should have disclosure notes on any amounts receivable. Permitholders maintaining accounting on an accrual basis shall credit the purse pool with the amounts due from simulcasts upon completion of the simulcast performance.

(3) A cumulative purse underpayment occurs where the aggregate of the purses paid during the meet is less than the aggregate available in the purse pool, as adjusted for statutorily required transfers.

Any underpayment of statutory required purses shall be deposited within 10 days of the end of the meet into a separate interest bearing account. The underpayment plus all interest generated shall be used to increase purses awarded over the course of the permitholder’s next meet.

(4)(a) A cumulative purse overpayment occurs where the aggregate of purses paid during the meet is greater than the aggregate available in the purse pool, as adjusted for statutorily required transfers. Unless otherwise indicated in the contract between the horsemen’s association and the permitholder, the permitholder may carry forward the amount overpaid and recoup the overpayment over the course of the next meet or future meets.

(b) The statutory purses due in a current meet shall not be reduced by deducting overpayments from a prior meet or meets or from the current meet.

(5) In thoroughbred racing, if Chapter 550, F.S., requires payment of Florida Owners’ Awards or the permitholder elects to pay such awards, the permitholder upon receipt shall segregate the respective amounts due the Florida Owners’ Awards pool into separate accounting entries.

(6) In thoroughbred racing, the sums required to be paid as Florida Owners’ Awards shall be paid to the owners of Florida bred horses in accordance with Section 550.2625(2)(a) and (b), F.S. Any eligibility criterium added by the permitholder must be previously disclosed in the conditions book and the daily racing program.

(a) If all the funds due as Florida Owners’ Awards are not paid out during the meet, the remaining amount shall be carried forward to the permitholder’s subsequent meet. All funds carried forward shall be deposited in an interest bearing account within 10 days after the close of the meet. The principal and interest generated shall be used to pay owners’ awards in the permitholder’s subsequent meet.

(b) An overpayment occurs where the aggregate of the awards paid exceed the amount available in the Florida Owners’ Awards pool. Unless otherwise indicated in the contract between the horsemen’s association and the permitholder, the permitholder may carry forward the amount overpaid and recoup the overpayment over the course of the next meet or future meets.

(7) The horseracing permitholder shall maintain a separate account for purses and a separate account for Florida Owners’ Awards. The separate interest bearing accounts maintained by the permitholder for purses and owners awards shall pay interest in an amount equivalent to current market rates for similar amounts competitive with financial institutions within the immediate geographical area of the permitholder.

(8) The purse for each race and the Florida Owners’ Awards, where applicable, shall be disclosed in the conditions book and the daily racing program. Each permitholder shall also disclose the distribution formula for each race’s purse: for example, 60% to the first finisher, 20% to the second finisher, 15% to the third finisher, and the remaining 5% divided equally among all other finishers. Where the permitholder elects to have only one distribution formula applicable throughout the performance, the uniform application shall be disclosed.

(a) Where the purse is announced as a minimum guaranteed or as “purse added,” the permitholder shall disclose to the division the source of any additional amounts and, if applicable, the total to be added to the announced purse.

(b) The announced purses and awards shall be considered contractually binding on both the permitholder and the contestants in the race.

(c) The conditions book and the daily racing program shall disclose the fees to be collected for races in which nomination, entry and starting fees are applicable. If the total collected cannot be included in the racing program, such information will be provided daily to the pari-mutel wagering specialist on site.

(9) If, prior to the payment of any purse or award, any event is known to occur or alleged to have occurred that may result in disqualification of a horse from a race, the payment of the purse or award on that horse shall be delayed until a final determination regarding the alleged violation is made by the Steward or Division Director.

(a) In the event that a purse or award payment is made and subsequently the horse is disqualified by the Steward or Division Director, the recipient of the sums shall return the money to the permitholder for redistribution.

(b) All funds held pursuant to subsection (9), shall be held in escrow by the permitholder pending a final determination and distribution.

(10) Each horseracing permitholder shall provide to the pari-mutuel wagering specialist on site a daily Purse and Florida Owners’ Award summary for each race, with the following minimum information:

(a) Total purse paid;

(b) Total derived from fees paid by category; and

A copy of a permitholder’s daily purses paid report which includes the above information shall be sufficient to meet this requirement.

(11) Each horseracing permitholder shall file a purse report within 30 days after the close of each meet reflecting:

(a) Sums contributed and interest accrued to the purse pool between the last day of the previous meet and the first day of the meet being reported. Any balance brought forward (underpayment or overpayment) from the previous meet shall be indicated;

(b) Sums contributed and interest accrued to the purse pool during the meet period;

The total purse paid and, where applicable, the total Florida Owners’ Award paid the sum of which shall equal to the sum of the elements of subparagraphs 2., 3., 4., and 5., below;
The amounts for entry, nomination and starting fees included as part of the purses paid;
The amount included as part of the purses paid which was contributed by sponsors to the race;
Other contractual amounts paid which are in addition to the statutory requirements;
The net amount paid which is derived from statutory requirements; and

(d) Amount of under or overpayments as derived from values in paragraphs (a) through (c), above;

(e) Where cash basis accounting is used, in a footnote or attached list, any amounts due to the permitholder derived from simulcasting which have not been received or have not cleared and therefore will be included in the next report; and

(f) Transfers of purse money.

(12) Each horseracing permitholder shall file a Florida Owners’ Award report within 30 days of the close of each meet reflecting:

(a) Sums contributed and interest accrued to the Florida Owners’ Award pool between the last day of the previous meet and the first day of the meet being reported. Any balance brought forward (underpayment or overpayment) from the previous meet shall be indicated;

(b) Sums contributed and interest accrued to the Florida Owners’ Award pool during the meet period;

(d) Amount of under or overpayment as derived from values in paragraphs (a) through (c), above.

(13) For conducting purse audits, the division shall require accounting records that are used to verify purse payouts, for example, contributions to the purse pool derived from live handle, intertrack wagering, and simulcast wagering; amounts distributed from the purse pool; and transfers to any breeders’ or owners’ awards program.

(a) Supporting schedules for contributions to the purse pool which are derived from interstate broadcasting shall be included. Permitholders may submit schedules designed by the permitholder’s accounting personnel provided that all the information needed is included.

(b) The permitholder shall include disclosure notes to the report any time a permitholder has items included in the reports which are not explained within the content of the documents or where a permitholder wishes to make a contribution to the purse pool which is in excess of the statutory requirements.

(14) The frequency of the remittances to the horsemens’ association shall be as agreed upon by contract. If not addressed in the contract, the remittances shall be at intervals not greater than a week. The sworn statement required by Section 550.2614(2), F.S., must be presented to the permitholder and a copy of the sworn statement must be filed with the Division.

(15) The purse and Florida Owners’ Award report and all accounting records pertaining to the purse pool and Florida Owners’ Award accounts shall be subject to audit under the provisions of Sections 550.2625(2)(d) and 550.125(2), F.S. For the purpose of the audit, accounting records shall include contracts between the horsemen’s association and the permitholder and contracts with guests and hosts when these are needed to make determinations regarding amounts contributed to or transfers from the purse pool.

(16) If an audit or investigation by the division reveals that a horseracing permitholder failed to timely pay the amounts due the horsemen’s association under Section 550.2614, F.S., or fail to pay the amounts due for purses or Florida Owners’ Awards as required pursuant to Chapter 550, F.S., the division shall initiate administrative disciplinary action.

(17) A horseracing permitholder at its option may pay additional purses, or make additional contributions to the purse pool or Florida Owners’ Awards pool, or make additional payments to a horsemen’s association, in excess of the amounts required or authorized by Chapter 550, F.S. In no event may a contract or agreement or unilateral action by a permitholder, waive the requirements of this rule or of Chapter 550, F.S. Any contractual clause, agreement or unilateral action by a permitholder which is found to be contrary to the requirements in chapter 550, F.S., or the provisions of this rule shall be considered void.

(18) Where a race is canceled, no purses will be due; however, any funds contributed by the owners of the horses toward the payment of a sweepstakes or enhancement of the purse on the canceled race, shall be refunded to the contributors.

(19) If a race is declared “no contest, no race or null” by the Steward, the permitholder may still pay purses on such race. The status of the wagered money on such null races will have no bearing on the decision regarding the payment of purses. If a decision not to pay the purse is made, any contributions by the competitors engaged in the race shall be refunded to the contributors.

History

Rulemaking Authority 550.2614(1), (2), (3), (4), 550.2625(2)(d) FS. Law Implemented 550.2614, 550.2625(2), 550.625, 550.655 FS. History–New 10-20-96, Amended 12-15-97, 4-15-07, Formerly 61D-8.005.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-8.006 Purse Requirements, Greyhound Racing

History

Rulemaking Authority 550.6305(5) FS. Law Implemented 550.09514(2)(d) FS. History–New 9-19-04, Formerly 61D-8.006, Repealed 1-8-25.

Chapter 75-9 INTERTRACK AND SIMULCAST WAGERING

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-9.001 Interstate and Intertrack Broadcasts

(1)(a) Florida permitholders shall provide documentation supporting information reported on Form FGCC PMW-3590, Notification of Interstate Broadcasting, adopted and incorporated by Rule 75-10.001, F.A.C., to the division. To ensure compliance with the breeders’ and stallion awards requirement set forth in Chapter 550, F.S., and purse requirements in Section 550.6305, F.S., Florida permitholders shall provide the following documentation for review and audit upon request:

(b) No permitholder shall enter a contractual agreement that is in violation of, or may be construed as waiving, the requirements of these rules or Chapter 550, F.S.

(c) Where pools are commingled from out of state into Florida, a Florida host permitholder shall require the out-of-state guest to provide any information necessary for the host’s accounting of its pari-mutuel activities. This information relating to the accumulation, calculation and distribution of the applicable pools will be requested by the division from the out-of-state guest.

(2) The following provisions shall apply to Florida host tracks broadcasting contests:

(a) Each totalisator site manager for a permitholder which desires to operate as an intertrack or interstate host facility shall provide to the Division of Pari-Mutuel Wagering a security plan at least 10 days prior to the initial implementation of intertrack or interstate wagering. A new security plan shall be submitted 10 days prior to a change in a permitholder’s totalisator company or to the effective date of any change to the security plan. The security plan shall include as a minimum the information requested by the Division of Pari-Mutuel Wagering’s Security Plan Guidelines for Intertrack or Interstate Host Tracks herein incorporated by reference. A copy of these guidelines may be obtained by contacting the Florida Gaming Control Commission, 2601 Blair Stone Road, Tallahassee, Florida 32399. The effective date of each of these guidelines is October 20, 1996.

(b) For each meet, the Florida interstate host track shall provide to the Division of Pari-Mutuel Wagering in Tallahassee, the information as required in Form FGCC PMW-3590, Notification of Interstate Broadcasting, adopted and incorporated by Rule 75-10.001, F.A.C., no later than TWO HOURS prior to initiating the broadcast to any out-of-state guest. Florida intertrack hosts shall provide to the division the information required in Form FGCC PMW-3600, Notification of Intertrack Wagering, adopted and incorporated by Rule 75-10.001, F.A.C., no later than two working days prior to the broadcast to any intertrack guest.

(c) Each Florida host track shall ensure that the primary means of data transmission from the permitholder’s facility to the totalisator or from totalisator to totalisator is through a leased dedicated data line. There shall be back-up data lines in the event of primary line failure. Back-up lines may be dial-up data lines.

(3) The following provisions shall apply to Florida permitholders operating as guest tracks:

(a) Florida permitholders operating as primary guest tracks within Florida shall combine all the Florida wagers into their own pools before transmission to the out-of-state host.

(b) Intertrack guest tracks may offer only those pools which are being offered by the Florida host track, but are not required to offer all pools offered by the host. Separate pools maintained by guest tracks on intertrack wagers are permitted only for greyhound permitholders as provided by Section 550.6305(2), F.S.

(d) The guest, hub or remote tote server shall be responsible for the timely transmission of wagering data to the host for the purpose of combining pools.

If a betting site is unable to transmit wagering data to the host before the end of a race upon which wagers are taken, the Florida site experiencing the problem must close wagering early. If the site responsible for not transmitting wagering data to the host before the end of a race is an out-of-state guest, the Florida host shall impose an early closing of wagering for the guest site. The Florida host totalisator manager shall be responsible for enforcing the provisions of this subsection.
If it is determined that the bet cancel delay at a guest site is responsible for causing a delay in the closing or the pricing of a Florida host pool, the Florida host will require an early stop bet at the guest site. The Florida host Mutuels Manager shall be responsible for enforcing the provisions of this subsection. In the event that the Florida host fails to take action as required by this section, the division shall require the problem intertrack or interstate guest site to close early as a condition of continued participation into the pools of the Florida host track.

(e) Except during the advance wagering period, either the audio or the video signals must be present at the start of a wagering day at a Florida guest track in order for the wagering to begin.

In the event of the loss of both the audio and video signals the Florida guest track Mutuels Manager shall notify the host track of the loss of the signal and must establish telephone linkup between the host track announcer and the guest track announcer to provide wagering and racing information through the public address system.
Wagering at the Florida guest track may continue during the telephone linkup until video has been reestablished or until the start of the next wagering day at the guest track, whichever occurs first.
Wagering may not take place without the presence of both the audio and the video signals on a performance following a performance in which either the audio or the video was missing.

(f) There shall be television monitors in each guest tote room or, where applicable, hub to provide tote employees a view of all starters in each host contest being wagered on through that tote.

(4) Where wagering data is transmitted computer to computer:

(a) The applicable Florida permitholders shall maintain separate outs accounting and reporting for intertrack wagers and must be able to produce a listing of outs purged upon request.

(b) Where intertrack common pools are maintained, the track or fronton conducting the live contest shall be allowed to print tables of wagers reflecting the wagers in its own totalisator on the quinella double, Trifecta and Superfecta combination and Superfecta pools only. When this occurs, complimentary tables of wagers shall be printed by each guest totalisator or, where applicable, hub to which the guest’s terminals are linked. The transmission of data for these wagers only shall be via a late scan report.

(c) Tote companies licensed and operating in Florida, whether operating within the State of Florida or at out-of-state sites wagering into Florida, shall implement on a uniform basis the most recent level of tote protocol.

(5) The Florida host track is responsible for the content of its broadcast and shall use all reasonable effort to present a broadcast which offers an exemplary depiction of its racing or playing program, a periodic display of wagering information and continuity of programming between contests. Except for separate pools in greyhound racing as allowed by Section 550.6305(2), F.S., the guest track shall display the host track odds.

(a) Not earlier than 1 hour and not less than 15 minutes prior to the commencement of transmission of a contest, Florida intertrack hosts and guests shall perform a test of their transmitter, encryption, decoding, and data communication equipment to assure proper operation of the broadcast system. The timely application of the stop bet command throughout the wagering network shall also be tested.

(b) Except in the cases of communication failure and network or cable broadcast, every audio/visual signal shall be encrypted using a time displacement decoding algorithm encryption system or an equivalent encryption system.

The date;
The actual time of day at the host track;
The name of the host track from which the audio/visual signal emanates;
The minutes to post for contest; and
The number of the contest being displayed.
For horse racing, the sequential fractional time of the race shall be displayed as it is being conducted.

(d) Where space limitations prohibit concurrent display of the information in subsection (5), the name of the host shall be displayed at all times, and all other elements of the required display shall be shown intermittently. All replays of contests shall be indicated as such. The requirements of this paragraph are not applicable when network or cable television broadcasts are used for the audio/visual signal.

(6) The cycle of the change of odds, and the display of such, at all intertrack permitholders shall not be more than 90 seconds commencing after the previous race or game is declared official, and the “posting” of the next current race. An explanation shall be provided in the official program or posted prominently on each level of the facility indicating that final odds may be delayed due to the accumulation and transfer of intertrack or interstate wagering data.

(7)(a) For common pool wagering there shall be a facsimile machine located in each mutuels area or tote room and a direct, private telephone line to be located in the tote room. Phone access to the tote room shall not require routing through the switchboard.

(b) As a condition for commingling into the pools of a Florida permitholder, an out-of-state guest must have available for use during such commingling: private line telephones and facsimile machines.

(c) Scratched horses or dogs, substitutions in jai alai, or other program changes must be communicated via facsimile machine or telephone by the host Mutuels Manager to all guest Mutuels Managers except when the operating totalisator protocol performs these functions automatically or when the information is disseminated to the wagering network via satellite or video display.

(8) Except for completing the manual merge process and totalisator emergencies relating to the exchange provisions of jackpot wagers, Florida hosts shall not delay post times for purposes of accumulating additional wagers from guests. Post times displayed at host locations and guest locations for a contest shall be the same.

(9) Departures from the above requirements will be considered by the Division upon written request from the Florida host or, if applicable, guest. No departure shall be granted which will compromise the security of the transmission of wagering data or jeopardize the integrity of the pools. In determining whether to allow a departure the Division shall consider the following:

(a) Any effect on the integrity of the audio/visual and totalisator system;

(b) Any effect on the division’s regulatory ability;

History

Rulemaking Authority 550.0251(3), (7), 550.125(2)(b), 550.155(1), 550.2625(2)(d), 550.3551(10), 550.495(4), 550.6305(5) FS. Law Implemented 550.0251, 550.125, 550.155, 550.2625, 550.3551, 550.495, 550.615, 550.625, 550.6305 FS. History–New 10-20-96, Amended 12-15-97, 9-19-04, 4-12-06, Formerly 61D-9.001.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-9.002 Interstate Broadcasts – Common Pools

(1) Wagering transactions are made at the point of sale in the state where the wager is placed. Wagers are evidenced by the issuance of pari-mutuel tickets issued to the bettors or, if applicable, by entries to individual betting accounts.

(2) Florida permitholders may form common pools with out-of-state tracks. Where permitholders elect to form common pools the following shall apply:

(a) Where the Florida permitholder is the guest track, the wagering data for wagers accepted in Florida shall be transmitted by the guest track tote to the host track tote to form a common pool. Where primary and secondary guest tracks apply, all the pool data will be transmitted to the out-of-state host tote by the primary guest track tote. In the event of a totalisator or communications failure, the manual merge procedures indicated in Rule 75-9.003, F.A.C., shall apply.

(b) The Florida permitholder’s pools shall remain logically separate for accounting, auditing and reporting purposes.

(c) Florida interstate guest permitholders who desire to offer types of wagers other than those currently defined in the Florida Administrative Code, shall submit to the Division a copy of the out-of-state jurisdiction’s rule governing the wager.

(d) The out-of-state guest tote shall be required to electronically transmit all the pool data for each pool to the Florida host permitholder totalisator. The Florida host permitholder is required to have sufficient pool data to produce a complete table of wagers for each pool except for the Pick (N). For the Pick (N), a scan report may substitute for the table of wagers for the purposes of this paragraph.

(e) Except as provided for in paragraph (d) of this section, for the Pick (N) wager, scan reports for any other pool shall not be used as a substitute for the table of wagers without prior approval from the Division. The request shall provide a description of the security and accounting controls in place to ensure the correctness of the pool amount and the amount bet on the winner at the out-of-state sites. If the procedures and controls are found to be sufficient and the pool amount and the amount bet on the winner are determined to be verifiable by the Division auditors, the request shall be approved.

(3) Odds and prices for interstate wagers shall be calculated in accordance with the laws and rules of the state having jurisdiction over the host facility. Any Florida permitholder desiring to calculate the prices, breaks, and takeout in a manner consistent with net pool pricing or for special events such as the Breeders’ Cup shall comply with the following:

(a) The notification shall be received in the division’s Tallahassee office no later than 10 calendar days prior to the scheduled date of the interstate broadcast. A detailed explanation as to the method to be used in the calculation of prices, breaks and takeout must be included with the request.

(b) The permitholder shall be specific as to the type of wager or pool.

(c) If the notification is in relation to national pools or events, such as the Breeders’ Cup, the permitholder shall submit to the division the following information for the special event, including:

Identification of the event;
Controls and procedures to ensure correct accounting;
Controls and procedures to ensure the integrity of the pool(s);
An explanation of the method to be used in the calculation of prices, takeout, and breaks; and
A summary of the rule governing the type of wager. This shall include modifications for the calculations of prices, takeout, and breaks.

(d) The Florida host track or primary guest and its Florida guests and totalisator companies shall comply with the calculations method and the procedures manual approved by the division. Contracts with out-of-state parties shall include language indicating mandatory compliance with the approved calculations method and the procedures manual.

(4) For the purposes of accounting and reporting, the breaks and minus pools shall be prorated between the Florida permitholder and the out-of-state host or guest in the same proportion as the winnings except when the pool is calculated using net pool pricing. Irrespective of whether or not the out-of-state host uses net pool pricing or the standard price calculation, the Florida intertrack breakage and minus pools shall be prorated in the same proportion as the winnings.

(a) Where the laws or rules governing an out-of-state host or guest track’s calculation of the breaks differ from Florida’s, the breaks shall be calculated and/or prorated in conformance with the laws or rules of the state in which the host track or national wagering pool center is located.

(b) The Florida permitholder shall provide the division with a copy of any law or rule governing the calculations and proration of the breaks if the method used is different than the Florida method.

History

Rulemaking Authority 550.0251(3), (7), 550.125(2)(b), 550.155(1), 550.3551(10), 550.495(4), 550.6305(5) FS. Law Implemented 550.0251, 550.125, 550.155, 550.3551, 550.495, 550.615, 550.6305 FS. History–New 10-20-96, Amended 12-15-97, Formerly 61D-9.002.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-9.003 Interstate and Intertrack Broadcasts – Emergency Procedures

(1) In the event a Florida host’s totalisator system fails, all wagering at the host site and all transmission of data from guest totalisators shall cease until the host system is fully operational.

(a) If the host system becomes fully operational before the start of the contest and wagering data is available, both the wagering and the transmission of data from guests shall resume at all sites until the stop bet command is issued by the host.

(b) If the host system is not fully operational before the start of the contest, the host Mutuels Manager may order a refund of all wagers at all intertrack guest sites on the affected contests.

(2) In the event the guest track’s totalisator system fails, all money wagered on the contest that was entered into the host track’s pools prior to the time of failure shall remain in the host track’s pools. All wagering shall cease at the guest site and may not resume until the tote system is fully operational. Wagers that did not enter the host pool shall be subject to the provisions of paragraph (4)(b) of this rule.

(3) During systems or communications malfunctions, the host mutuels and totalisator managers shall attempt to manually merge the wagering data, provided that such an attempt does not jeopardize the integrity of the host’s pools. The manual merge procedures described herein shall apply to both intertrack and interstate broadcasts.

(a) A manual merge of wagering data shall be supported with a printed table of wagers providing all data necessary to facilitate the manual merge for each pool prepared by the guest or hub totalisator operator. The manual merge report shall be signed by the guest or hub tote manager and, if applicable, the Mutuels Manager. This report shall be sent to the host Mutuels Manager regardless of whether there is a continued effort to transmit the pools electronically. Where the host is utilizing a remote tote, the report shall also be sent to the remote tote site manager.

(b) Immediately prior to and just subsequent to a manual merge, the host totalisator shall print a table of wagers for the affected pool(s).

(c) Subsequent to the event, the host Mutuels Manager and tote representative, and the Mutuels Manager and tote representative of each affected intertrack guest or hub shall prepare and submit to the division hub personnel a report indicating why the transfer of data could not be completed electronically and that the pools were merged manually. For interstate wagering, the Florida host Mutuels Manager shall require this report as support documentation of the merging of the pools. Each report shall include a copy of the table of wagers prior to the merge. Additionally, the hub report shall include:

A copy of the table of wagers printed both prior to and subsequent to the manual merge;
A brief statement as to where the failure occurred and for what time period prices were delayed; and
A worksheet signed by the host tote representative and the division hub personnel showing total dollars bet in each pool and the final prices.

(4) If the Florida host Mutuels Manager determines that a guest has not transmitted its pools to the host in a timely manner or if a manual merge jeopardizes the integrity of the host’s pools, significantly delays the host program, or a manual merge is attempted and failed, the guest site may be excluded from the wagering pools and the following procedures will apply:

(a) The pools of an interstate guest site shall be subject to the laws and rules of the state where the guest site is located.

(b) An intertrack guest site shall pay the host track prices on affected pools (book the bets). The funds derived from the intertrack guest sales, net of takeout, shall be applied to the payment of the affected winning tickets. The takeout amount shall be distributed by the host track in the normal manner (i.e., distribution of taxes, purses, guest fees and any other payments required by statute) for that performance. The parties shall resolve any resulting liabilities among themselves. Underpayments may be used to offset overpayments generated during a meet. Any resulting surplus within the last week of a meet shall be added into a net wagering pool chosen by the permitholder and the pool, the amount of the add in, and date shall be noticed to the division. The add in must be done prior to the stop bet of the race and the pool matrix shall not be affected in any way. If the addition to the pool is not possible because of the end of the meet, the surplus shall be carried over to the next meet and added to a performance within the first seven days of the meet.

(5)(a) If the Florida permitholder is an interstate guest, and it is not possible or permitted to successfully merge the wagers into the common pool and the out-of-state host track does not retain any portion of a specific pool, the pool of the Florida permitholder may be treated as a separate pool. Where there are primary guest and secondary guest tracks, all the wagers shall be combined with the primary guest track pools, and at the option of the primary guest track Mutuels Manager the Florida interstate guest track may:

Pay host track prices pursuant to the provisions of paragraph (4)(b); or
Refund all of the pools in their entirety; or
Distribute the pools to the Florida winners in accordance with the Florida pari-mutuel wagering rules using payout prices calculated on the separate pool.

(b) The Florida primary guest permitholder must disclose in the official racing program or post prominently on each level of the facility which option listed in paragraph (5)(a) the permitholder elects to use whenever the implementation of the policy is triggered.

(c) The Florida primary guest shall elect a policy option and shall indicate the option chosen on Form FGCC PMW-3590, Notification of Interstate Broadcasting, adopted and incorporated by Rule 75-10.001, F.A.C., upon becoming an interstate guest.

(6) If the Florida permitholder is an interstate guest track, and it is not possible or permitted to successfully merge the wagers into the common pool and the out-of-state host track retains a portion of a specific pool, the Florida permitholder shall pay the out-of-state host track prices. Where there are primary guest and secondary guest tracks, all the wagers shall be combined with the primary guest track pools.

(7) Permitholders shall manage underpayments and overpayments of a pari-mutuel wagering pool as a result of communications or systems malfunctions within the meet. Underpayments may be used to offset overpayments of pools by permitholders with the provision that any remaining underpayment of a pool be distributed in the last seven days of a meet. An underpayment shall be added into a net wagering pool chosen by the permitholder and the pool, the amount of the add in, and date shall be noticed to the division. The add in must be done prior to the stop bet of the race and the pool matrix shall not be affected in any way. If an underpayment occurs that cannot be distributed in the last seven days of a meet, an amount equal to the underpayment will be distributed as described herein within the first seven days of the subsequent meet. Any remaining overpayment at the close of a meet will be the burden of the permitholder.

(8) Each track shall publicly display or explain in the racing or playing program the status of the wagering pools in the event of wagering data transmission failure, video transmission failure and audio transmission failure. In the event a system or communications malfunction occurs, an announcement shall be made through the public address system explaining the circumstances to the betting public.

History

Rulemaking Authority 550.0251(3), (7), 550.125(2)(b), 550.155(1), 550.3551(10), 550.495(4), 550.6305(5) FS. Law Implemented 550.0251, 550.125, 550.155, 550.3551, 550.495, 550.615, 550.6305 FS. History–New 10-20-96, Amended 12-15-97, 9-19-04, 4-12-06, Formerly 61D-9.003.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-9.004 Intertrack Wagering – Permitholder Accounting, Reporting and Ticket Cashing Responsibilities

(1) Every host track shall account for components of the wagering pool as required by rule.

(a) The takeout on intertrack wagers shall be the same as the takeout for ontrack wagers.

(b) For purposes of distribution of the pools, breakage and minus pools shall be allocated pro-rata based on the amount of winnings by pool for each race for each wagering location.

(c) Each host track shall require separate outs reports for wagers placed at the host track and wagers placed at each guest track. The track maintaining the outs files must be able to produce, upon request, a listing of outs purged from their totalisator. The outs files shall indicate the point of sale for each ticket listed.

(2) Each host track shall remit payment twice weekly for all pari-mutuel taxes to the commission for all taxes imposed and collected as per the provisions of Section 550.0951(5), F.S. For the monthly report required by Section 550.0951(5), F.S., all permitholders shall use and file Form FGCC PMW-3570, Monthly Remittance Report Intertrack, effective March 4, 2007, hereby incorporated by reference in this rule (http://www.flrules.org/Gateway/reference.asp?No=Ref-17372). A copy of Form FGCC PMW-3570, Monthly Remittance Report Intertrack, may be obtained at www.flgaming.gov or by contacting the Florida Gaming Control Commission, 4070 Esplanade Way, Suite 250, Tallahassee, Florida 32399.

(3) Tickets purchased at a guest track must be cashed by either the issuing guest or host location. Guest tracks who share a totalisator system and mutuels management may, at their option cash each other’s outs tickets if permitted by the host permitholder. This shall not be construed in any way as relieving the issuer of the ticket from its custodial responsibilities.

(a) Host tracks which are unable to access guest outs files shall cash any ticket up to $5,000 presented for payment on host track contests. The host track shall verify the validity of the ticket presented via telephone or facsimile contact with the guest, and shall forward the ticket to the guest for reimbursement after cashing.

(b) Guest tracks may, at their option, issue a check for any winnings exceeding $5,000.

(c) Guest tracks must cash winning tickets for a minimum of 60 days from the close of the guest track’s intertrack wagering on the host track’s meet.

Each guest track shall provide each applicable host with an outsbook within 48 hours of the close of the guest site’s intertrack wagering cashing period.
Upon the closing of the guest site’s intertrack wagering cashing period, the host shall make payment for valid winning tickets issued by any applicable guest within 14 days of receipt of such ticket.

(d) In the event the guest track does not have access to the host totalisator system due to the host being closed or equipment failure, or access to the ticket identification in the guest system, the guest track shall communicate via telephone or facsimile machine any ticket data needed for validation to the host when a ticket is presented for payment. Upon validation, the ticket shall be paid and the guest shall retain the original. The original ticket shall be surrendered to the host upon settlement of the outs account if requested by the host.

(e) Guest or host tracks required to cash outs tickets for which files have been purged are to be provided with a copy of the outsbook.

(f) At the end of the cashing period, an outsbook and all cashed tickets shall be surrendered to the host along with any amounts representing uncashed tickets. In Jai alai the host shall segregate cashed intertrack wagering tickets from live racing tickets before submitting the live racing tickets to the commission.

(4) Host tracks shall explain in the official intertrack or simulcast program information regarding ticket cashing at the guest site, and the location and method of remitting winning tickets for cashing after the initial cashing period has expired at the guest location.

(5) Guest tracks shall provide in the official program mailing instructions or contact information for cashing an intertrack wagering ticket at the host location.

(6) Wagers cannot be canceled at any facility other than at the facility where the ticket was purchased.

(7) Guest greyhound tracks which conduct separate pools of intertrack wagers shall provide written notice to the commission at least 2 working days prior to conducting the pools. Such notice shall contain the name of the host track and the date of the event for which separate pools are to be conducted.

History

Rulemaking Authority 550.0251(3), (7), 550.125(2)(b), 550.155(1), 550.3551(10), 550.495(4), 550.6305(5) FS. Law Implemented 550.0251, 550.125, 550.155, 550.3551, 550.495, 550.615, 550.625, 550.6305 FS. History–New 10-20-96, Amended 12-15-97, 9-19-04, 4-12-06, Formerly 61D-9.004, Amended 1-8-25.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-9.005 Intertrack and Interstate Wagering, Hub Systems Requirements

(1) Any entity licensed to do business in the State of Florida as a totalisator owner or operator may apply to the division to operate a hub system for the purpose of receiving and transmitting pari-mutuel wagering data. The division shall approve an applicant once it determines that the system is programmed to comply with the pari-mutuel accounting requirements.

(2) Each hub system shall be programmed to record, classify and accumulate wagering data, and do calculations as required in the Intertrack Wagering rules and rules governing pari-mutuel wagering and shall meet the requirements of a totalisator system as defined in Rule 75-7.024, F.A.C.

(3)(a) Each hub site shall have leased dedicated data lines to communicate with each track linked to the system. In addition the following equipment shall be in place and serve as back-up in case of emergencies:

Private phone line;
Facsimile machine; and
Back-up lines.

(b) All the equipment shall be in place and in working order prior to commencement of intertrack wagering activity.

(4) The hub site manager, in coordination with each guest track and its related host track, shall test the system and communication equipment. Whenever a new guest track other than a tim-to-tote guest is added, a manual merge drill will be conducted with the new guest. The hub manager shall ensure that all guest sites are familiar with manual merge procedures.

(a) The system tests shall occur not earlier than 10 days and not later than 6 hours before the following events take place:

The first performance of the host intertrack wagering period;
Implementation of changes in computer systems affecting data transmission;
Implementation of changes in data communication; and
The Division shall be notified of emergency changes within 48 hours of the change.

(b) Programming errors affecting pari-mutuel accounting, including the content of accounting reports, shall be corrected prior to commencement of the intertrack wagering activity.

(5) The authority of each permitholder’s Mutuels Manager is limited only to the mutuels activity conducted by his employer and does not extend to transactions and activities conducted by any other permitholder who may be using a common totalisator or hub system. With respect to intertrack wagering, unless specifically indicated in Chapter 75-7 or 75-9, F.A.C.:

(a) The hub managers shall receive instructions on the status of wagers only from the Florida host Mutuels Manager.

(b) Each guest track Mutuels Manager (or designee) shall monitor the intertrack wagering activity at his facility and promptly communicate any problems to the host track Mutuels Manager for a decision. Where computer problems are being experienced, both the hub manager and the host track Mutuels Manager shall be promptly informed.

(c) With respect to wagers with exchange provisions, if computer problems exist at any guest facility, the guest Mutuels Manager shall promptly notify the host track Mutuels Manager and the hub manager, and request additional time for the exchange process.

(6)(a) The hub system shall be programmed to communicate with the host totalisator and must be able to receive and relay commands from the host to start and stop betting periods.

(b) The hub site totalisator personnel shall monitor the broadcasts and ensure that the stop bet command functions are applied not later than as provided for in paragraph 75-9.001(3)(d), F.A.C. For this purpose, the totalisator company shall have in place and in working condition one video display for each pari-mutuel facility who transmits stop bet commands through the hub site. The hub totalisator room shall be staffed with no less than two totalisator operators for each operating shift. In the event the hub system fails to receive or relay the stop bet command, the following procedures shall apply:

Where the hub receives wagering data from the guest tracks’ totalisators, the Mutuels Manager of each guest track shall apply the stop bet command not later than the start of the contest. Corrective action will begin immediately and a report shall be submitted to the division hub personnel within 48 hours of the failure.
Where the hub receives wagering data from the guest tracks through terminals linked to the system, the hub site manager shall apply the stop bet command.

(c) Any wager accepted by any guest track after the contest has started shall be disallowed and the bettor will not receive any winnings related to the disallowed wager. All Mutuels Managers shall have procedures in place to ensure that mutuels tellers do not wager or place wagers after the start of a contest.

(7) In the event of a hub system error or malfunction, the hub site manager shall submit to the division a written report within 48 hours of the occurrence explaining the circumstances. The report shall include:

(a) Cause of error or malfunction;

(b) Corrective measures taken;

(d) Amount of lost wagers.

(8)(a) Where the hub site is at a pari-mutuel facility which is conducting wagering on live contests and the totalisator has the dual roles of hub system and totalisator for the track, or is a totalisator system serving remote pari-mutuel facilities which are conducting live contests, all wagering data not related to the live contests being conducted at the pari-mutuel facility or facilities shall be kept separate and the wagering data for each pari-mutuel facility conducting live events shall be kept logically separate from one another.

(b) Under no circumstances will the ability of the computers to record, classify and accumulate wagering data, do calculations or produce the required reports for the transactions related to the live contests or games be compromised.

(9) The hub system shall provide the following end of performance or end of day pari-mutuel accounting reports. All reports shall be clearly identified as to host and, where applicable, guest.

(a) Terminal activity or Machine Sales Report. The window numbers on this report shall be grouped by guest track. If this report cannot be issued separately for each host, recaps for each host performance or day are acceptable provided that detailed data can be provided upon request.

(b) Future Bets Report (by host).

(d) Outs Account Balance Report (by guest and host).

(e) List of tickets canceled via totalisator operator intervention (for each guest identifiable by host).

(f) List of tickets cashed via key board entries (for each guest identifiable by host).

(g) List of tickets canceled via teller key board entries (by guest). This report will be printed only upon request.

(h) A log of tickets purchased by the totalisator licensee (for each site, identifiable by host and guest).

(i) Outstanding Vouchers Report (by guest and host). This report will be printed only upon request.

(j) A liability report for each guest whose terminals are linked to the hub. The report shall identify the guest and host and shall contain the date, the generation time, and the guest’s share of each gross pool and related refunds, commissions, winnings, and breaks. In the event that the guest is maintaining separate intertrack wagering pools there shall be separate liability summaries for both the commingled and non-commingled pools. Copies of these reports shall be provided to the division hub personnel.

(k) Where the terminal/window activity report includes cross cashing of pari-mutuel tickets, the system shall print a supplementary report summarizing the cashing activity. The supplementary report must provide the amount paid for tickets issued by each pari-mutuel facility by cashing site and issuing site and totals shall be segregated by meet if previous meets outs are included. The reporting of pari-mutuel tickets and credit vouchers shall not be commingled.

History

Rulemaking Authority 550.0251(3), (7), 550.125(2)(b), 550.155(1), 550.3551(10), 550.495(4), 550.6305(5) FS. Law Implemented 550.0251, 550.125, 550.155, 550.3551, 550.495, 550.615, 550.625, 550.6305 FS. History–New 10-20-96, Amended 12-15-97, 9-19-04, Formerly 61D-9.005.

Chapter 75-10 FORMS

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-10.001 Incorporated and Approved Forms

The following is a list of all forms now incorporated which are to be used by the division in its dealing with the public and the racing industry. A copy of these forms may be obtained by contacting the Florida Gaming Control Commission, 2601 Blair Stone Road, Tallahassee, Florida 32399. The effective date of each of these forms is the promulgation date of this rule.

FORM NUMBER

SUBJECT

EFFECTIVE DATE

(1)

FGCC PMW-3510

Report of Escheated Outs

3-4-07

(2)

FGCC PMW-3520

Notification of Pari-Mutuel Operations

3-4-07

(3)

FGCC PMW-3540

Statement of Proceeds for Charity Day Performance

3-4-07

(4)

FGCC PMW-3550

Charity Day Proceeds and Distribution

3-4-07

(5)

FGCC PMW-3560

Monthly Remittance Report On-Track

3-4-07

(6)

FGCC PMW-3570

Monthly Remittance Report Intertrack

3-4-07

(7)

FGCC PMW-3590

Notification of Interstate Broadcasting

3-4-07

(8)

FGCC PMW-3600

Notification of Intertrack Wagering

3-4-07

(9)

FGCC PMW-3620

Retired Jai Alai Players’ Fund Distribution

3-4-07

(10)

FGCC PMW-3630

Tickets Purchased and Cashed by the Totalisator Company

3-4-07

(11)

FGCC PMW-3690

Uniform Reporting System Prescribed for Pari-Mutuel Permitholders

3-4-07

History

Rulemaking Authority 120.80(4)(a), 550.0251(2), (3), (5), (6), 550.0351(8), 550.125(2)(b), (3)(a), 550.155(1), 550.2625(2)(d), 550.3551(10), 550.495(2)(a), (4), 550.6305(5) FS. Law Implemented 120.80, 550.0251, 550.0351, 550.125, 550.155, 550.2625, 550.3551, 550.495, 550.615, 550.625, 550.6305 FS. History–New 10-20-96, Amended 12-15-97, 3-4-07, 6-23-22, Formerly 61D-10.001.

Chapter 75-11 PARI-MUTUEL FACILITY CARDROOM OPERATIONS

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-11.001 Definitions

(1) “Activity related to cardroom operations” or “cardroom activity” means:

(a) All aspects of cardroom management, record keeping, administration, supervision, and all activities that support card playing or games of dominoes; and

(b) The collection, counting and exchange of bets and revenue associated with card playing or games of dominoes.

(2) “Add-on” means any additional chips purchased in a tournament which is not considered a buy-in or re-buy.

(3) “All-in” means when a player commits all of his or her chips or tokens into a pot.

(4) “Ante” means a predetermined wager that each player is required to make in some poker games prior to any cards being dealt in order to participate in the round of play.

(5) “Bet” means to wager an amount signified by the number of chips or tokens contributed to a pot on any betting round.

(6) “Betting round” means a complete wagering cycle in a hand of poker after all players have called, folded, checked, or gone all-in.

(7) “Blind” means a predetermined bet a player or players must place on the table before the cards are dealt.

(8) “Business Entity” means a sole proprietorship, general or limited partnership, corporation, business trust, joint venture, or unincorporated association.

(9) “Button” means a circular object moved clockwise around a poker table to denote the assigned dealer for each hand.

(10) “Buy-in” means the amount of money required by the cardroom operator to enter and participate in a game.

(11) “Cardroom gaming area” means any area of a licensed facility designated by the cardroom operator in its floor plan in which authorized games are played or where any type of cardroom operations may occur, such as handling of cash, chips, tokens, dominoes, or cards. The cardroom gaming area shall include entrances and exits.

(12) “Cardroom surveillance” means the employees and systems with capability to observe and electronically record activities being conducted in a cardroom and its supporting areas.

(13) “Chips or tokens” means a money substitute, redeemable for cash, issued and sold by a cardroom operator for use in cardroom games.

(14) “Cross-cash chips” means cashing chips from one licensed cardroom operator’s facility at a different licensed cardroom operator’s facility.

(15) “Dedicated camera” means a color video camera that continuously records a specific activity.

(16) “Designated player” means the player identified by the button as the player in the dealer position.

(17) “Drop” means the procedure to remove drop boxes before counting the total amount of money, chips, and tokens removed from the drop box.

(18) “Drop Box” means a locked container permanently marked with the number corresponding to a permanent number on the card or domino table.

(19) “Facility” means the cardroom, any storage area for card or domino tables, cards, chips, tokens, dominoes, drop boxes, tip boxes, records relating to cardroom activity, and other cardroom supplies, the count room, and imprest vault.

(20) “Game” means the completion of all betting rounds and final determination of a winner based upon the comparison of all cards dealt and held by players at the end of all betting at a table.

(21) “Hand” means the group of cards dealt to a player in a game.

(22) “Imprest tray” means any tray in which a predetermined dollar amount of chips, tokens, or U.S. currency is kept.

(23) “Jackpot pool” means an accumulation of money collected from card games to be awarded to a player or players in accordance with Section 849.086(7)(d), F.S.

(24) “Licensee” means a person or entity holding any license issued by the division for purposes of cardroom operations.

(25) “Operate” means to conduct authorized games pursuant to Section 849.086, F.S.

(26) “Pot” means the total amount wagered in a game of games of poker or dominoes.

(27) “Proposition player” means a player who is employed by a cardroom operator, but who uses his own money to initiate or play in games.

(28) “PTZ Camera” means a light-sensitive color video camera that has pan, tilt, and zoom capabilities.

(29) “Raise” means to increase the size of the preceding bet.

(30) “Re-buy” means the additional tournament chips purchased by players according to the schedule of re-buys prominently displayed in the cardroom during tournament play.

(31) “Round of play” means, for any game of poker, the process by which cards are dealt, bets are placed and the winner is determined and paid in accordance with the rules of Chapter 75-11, F.A.C.

(32) “Shill” means a player in a game provided by or employed by a cardroom operator who only bets with money provided by the cardroom operator.

(33) “Showdown” means the point in a poker game in which all hands are fully revealed to all other players and the hand with the best combination becomes the winner.

(34) “Side bets” means additional wagers made between two or more persons on the outcome or any portion of an authorized game.

(35) “Supporting areas” means those areas supporting the operation of the cardroom including, but not limited to, surveillance, cashiers’ cages, podiums, vaults, and count rooms.

(36) “Surveillance room” means a secure location in a pari-mutuel facility used for cardroom surveillance.

(37) “Surveillance system” means a system of video cameras, monitors, recorders, and other ancillary equipment used for cardroom surveillance.

(38) “Tip box” means a locked container into which all dealer tips must be inserted.

(39) “Tournament chips” means chips that have no cash value that are used in tournament play.

(40) “Vault” means a secure location where chips and currency are maintained.

History

Rulemaking Authority 550.0251(12), 849.086(4), (11) FS. Law Implemented 849.086 FS. History–New 1-7-97, Amended 5-9-04, 9-7-08, 7-21-14, 1-2-18, 9-1-20, Formerly 61D-11.001.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-11.002 Cardroom Games

(1) The cardroom operator or management company shall furnish all cards, dominoes, chips and tokens.

(2) The cardroom operator shall prominently display a list of all games available for play in the cardroom and are included within the cardroom’s House Rules.

(3) The cardroom operator shall maintain a copy of the rules of play. The rules of play shall be made available to the commission or to players upon request.

(4) Card games that utilize a designated player that covers other players’ wagers shall be governed by the cardroom operator’s house rules. The house rules shall:

(a) Establish uniform requirements to be a designated player;

(b) Ensure that the dealer button rotates around the card table in a clockwise fashion on a hand by hand basis to provide each player desiring to be the designated player an equal opportunity to participate as the designated player; and

History

Rulemaking Authority 16.712(2)(a), 550.0251(12), 849.086(4)(a) FS. Law Implemented 16.712(1)(a), 849.086(4)(b), (7)(e), (h), (12)(d) FS. History–New 1-7-97, Amended 5-9-04, 4-12-06, 9-7-08, 7-21-14, 1-2-18, Formerly 61D-11.002, Reviewed 8-20-26.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-11.0021 Cardroom Game Rules

A cardroom operator shall include in its House Rules all of the following:

(1) The name and a description of the game;

(2) A description of the type of table utilized in the game which includes, the shape, and any markings or writing pertaining to the playing of the game made on the table felt;

(3) The number of possible players participating in the game;

(4) Type of card deck(s) used;

(5) A ranking of cards and hands. The rankings shall be supported by documentation establishing it as a poker ranking;

(6) Betting scheme and all rules for wagers;

(7) Dealing procedures;

(8) Round of play procedures;

(9) Rake amounts and procedures;

(10) Glossary of Terms.

History

Rulemaking Authority 16.712(2)(a), 550.0251(12), 849.086(4)(a) FS. Law Implemented 16.712(1)(a), 849.086(4)(b) FS. History–New 1-2-18, Formerly 61D-11.0021, Reviewed 8-20-26.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-11.003 Card-Play Hands

(1) Before a card game may be played, the dealer must ensure the cards have been shuffled.

(2) Cards, once completely shuffled, must be dealt out of the hand of the dealer.

(3) If a “button” is used, the button shall designate which player does receive the advantage of playing and betting last.

(4) The cardroom operator shall ensure that the button is moved around the card table in a clockwise fashion to provide each player equal opportunity.

History

Rulemaking Authority 16.712(2)(a), 550.0251(12), 849.086(4)(a) FS. Law Implemented 16.712(1)(a), 849.086(4)(b), (7), (12)(c) FS. History–New 1-7-97, Amended 9-7-08, 7-21-14, 1-2-18, Formerly 61D-11.003, Reviewed 8-20-26.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-11.004 Dealer Responsibilities

(1) Dealers shall be rotated to a different table at least every three hours.

(2) A dealer who receives currency from a player at a card table in exchange for chips or tokens must perform the following:

(a) Spread the currency on the top of the card table in front of the imprest tray;

(b) State the amount of currency received;

(d) Place all the currency in the imprest tray.

(3) Dealers shall take breaks only in areas the cardroom operator has designated on the approved cardroom floor plan, submitted pursuant to subsection 75-11.012(6), F.A.C.

(4) Dealers shall accept tips either while dealing at an assigned table or through a system included within the internal controls. If tips are accepted while dealing at an assigned table, the tip shall be accepted by:

(a) Tapping the tip on the imprest tray; and

(b) Dropping the tip in the tip box.

(5) The tip box shall be counted with all other earned tips for the card dealer’s assigned shift.

(6) Other than tips, dealers shall not accept any items of value or gifts from card players or any patrons of the facility.

(7) Dealers shall not allow cash or other personal items that may inhibit play to be placed on a table during the play of any hand.

(8) Dealers shall:

(a) Clear their hands when cash, chips, or tokens are exchanged with or provided to a player;

(b) Inspect decks of cards at their assigned cardroom tables prior to the opening of a new table;

(d) Inspect both sides of each card by spreading the deck of cards in front of the imprest tray so that each card can be identified.

History

Rulemaking Authority 16.712(2)(a), 550.0251(12), 849.086(4)(a) FS. Law Implemented 16.712(1)(a), 849.086(4)(b), (7)(c), (8)(a) FS. History–New 1-7-97, Amended 5-9-04, 9-7-08, 7-21-14, 1-2-18, Formerly 61D-11.004, Reviewed 8-20-26.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-11.005 Prohibitions

(1) No person shall introduce any cards, chips, tokens, or dominoes, other than those from the cardroom operator’s facility into any authorized game.

(2) No cardroom operator or employee shall extend credit, make a loan, or grant a gift to any person that would enable that person to play in an authorized game. The consideration required to participate shall be collected in full, by cash, check, debit card, or credit card, in exchange for chips or tokens prior to participation in any game offered at the cardroom facility.

(3) Side bets are prohibited.

(4) No person shall, either directly or indirectly:

(a) Employ or attempt to employ any device, scheme, or artifice to defraud any participant in a game or the cardroom operator.

(b) Engage in any act, practice, or course of operation that would constitute a fraud or deceit upon any participant in a game or the cardroom operator.

(c) Engage in any act, practice, or course of operation with the intent of cheating any participant or the cardroom operator.

(5) Cardroom occupational licensees are prohibited from participating in authorized cardroom games at the cardroom facility where they are employed.

(6) No person shall engage in conduct that resists, obstructs, or opposes a division employee in the performance of his or her duties and responsibilities on the cardroom operator’s premises.

(7) No licensee shall carry or exhibit a weapon other than as provided for in Chapter 790, F.S. Any licensee found in violation of this rule shall be disciplined in accordance with Chapter 849, F.S., and the rules promulgated thereunder. This rule does not prohibit the carrying of a weapon by any duly authorized law enforcement officer or security personnel who are licensed to carry a weapon while engaged in their duties, or persons licensed under Chapter 790, F.S., to carry concealed weapons.

(8) Shills and proposition players are prohibited.

(9) A cardroom operator shall not award a giveaway, jackpot, or prize from the jackpot pool in combination with any other eligibility requirements or outcome other than a specified combination of cards pursuant to Section 849.086(7)(d), F.S.

(10) If the division has reasonable cause to believe that any person at a licensed facility has acted or is acting in one of the following manners it may exclude the person from any facility:

(a) Any person not playing the game solely to improve his or her chance of winning;

(b) Any person taking or attempting to take action to improve another player’s chance of winning;

(c) Any person communicating information to another player which could assist the other player in any manner influencing the outcome of the game.

History

Rulemaking Authority 550.0251(12), 849.086(4) FS. Law Implemented 849.086 FS. History–New 1-7-97, Amended 5-9-04, 9-7-08, 7-21-14, 1-2-18, Formerly 61D-11.005.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-11.006 Inspection of Premises, Records

(1) The cardroom operator shall contact the division, office of auditing, for an inspection for compliance with the provisions of Section 849.086, F.S., and Chapter 75-11, F.A.C., no less than ten business days prior to opening a new cardroom or amending an existing cardroom area. Amending an existing cardroom area includes changing the number, location or dimensions of tables, surveillance system, internal controls, or floor plan.

(a) A cardroom operator shall not open a new facility or the affected portion of an existing cardroom for which the operator has made notice of any proposed changes until the division provides written authorization to proceed.

(b) If after inspection of the facility, the division determines that the cardroom operator is not in compliance with Section 849.086, F.S., or Chapter 75-11, F.A.C., the division shall notify the cardroom operator and subsequently provide the cardroom operator with a written list of deficiencies.

Correct all deficiencies prior to requesting a re-inspection; and
Request a re-inspection in writing pursuant to Rule 75-11.0025, F.A.C.

(2) Subsequent inspections shall be performed according to this rule until identified deficiencies are corrected;

(3) Upon satisfactory completion of corrective action, the division shall acknowledge in writing that all deficiencies are resolved and that the cardroom operator may proceed with using the designated facility space. The division shall deliver its written acknowledgement and authorization to proceed by email facsimile, mail or hand delivery, to the specific address retained in the division’s record of licensure.

History

Rulemaking Authority 550.0251(12), 849.086(4) FS. Law Implemented 849.086 FS. History–New 1-7-97, Amended 5-9-04, 9-7-08, 7-21-14, 1-2-18, Formerly 61D-11.006.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-11.007 Cardroom Operator License

(1) If a pari-mutuel permitholder amends its annual operating dates license and such amended license does not satisfy the renewal application requirements of Section 849.086(5)(b), F.S., the cardroom license will become void upon the issuance of the amended annual operating dates license.

(2) An applicant for an annual cardroom license shall complete Form FGCC PMW-3160, Permitholder Application for Annual License to Operate a Cardroom, effective 7-21-14, incorporated herein by reference, https://www.flrules.org/Gateway/reference.asp?No=Ref-04395, which can be obtained at www.fgcc.fl.gov, or by contacting the Division of Pari-Mutuel Wagering at 2601 Blair Stone Road, Tallahassee, Florida 32399-1035, and submit a fee of $1,000.00 for each table to be operated during the license period. For cardroom facilities at which more than one pari-mutuel permit is operated during a year, table fees for the facility may be paid by one or all of the permitholders. License fees are non-refundable. For the initial cardroom license application, in addition to the application and fees submitted, the applicant shall submit its written internal controls, required by Rule 75-11.019, F.A.C., for approval by the division, and proof of authorization by a local government pursuant to Section 849.086(16), F.S.

(3) No license application, amendment to an application, or amendment to request additional cardroom tables shall be effective until the division has received payment of cardroom table fees, inspected and approved the surveillance requirements for compliance with Rule 75-11.025, F.A.C., and the division has issued a license or amended license to operate a cardroom.

(4) Cardroom operations shall not begin under a cardroom license until the cardroom has been inspected and approved under Rule 75-11.006, F.A.C.

History

Rulemaking Authority 550.0251(12), 849.086(4), (5), (11) FS. Law Implemented 849.086 FS. History–New 1-7-97, Amended 5-9-04, 4-12-06, 9-7-08, 7-21-14, 1-2-18, Formerly 61D-11.007.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-11.008 Cardroom Business Occupational License

(1) As part of the initial application or renewal for a cardroom business occupational license provided in Section 849.086, F.S., an applicant shall submit the following:

(a) A complete Form FGCC PMW-3130, Business Occupational License Application, incorporated by reference in Rule 75-5.001, F.A.C.,

(b) The $500.00 licensing fee for a three-year license.

(c) A complete set of fingerprints and the fingerprint fee for each officer, director and manager. Also, a complete set of fingerprints and the fingerprint fee for each shareholder and/or equity holder holding 10 percent or more interest in the business. The complete set of fingerprints and the fingerprint fee submitted must comply with the following:

Each set of fingerprints must be submitted to the commission either on an FD-258 finger card or via a livescan device. Each applicant sending fingerprints via a livescan device must provide the Florida Department of Law Enforcement (FDLE) approved livescan service provider the correct Originating Agency Identifier (ORI) number, which is FL925186Z, in order for the commission to receive his or her fingerprint results. Applicants timely renewing their license, whose fingerprints have been retained by FDLE, shall not be required to submit a complete set of fingerprints.
For each set of fingerprints submitted via livescan device, the appropriate fingerprint processing fee, as established by FDLE and the Federal Bureau of Investigation, shall be paid by the applicant to the livescan service provider. For each set of fingerprints submitted on an FD-258 fingerprint card or retained by FDLE, the appropriate fingerprint processing fee, as established by FDLE and the Federal Bureau of Investigation, shall be paid by the applicant to the commission.

(d) All individuals identified in paragraph (1)(c) above shall complete a Form FGCC PMW-3140, Disclosure for Individuals Related to a Business, effective January 2026, incorporated herein by reference https://flrules.org/Gateway/reference.asp?No=Ref-18589, and which can be obtained at www.flgaming.gov or by contacting the Florida Gaming Control Commission, 4070 Esplanade Way, Suite 250, Tallahassee, Florida 32399.

(2) A Cardroom Business Occupational License applicant is subject to denial of its initial or renewal application as outlined in Sections 550.105 and 849.086, F.S., based on the disqualifying criminal convictions, civil judgments or discipline history in Florida or other racing jurisdictions of the business entity or the individuals associated with the applicant identified in paragraph (1)(c). A business applicant who is subject to denial of its business application may seek a waiver from the commission. A request for waiver of any disqualifying factors in an application that would otherwise be grounds for denial of a license application shall be made on Form FGCC PMW-3180, Request for Waiver, incorporated by reference in Rule 75-5.001, F.A.C.

(3) All individuals associated with an applicant for a Cardroom Business Occupational License who require access to the cardroom shall be required to hold a valid Cardroom Employee Occupational License issued by the commission. Individuals who hold a valid Cardroom Employee Occupational License issued by the commission shall not be required to provide a form FGCC PMW-3140 or resubmit fingerprints as part of an initial or renewal application for a Cardroom Business Occupational License.

(4) A business entity may not be issued or possess a cardroom business occupational license in this state if the corporation, partnership, or business entity, or applicant for or holder of the business entity license has been convicted of a felony or misdemeanor involving forgery, larceny, extortion, or conspiracy to defraud, or filing false reports to a government agency, racing or gaming official in this state or any other state or under the laws of the United States; or a felony or misdemeanor set forth in Section 550.105, F.S.

(5) Sworn Florida Law Enforcement officers or corrections officer certified pursuant to Section 943.1395, F.S., who provides the commission evidence of current certification from the Florida Criminal Justice Standards and Training Commission and is working in a security or safety position are exempt from the fingerprint requirement in paragraph (1)(c), above.

(6) Cardroom Business Cccupational Licenses issued and renewed pursuant to Section 849.086, F.S., shall have an effective date of July 1st and shall be valid for a period of three state fiscal years. A license granted pursuant to an application for a cardroom business occupational license submitted between May 1st and June 30th shall have an effective date of July 1st of the next state fiscal year. A license granted pursuant to an application received outside of this period shall have an effective date beginning July 1st of the same state fiscal year in which the application was received.

(7) All licensing and fingerprint fees are nonrefundable, except in situations where the applicant was charged in error or the applicant withdraws the application before processing begins.

(8) During the three year term of a valid occupational license issued by the commission, a business may require another type of occupational license for any reason, such as a change in the goods and services the business provides or offers. From the date an occupational license is granted until May 1 of the year in which the license expires, a licensee may request to upgrade the valid occupational license they hold to another occupational license type to which the commission allows an upgrade.

(a) A Cardroom Business Occupational Licensee may request to upgrade their existing license to a Slot Business Occupational License.

(b) In order to request an upgrade of the valid occupational license held by a business the licensee must submit the following to the commission:

A request to update the existing occupational license on Form FGCC PMW-3450, License Upgrade Application, incorporated by reference in Rule 75-14.005, F.A.C.
The difference in the license fee, if any, between the occupational license held by the licensee and the license type to which the licensee is requesting to upgrade. A Cardroom Business Occupational Licensee must pay the $1,500.00 difference to upgrade their license to a Slot Business Occupational License.
Form FGCC PMW-3420, Slot Machine Business Entity Occupational License Application, incorporated by reference in Rule 75-14.006, F.A.C.

(c) All upgrade applicants shall provide the division with the fingerprint fee established by FDLE and the Federal Bureau of Investigation. An application for a license upgrade shall be granted or denied according to the specific licensure requirements of the license for which an applicant has applied to upgrade pursuant to Chapters 550, 551 and/or Section 849.086, F.S., and pursuant to the licensing requirements of Section 120.60, F.S.

(d) A license issued by the commission pursuant to a license upgrade request shall have the following effect:

The license held by the applicant prior to the license upgrade request shall no longer be effective and shall be deemed void on the date the commission grants the upgraded license.
The license to which the applicant requested to upgrade shall be valid on the date the division grants the license and shall expire on the same date as the license from which the applicant upgraded expired.

(9) A license application shall lapse and no longer be processed by the commission, if the applicant fails to provide the commission with a complete application within 120 days of a notice issued by the commission pursuant to Section 120.60(1), F.S. A person with a lapsed license application shall not be eligible to participate in activities that require an occupational license. An applicant seeking a cardroom occupational license as an initial or renewal applicant following the lapse of their previous license application shall be required to reapply by submitting all materials and fees required under subsection (1) or (8), above.

(10) Any business whose occupational license has expired and who seeks a subsequent occupational license:

(a) Within one year of the expiration of the license, shall be considered an applicant for renewal of that license.

(b) Longer than one year after expiration of the license shall be considered an initial applicant for an occupational license.

History

Rulemaking Authority 16.712(2)(a), 550.0251(12), 550.105(2)(b), (10)(a), 551.107(2)(b), 551.122, 849.086(4)(a), (6)(d), (f) FS. Law Implemented 16.712(1)(a), 16.718, 550.0251, 550.105, 551.107, 849.086(6) FS. History–New 1-7-97, Amended 5-9-04, 4-12-06, 9-7-08, 7-21-14, 9-1-20, Formerly 61D-11.008, Amended 1-11-26.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-11.009 Cardroom Employee Occupational License

(1) A person employed or otherwise working in a cardroom as a cardroom manager, floor supervisor, brush, chip counter, sorter, poker room host/hostess, surveillance operator, cashier, dealer, or any other activity related to cardroom operations while the facility is conducting card playing or games of dominoes must apply for or renew a cardroom occupational license by completing and submitting the following:

(a) A complete Form FGCC PMW-3120, Individual Occupational License Application, incorporated by reference in Rule 75-5.001, F.A.C.

(b) A complete set of fingerprints and the fingerprint fee:

Each set of fingerprints must be submitted to the commission either on an FD-258 fingerprint card or via a livescan device. Each applicant sending fingerprints via a livescan device must provide the Florida Department of Law Enforcement (FDLE) approved livescan service provider the correct Originating Agency Identifier (ORI) number, which is FL925186Z, in order for the commission to receive his or her fingerprint results. Applicants timely renewing their license, whose fingerprints have been retained by FDLE, shall not be required to submit a complete set of fingerprints.
For each set of fingerprints submitted via livescan device, the appropriate fingerprint processing fee, as established by FDLE and the Federal Bureau of Investigation, shall be paid by the applicant to the livescan service provider as part of the initial or renewal application. For each set of fingerprints submitted on an FD-258 fingerprint card or retained by FDLE, the appropriate fingerprint processing fee, as established by FDLE and the Federal Bureau of Investigation, shall be paid by the applicant to the commission.

(2) Sworn Florida Law Enforcement officers or corrections officer certified pursuant to Section 943.1395, F.S., who provides the commission evidence of current certification from the Florida Criminal Justice Standards and Training Commission are exempt from the fingerprint requirement of paragraph (1)(b), above.

(3) All occupational and fingerprint fees are nonrefundable, except in situations where the applicant was charged in error or the applicant withdraws the application before processing begins.

(4) Request for waiver of any disqualifying factors in an application that would otherwise be grounds for denial of the license application shall be made on Form FGCC PMW-3180, Request for Waiver, incorporated by reference in Rule 75-5.001, F.A.C.

(5) Cardroom Employee Occupational Licenses issued and renewed pursuant to Section 849.086, F.S., shall have an effective date of July 1st and shall be valid for a period of three state fiscal years. A license granted pursuant to an application for a Cardroom Employee Occupational License submitted between May 1st and June 30th shall have an effective date of July 1st of the next state fiscal year. A license granted pursuant to an application received outside of this period shall have an effective date beginning July 1st of the same state fiscal year in which the application was received.

(6) Food service, maintenance, and security employees with a valid pari-mutuel occupational license who do not perform any activity related to cardroom operations will not be required to hold a Cardroom Employee Occupational License.

(7) A manager or supervisor identified in subsection 75-11.009(1), F.A.C., may be required to hold a Pari-Mutuel Professional Occupational License pursuant to Section 550.105, F.S., and a Cardroom Employee Occupational License pursuant to Section 849.086(6), F.S. These individuals may seek both licenses by submitting only the items required in subsection (1) of this rule and identifying that they intend to seek both licenses on Form FGCC PMW-3120, Individual Occupational License Application, incorporated by reference in Rule 75-5.001, F.A.C. If the commission grants the application for licensure, it shall issue both a Pari-Mutuel Professional Occupational License and a Cardroom Employee Occupational License to the applicant.

(8) All cardroom employee occupational licensees shall wear their photo identification, issued pursuant to subsection 75-11.012(9), F.A.C., while on duty. A cardroom employee shall not attempt to hide his or her photo identification from any patron or from surveillance cameras.

(9) Cardroom occupational licensees shall have the option to only wear a facility issued employee photo identification card if the employee has the Cardroom Employee Occupational License on their person at all times.

(10) During the three year term of a valid occupational license issued by the commission, an individual may need another type of occupational license for any reason, such as a change in his or her employment or job duties. From the date an occupational license is granted until May 1 of the year in which the license expires, a licensee may request to upgrade the valid occupational license they hold to another occupational license type to which the commission allows an upgrade.

(a) A holder of Cardroom Employee Occupational License may request to upgrade their existing license to a Slot/Cardroom/Pari-Mutuel Combination Occupational License.

(b) In order to request an upgrade of the valid occupational license held by an individual or business the licensee must submit the following to the division:

A request to upgrade the existing occupational license on Form FGCC PMW-3450, License Upgrade Application, incorporated by reference in Rule 75-14.005, F.A.C.
The difference in the license fee, if any, between the occupational license held by the licensee and the license type to which the licensee is requesting to upgrade. A Cardroom Employee Occupational Licensee shall not be required to pay a fee to upgrade to a Slot/Cardroom/Pari-Mutuel Combination Occupational License.
Form FGCC PMW-3410, Slot Machine Individual Occupational License Application, incorporated by reference in Rule 75-14.005, F.A.C.

(c) All upgrade applicants shall provide the commission with the fingerprint fee established by FDLE and the Federal Bureau of Investigation. An application for a license upgrade shall be granted or denied according to the specific licensure requirements of the license for which an applicant has applied to upgrade pursuant to Chapters 550, 551 and/or Section 849.086, F.S., and pursuant to the licensing requirements of Section 120.60, F.S.

(d) A license issued by the commission pursuant to a license upgrade request shall have the following effect:

The license held by the applicant prior to the license upgrade request shall no longer be effective and shall be deemed void on the date the commission grants the upgraded license.
The license to which the applicant requested to upgrade shall be valid on the date the division grants the license and shall expire on the same date as the license from which the applicant upgraded expired.

(11) A license application shall lapse and no longer be processed by the division, if the applicant fails to provide the division with a complete application within 120 days of a notice issued by the division pursuant to Section 120.60(1), F.S. A person with a lapsed license application shall not be eligible to participate in activities that require an occupational license. An applicant seeking a cardroom occupational license as an initial or renewal applicant following the lapse of their previous license application shall be required to reapply by submitting all materials and fees required in subsection (1) or (10), above.

(12) Any person whose occupational license has expired and who seeks a subsequent occupational license:

(a) Within one year of the expiration of the license shall be considered an applicant for renewal of that license;

(b) Longer than one year after expiration of the license shall be considered an initial applicant for an occupational license.

History

Rulemaking Authority 16.712(2)(a), 550.0251(12), 550.105(2)(b), (10)(a), 551.107(2)(b), 551.122, 849.086(4)(a), (6)(d), (f) FS. Law Implemented 16.712(1)(a), 16.718, 550.0251, 550.105, 551.107, 559.79, 849.086(6) FS. History–New 1-7-97, Amended 5-9-04, 3-4-07, 9-7-08, 7-21-14, 1-2-18, 9-1-20, Formerly 61D-11.009, Amended 12-14-25.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-11.0101 Temporary Cardroom Occupational License

(1) The division shall issue a temporary occupational license within 30 days of receipt of the application submitted pursuant to Rule 75-11.008 or 75-11.009, F.A.C., when the following conditions are met:

(a) The applicant has submitted a completed Form FGCC PMW-3120 or Form FGCC PMW-3130, incorporated by reference in Rule 75-5.001, F.A.C., and has paid all applicable licensing and fingerprint fees;

(b) The applicant is in good standing, not under suspension, has not had a license revoked and has not been denied a license or declared ineligible for licensure in Florida or any other racing or gaming jurisdiction;

(c) The applicant has not been convicted of or had adjudication withheld on any disqualifying criminal offense listed in Sections 550.105(5) and/or 849.086(6), F.S.;

(d) The division has not issued the applicant’s occupational license; and

(e) If the applicant has previously applied to the division for a license, the applicant’s most recent application prior to the current application for licensure did not lapse pursuant to Rule 75-11.008 or 75-11.009, F.A.C.

(2) All temporary licenses issued by the division are subject to the same provisions of Section 849.086, F.S., and Chapter 75-11, F.A.C., as cardroom occupational licenses.

(3) The granting of a temporary license is conditioned on the honesty of an applicant in his, her or its application. If the division determines the applicant falsely swore to a material statement in the application relating to the applicant’s criminal history or suspension, unpaid fines, revocation or denial in Florida or another gaming or racing jurisdiction, the division may revoke a temporary license.

(4) A holder of a temporary individual cardroom occupational license shall cease all activity requiring the possession of a slot machine occupational license if the division issues its intent to deny or denies the application.

(5) An applicant who is not eligible for a temporary license is not prevented from applying for an occupational license referenced in Rules 75-11.008 and 75-11.009, F.A.C.

(6) All temporary licenses issued by the division shall be immediately surrendered if the division grants the applicant a permanent license.

History

Rulemaking Authority 550.0251(12), 849.086(4), (6) FS. Law Implemented 849.086 FS. History–New 9-1-20, Formerly 61D-11.0101.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-11.0106 Identification of the Occupational License Applicant

Every applicant for a Cardroom Individual occupational license shall establish his/her identity in one of the following ways:

(1) Providing an original or copy of one (1) of the following documents:

(a) A current United States of America passport;

(b) A Certificate of United States citizenship, or Certificate of Naturalization issued by the United States Department of Justice, Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE), or

(2) Providing an original or copy of any two (2) of the following documents:

(a) Certified copy of the birth certificate of the applicant;

(b) Current driver’s license containing a photograph, name, signature, date of birth, sex, height, and address of the applicant;

(c) Current identification card issued by the Federal Department of Defense to persons who serve in the United States military or their dependents containing a photograph, name, date of birth, height, and color of eyes of the applicant;

(d) Current student identification card which contains a photograph, student number or social security number, date of expiration, seal or logo of the issuing institution, and the signature of the applicant;

(e) Current country identification card issued by the federal government or government issued identification credential which contains a photograph, the name, date of birth, sex, height, color of eyes and address of the applicant;

(f) Current identification card issued by the Immigration and Naturalization Service containing a photograph or information about the name, date of birth, sex, height, and address of the applicant, or

(g) A current foreign passport that is recognized by the Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) and contains a photograph of the applicant.

History

Rulemaking Authority 16.712(2)(a), 550.0251(12), 550.105(10)(a), 849.086(4)(a), (5)(b), (6)(f) FS. Law Implemented 16.712(1)(a), 550.0251, 550.105, 849.086(6) FS. History–New 12-14-25.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-11.011 Notification of Criminal Conviction or Charge

Any cardroom occupational licensee shall provide written notification to the division when the licensee has been arrested, indicted, or charged in any other way with a criminal offense within five days of the arrest, or if not arrested, within five days of the receipt of a charging document. Licensees are not required to report non-criminal traffic offenses.

History

Rulemaking Authority 550.0251(12), 849.086(4), (6) FS. Law Implemented 849.086 FS. History–New 1-7-97, Amended 9-7-08, Formerly 61D-11.011.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-11.012 Duties of Cardroom Operators

(1) Cardroom operators shall maintain a roster of all cardroom employees. A cardroom operator shall also maintain a weekly listing of all cardroom employees who worked during each week. The list of persons shall include for each employee:

(a) The job title;

(b) Full name; and,

(2) Cardroom operators shall maintain a log for three years of persons whose employment with the cardroom operator has been terminated, or the employee resigned, or abandoned his or her position, that includes:

(a) Full name;

(b) Occupational license number; and,

(3) The cardroom operator shall notify the division, office of operations, of any change in companies providing services that require licensure within 10 days of such change on Form FGCC PMW-3220, List of Cardroom Business Occupational Licensees Providing Products and Services to a Cardroom, effective 7-21-14, incorporated herein by reference, https://www.flrules.org/Gateway/reference.asp?No=Ref-04402, which can be obtained at www.fgcc.fl.gov, or by contacting the Division of Pari-Mutuel Wagering at 2601 Blair Stone Road, Tallahassee, Florida 32399-1035.

(4) Days and hours of cardroom operation shall be those set forth in the application or renewal of the cardroom operator’s license, or in the notice of change in the cardroom operator’s hours of operation as required in subsection (5), below.

(5) A cardroom operator shall submit proposed changes to the days and hours of cardroom operation to the division in writing prior to proposed implementation;

(6) Cardroom operators shall maintain a cardroom floor plan that shall:

(a) Show the placement or location of the following:

Each cardroom table and its corresponding number,
All camera locations and their assigned numbers,
Cashiers’ cage(s) and/or vault, count room, and podiums, or other areas for use of cardroom transactions,
The surveillance room; and,
The designated cardroom employee break area that limits opportunity for dealer and player personal interaction.

(b) Be maintained in the surveillance room;

(c) Be based on a readable scale, or specific to the requirements in subsection 75-14.050(2), F.A.C., if the cardroom operator also offers slot machine gaming and the floor plans for both gaming types are combined;

(d) Be submitted to the division for approval any time there are changes to the floor plan, including, but not limited to:

Movement, number, or dimensions of tables,
Movement of cameras, or
Movement of any podiums on the gaming floor.

(7) A cardroom operator must display separate signage throughout the designated cardroom gaming area providing notice of the following:

(a) The minimum age to play required by Section 849.086(12)(b), F.S.

(b) The hours of operation;

(d) No credit is extended by the house.

(8) Cardroom operators shall establish, and list in their internal controls, security controls that limit access into the cashiers’ cage(s), count room, vault, and surveillance room. This list shall include the position titles of all employees who have access to these areas. A current list of employees, including full names and license numbers, authorized to enter each secure area and shall be posted on the inside door of the entrance to each specific area, in the security office, and in the surveillance room at all times.

(9) Cardroom operators are required to issue a photo identification to all cardroom employees. The photo identification shall include, at a minimum, the name of the cardroom facility, cardroom employee occupational license number, and the employee’s name.

(10) The cardroom operator must provide the division, office of auditing, written notice within 20 days of a change in any management company contract.

(11) Cardroom operators shall establish a system for using imprest trays, cashiers’ cage, and vaults for cardroom operations that is included in the internal controls, and provides for:

(a) Maximum amounts of currency permitted to be maintained in imprest trays; and,

(b) Imprest trays that are lockable and equipped with removable covers, or

(12) At the close of each shift, the chips, tokens, and currency in the imprest tray at each table shall be reconciled to the beginning balances pursuant to the approved cardroom internal controls.

(13) No gaming may be conducted at a card table during the absence of the licensed dealer.

(14) No gaming may be conducted within the licensed cardroom facility during the absence of the designated manager or supervisor.

(15) When a cardroom operator is offering games of dominoes, the cardroom operator shall designate and assign at least one licensed cardroom employee as the supervisor of games of dominoes. A dominoes supervisor may not supervise more than eight dominoes tables.

(16) A cardroom operator shall notify the division, office of investigations, of each person it refuses entry into its cardroom for a period of 30 days, other than self exclusions, or longer pursuant to Section 849.086(7)(g), F.S., which shall include the:

(a) Name and current address (if available) of the person refused entry;

(b) Date of the refusal;

(d) Period of time.

(17) Each cardroom operator providing dominoes for play shall provide internal controls for the interaction between the vault and the dominoes supervisor.

History

Rulemaking Authority 550.0251(12), 849.086(4), (11) FS. Law Implemented 849.086 FS. History–New 1-7-97, Amended 5-9-04, 4-12-06, 9-7-08, 7-21-14, 1-2-18, Formerly 61D-11.012.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-11.014 Cards

(1) The cardroom operator shall only use cards designed to eliminate the ability of any person to place concealed markings on any part of all cards in a deck.

(2) All cards shall be plastic.

(3) Decks of playing cards intended for use in a cardroom licensed facility shall be locked in a secure location when not in use.

(4) Each dealer assigned to a card table shall inspect each deck of playing cards intended for use at that table. The assigned dealer must ensure that cards are not taped, cut, shaved, marked, defaced, bent, crimped, or deformed in any fashion that may permit covert identification of the card by players.

(a) Any card that is taped, cut, shaved, marked, defaced, bent, crimped or deformed in any fashion that may permit covert identification of the card during the course of play must be withdrawn from play. Each time a card is determined to be damaged as described in this section, the entire deck shall be withdrawn from play and replaced with a new deck after that new deck is thoroughly inspected under the requirements of this rule.

(b) Any deck of cards in which it is determined damaged cards exist shall be withdrawn from play immediately upon identification of the damage as follows:

The entire deck of cards containing the damaged card or cards shall be removed from play before card play may resume at the card table and the damaged card or cards shall be placed in a sealed envelope or evidence bag,
The sealed envelope or evidence bag shall be marked with the table number, the date, and time the deck was withdrawn from play,
The cardroom supervisor shall sign his/her name across the seal of the envelope or as otherwise provided on the evidence bag indicating the supervisor has sealed and inspected the seal prior to storage of the damaged card or cards,
All damaged cards shall be retained for at least 14 days from the date of withdrawal from play; and,
The remaining cards in the deck may be reused for play, after the missing card or cards are replaced and the entire deck is inspected by the dealer as required in subsection 75-11.004(9), F.A.C.

(d) If an automated card shuffling device is being used, a cardroom operator shall use two decks of cards; and,

The backs of the cards in the two decks shall be of different colors,
One deck shall be shuffled by the automated card shuffling device while the other deck is being dealt or used to play the game; and,
Both decks shall be continuously alternated in and out of play, with each deck being used for every other game.

(5) Internal controls shall be established for the issuance of all cards to the shift supervisor and the floor supervisors.

History

Rulemaking Authority 550.0251(12), 849.086(4) FS. Law Implemented 849.086 FS. History–New 1-7-97, Amended 9-7-08, 7-21-14, 1-2-18, Formerly 61D-11.014.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-11.0145 Dominoes

(1) The backs of dominoes shall have a design that does not allow a player the ability to place concealed markings on the dominoes or to know the identity of any markings of the dots on either half of the face of the domino.

(2) Dominoes that are marked, defaced, chipped, substituted from another set, or deformed shall not be used.

(3) Sets of dominoes must be locked in a secure location when not in use.

(4) Prior to use, each domino must be inspected by the dominoes supervisor to ensure that no domino is marked, defaced, chipped, substituted from another set, or deformed.

(a) Dominoes damaged during the course of play must be replaced.

(b) Sets of dominoes that are marked, defaced, chipped, substituted from another set, or deformed shall be replaced and handled in the same manner as damaged cards under paragraph 75-11.014(4)(b), F.A.C.

(c) Sets of dominoes that have been removed from play shall be handled in the same manner as damaged cards under paragraph 75-11.014(4)(c), F.A.C.

(d) Only one set of dominoes at a time shall be maintained at a table. Each set of dominoes shall be rotated in and out of play at least every six hours.

(5) Internal controls shall be established for the issuance of all dominoes to the shift supervisor and the dominoes supervisors.

History

Rulemaking Authority 16.712(2)(a), 550.0251(12), 849.086(4)(a) FS. Law Implemented 16.712(1)(a), 849.086(4)(b), (12)(d) FS. History–New 9-7-08, Formerly 61D-11.0145, Reviewed 8-20-26.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-11.0149 Dominoes Supervisors

(1) The dominoes supervisor shall be responsible for oversight of the play of dominoes for the tables which includes:

(a) Collection of any fee for participation;

(b) Exchanging of cash for chips or tokens;

(c) Inspection of the dominoes for compliance with Rule 75-11.0145, F.A.C., before each set is made available for play; and

(d) Reporting of any side betting to management pursuant to internal controls.

(2) Dominoes supervisors shall only take breaks in areas designated by the cardroom operator on the approved cardroom floor plan, submitted pursuant to subsection 75-11.012(6), F.A.C.

(3) Other than tips, dominoes supervisors shall not accept any items of value or gifts from players or any patrons of the facility.

(4) Dominoes supervisors shall not allow cash or any other personal items to be placed on a table during the play of any game of dominoes.

History

Rulemaking Authority 16.712(2)(a), 550.0251(12), 849.086(4)(a) FS. Law Implemented 16.712(1)(a), 849.086(4)(b), (7)(c), (8)(a), (10) FS. History–New 9-7-08, Amended 7-21-14, Formerly 61D-11.0149, Reviewed 8-20-26.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-11.015 Chips and Tokens

(1) All chips and tokens not in play or which are not available for play or use that day shall be locked in a secure location.

(2) Daily records must be kept for all chips and tokens issued including the date, time, table to which they were issued, the denomination(s), and total value.

(3) The face of each chip or token must include:

(a) The name and/or the logo of the facility that issued the chip or token; and,

(b) The value of the chip or token.

(4) The denomination of chips or tokens must be distinguishable from other chips or tokens when stacked.

(5) Chips or tokens purchased at a cardroom facility shall be redeemed by the cardroom operator for the appropriate cash value.

(6) Tournament chips shall:

(a) Be distinguishable from all other chips used at the cardroom facility;

(b) Not be redeemable for anything of value;

(d) Be used to compute the total points or units accumulated and the winner or winners of a tournament.

(7) Cardroom operators shall maintain records documenting the daily ending inventory of tokens and chips pursuant to Section 849.086(11)(a), F.S.

(8) If a cardroom operator elects to cross-cash chips with other licensed cardroom operators under the same ownership, each participating cardroom operator’s internal controls shall include procedures to:

(a) Ensure that cross-cashed chips and regular house chips are maintained separately;

(b) Designate a secure area under surveillance to maintain cross-cashed chips;

(c) Establish a threshold for the amount of cross-cashed chips accumulating on a partner cardroom’s behalf or designate a time frame for how long cross-cashed chips may remain in the cardroom operator’s possession;

(d) Account for the exchange of funds for the exact amount representing the accumulated chips; and,

(e) Transport cross-cashed chips back to their original cardroom.

(9) In the event partner cardrooms cross-cash chips, the cross-cashing procedures for each cardroom operator must be in agreement with those submitted by their partner cardroom operator.

History

Rulemaking Authority 550.0251(12), 849.086(4) FS. Law Implemented 849.086 FS. History–New 1-7-97, Amended 4-12-06, 9-7-08, 7-21-14, Formerly 61D-11.015.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-11.016 Card and Domino Tables

(1) Card tables shall have clearly designated rake circles, imprest trays, tip boxes, and drop box slots. In lieu of a rake circle on a card table, a drop box slide may be used.

(2) Domino tables shall be square with clearly designated areas located at each of the two or four corners of the table for the placement of wagers and the payment of participation fees. The surface of the dominoes table shall be one solid color that will not interfere with the ability of the surveillance system to clearly identify each domino played or the value of chips or tokens in the wagering area. There shall be no imprest tray on a domino table.

(3) Card games shall only be played on card tables.

(4) Dominoes shall only be played on domino tables.

(5) Each table shall be clearly designated with the number of the table, which shall be visible to the surveillance system.

(6) At no time may a cardroom contain more tables than that for which the cardroom operator has been licensed.

(7) Card tables that are used only for tournament play do not need to meet the requirements of authorized tables in subsection (1), above. Domino tables that are used only for tournament play do not need to be equipped with drop boxes and drop box slots. Tables used only for tournament play shall be designated as “tournament only” in the floor plan as required by subsection 75-11.012(6), F.A.C.

(8) If card and domino tables are equipped with “hole card” cameras or are special card tables that allow card play to be displayed via broadcast, the licensed broadcaster shall:

(a) Ensure that there is a minimum of a 60-second delay between the recording and the non-live delayed feed broadcast; and,

(b) Ensure that the broadcast does not interfere with the cardroom operator’s surveillance system recordings.

History

Rulemaking Authority 16.712(2)(a), 550.0251(12), 849.086(4)(a) FS. Law Implemented 16.712(1)(a), 849.086(4)(b) FS. History–New 1-7-97, Amended 9-7-08, 1-4-12, 7-21-14, Formerly 61D-11.016, Reviewed 8-20-26.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-11.0175 Cardroom Drop, Count Rooms, and Count Procedures

(1) Not less than once daily, the cardroom operator shall:

(a) Count and record the amount of chips or tokens and currency for each imprest tray;

(b) Make fills or replenish the imprest trays to bring them back to their beginning balances;

(c) Document beginning and ending inventories in the fill or credit report reflecting the value of chips or tokens and currency whether final fills are or are not made;

(d) Confirm that the designated supervisor has verified the replenishment of each imprest tray; and,

(e) Ensure that drop boxes are removed from tables and immediately transported to the count room or other secure area by two or more employees. At least one of the transporting employees shall be a security employee.

(2) Cardroom operators shall remove all drop boxes, other than those used on tables designated as tournament only tables, at the same time each day, as indicated in the internal controls and lock them in a secure location until the count takes place.

(3) The cardroom operator shall have a count room within its facility used for counting of chips, tokens, and funds. Cardroom operations counts shall be performed at separate times and independent of pari-mutuel or slot operations counts.

(4) The count room shall include:

(a) Reinforced doors equipped with locks and a device that audibly signals the surveillance monitoring room and the security department whenever a door is opened. All count room doors must remain locked except to allow entrance by authorized individuals as listed on the inside of the count room door pursuant to subsection 75-11.012(8), F.A.C.

(b) Tables for counting chips, tokens, or currency;

(d) Surveillance equipment as referenced in paragraph 75-11.025(5)(b), F.A.C.; and,

(e) The controlling requirements in Rule 75-14.063, F.A.C., for count rooms that are also used for slot machine gaming counts.

(5) Count Room procedures shall be as follows:

(a) Chips, tokens, or currency from any previous count shall be secured before another count begins;

(b) Count teams shall include a designated supervisor and at least two other team members, with the designated supervisor being the count recorder. Count team members shall be rotated in such a way so that the team does not consist exclusively of the same team members more than any three days per week;

(c) All persons present in the count room during the counting process shall wear outer garments that must be a full-length, short sleeved, one-piece, pocket-less garment with openings for the arms, feet, and neck only, which are in good condition and completely closed, fastened, or zipped at all times while in the count room;

(d) The cardroom manager and/or cardroom supervisors are prohibited from participating in the count activities;

(e) No person shall carry any personal items into the count room, other than those items needed for medical necessity; and,

(f) The designated count team supervisor shall record, in writing, the name and license number of each member of the count team, and record the same information on any personnel entering or exiting the count room during the count process.

(6) Security employees shall inspect the entire count room, including all trash containers and counting equipment to verify that no chips, tokens, or currency remain in the room.

(7) The count process shall be as follows:

(a) All count team members enter the count room as a group;

(b) Each drop box is counted separately;

(d) Count team members empty the contents of each drop box on the count table. No other box is opened while another box, or its contents are on the count table;

(e) Once empty, the drop box number and the inside of the drop box is held up to the full view of a surveillance camera with the drop box number called out verbally;

(f) After each drop box has been viewed and counted, the drop box shall be locked and placed in a storage area exclusively for drop boxes;

(g) During the count, the designated supervisor shall ensure that if a count team member has to leave the count room, all count team members:

Cease the count,
Secure all chips in the count room,
Leave the count room together,
Are inspected by security before leaving the count room; and,
Do not re-enter the count room until all count team members are present.

(h) All chips, tokens, or currency shall be dually counted and verified by a third employee;

(i) Any discrepancies which arise at any time during the count or in the transfer of the drop to the vault shall be resolved and documented.

(8) Count reporting shall be completed as follows:

(a) The following information shall be recorded on each count report:

The table number to which each drop box contents corresponds,
The value of each denomination of chips, tokens, or currency counted,
The total value of all denominations of chips, tokens, or currency counted,
The gaming date of the count and shift if more than one count is conducted daily; and,
The total number of all drop boxes opened and counted.
The employee name and license number of each member of the count team participating in that count.

(b) Any correction made to any count documentation shall be made by crossing out the error, entering the correct figure, and entering the initials of at least two count team members who verified the change.

(d) Signed count reports shall be transported to the accounting or finance department immediately after the count.

History

Rulemaking Authority 550.0251(12), 849.086(4), (11) FS. Law Implemented 849.086 FS. History–New 9-7-08, Amended 7-21-14, 1-2-18, Formerly 61D-11.0175.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-11.018 Reporting Requirements to Determine Net Proceeds or Gross Revenues

(1) Each cardroom operator shall maintain a copy of monthly records related to the cardroom activities on the premises. The cardroom operator must maintain documentation supporting all amounts reported in the records including:

(a) Count reports, pursuant to Rule 75-11.0175, F.A.C.;

(b) Vault reconciliation reports, pursuant to paragraph 75-11.019(4)(e), F.A.C.;

(d) Jackpot pool reports, pursuant to Rule 75-11.0279, F.A.C.;

(e) For greyhound and jai alai permitholders, each record shall clearly show totals of gross revenues.

(f) For harness or thoroughbred permitholders, each record shall clearly show totals of operating revenues, expenses, and net proceeds.

(2) For each license operated, cardroom operators shall file a separate Form FGCC PMW-3640, Cardroom Monthly Remittance Report, effective December 2017, and incorporated herein by reference, https://www.flrules.org/Gateway/reference.asp?no=Ref-08913, www.fgcc.fl.gov, or by contacting the Division of Pari-Mutuel Wagering at 2601 Blair Stone Road, Tallahassee, Florida 32399-1035, with the division by the fifth day of each month for the preceding month’s cardroom activity.

History

Rulemaking Authority 550.0251(12), 849.086(4), (11) FS. Law Implemented 849.086 FS. History–New 1-7-97, Amended 4-12-06, 9-7-08, 1-2-18, Formerly 61D-11.018.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-11.019 Internal Controls

(1) Initial applications for a cardroom license shall include a complete set of written internal controls established in compliance with Section 849.086, F.S., and the rules promulgated thereunder. Subsequent changes to the internal controls must be submitted to the division for approval prior to implementation, as one complete set, in a format which will include underlining additions and striking through deletions, since the last date of approved revisions with a footnote of the current revision date.

(2) Failure of any cardroom operator to follow the internal controls once approved by the division shall be a violation of these rules.

(3) A cardroom operator shall design and document internal controls to reasonably assure that:

(a) Assets are safeguarded;

(b) Financial records are accurate and reliable;

(d) Access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s specific authorization;

(e) Recorded accountability for assets is compared with actual assets at frequent intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any discrepancies;

(f) Functions, duties, and responsibilities are appropriately segregated and performed in accordance with sound practices by competent, qualified personnel so that errors will be disclosed and corrected in a timely manner;

(g) Fraud is prevented or detected;

(h) Safety of the public and employees is enhanced; and,

(i) Competency of staff and ability to comply with established policies and procedures is promoted through training.

(4) The cardroom manager or general manager shall sign and submit the internal controls to the division. The internal controls shall at a minimum contain the following:

(a) A requirement that a supervisor or the transporter verify all transfers between imprest trays and the cardroom vault with their signature on the transfer document or a procedure in which tokens that display monetary amounts, commonly referred to as lammers, are used by cardroom floor staff to authorize and document transfers between imprest trays and cardroom vaults or cages;

(b) The designation of a cardroom vault holding all cardroom funds;

(d) The designation of a cashier cage methodology for or as a method of controlling and accounting for funds within the cashiers’ cage that are part of the cardroom vault;

(e) A requirement that all transactions flowing through the cardroom vault be summarized daily as specified in the internal controls as follows:

Increases and decreases to the cardroom vault inventory shall be summarized and supported by documentation,
A record shall reflect that the cardroom vault inventories are counted by at least two persons and recorded at the end of each day on inventory documentation,
Information shall be summarized and recorded in the cardroom operator’s accounting records on the business day following each day of operation; and,
A statement of whether a cardroom vault or cashier cage methodology is used shall be indicated by the cardroom operator.

(f) When a cashier cage methodology is used, the facility shall include in the cardroom internal controls security procedures that limit access into the cashiers’ cage;

(g) A requirement that the cardroom operator perform an internal audit of the cardroom internal controls once annually. Internal audit documentation must:

Be submitted in a checklist format consisting of the cardroom operator’s existing approved internal controls, with attestation by the signature of the cardroom manager or his/her equivalent,
Include a footnote as to the date the audit is completed,
Include documentation of material exceptions to internal controls; and,
Be provided to the division within 30 days of the date of completion of the internal audit.

(h) A description of the cardroom’s patron dispute resolution process;

(i) The methodology for administration of jackpot payouts shall include:

Documentation of whether the payment was made in chips, tokens, currency, or by check, or any combination thereof; and,
That the patron shall have the option to select the type of payment.

(j) An identification of where dealers may take their break, and provide at a minimum, that such breaks be arranged so there is limited opportunity for dealer and player personal interaction;

(k) The methodology for administration of rakes to include:

A flat fee rake or a rake on a time limit shall be designated for each cardroom or cardroom game. The method of rake may be different for different cardroom games within one cardroom,
When the cardroom elects to use a flat fee rake, the amount of the rake the cardroom operator designates shall be stated in the cardroom internal controls; and,
When the cardroom operator elects to employ a rake on a time limit basis, the amount of the rake for each time period shall be stated in the cardroom internal controls.

(l) The methodology for key access controls for drop boxes;

(m) The methodology for retirement of cards, chips, dominoes, or tokens. The methodology shall:

Designate the individual position responsible for the retirement procedure,
State the time line for how often the retirements shall occur; and,
Maintain a record of all retirement actions, which shall be available to the division upon request.

(n) The methodology for a dealer or cage cashier when counting the impressments under surveillance coverage, when a card table imprest tray is replenished.

History

Rulemaking Authority 550.0251(12), 849.086(4), (11) FS. Law Implemented 849.086 FS. History–New 1-7-97, Amended 9-7-08, 7-21-14, 1-2-18, Formerly 61D-11.019.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-11.020 Drop Box and Key Control Procedures

(1) Each table shall have a drop box that is configured to permit the dealer to insert the rake directly into the drop box. The drop box shall be:

(a) Marked with a permanent number corresponding to the table number to which the drop box is assigned;

(b) Affixed with a lock to the table; and,

(2) Each cardroom operator shall develop and use a lock and key control system that limits or restricts access to secure compartments, drop boxes, and areas as identified in the operator’s internal control procedures.

(a) The cardroom operator’s security department shall receive the locks and keys; and,

(b) A master locksmith or similarly qualified cardroom operator employee shall install all locks specified in this subsection.

(3) The cardroom operator’s security department shall maintain all drop box keys as specified in the internal controls.

(4) Drop boxes shall require dual keys: Drop box release keys used to unlock the box from the table and the drop box contents keys shall have separate custodians who shall be authorized by the cardroom operator’s internal controls to:

(a) Have access to the drop box release keys and remove the drop boxes from the tables; and,

(b) Have access to the drop box contents keys and open the drop boxes during the count procedures.

(5) If access to keys is manually controlled, all access shall be documented in a written log that shall include:

(a) The justification for access to keys;

(b) The identity of the key and key box;

(d) The date and time each key is signed out;

(e) The date and time each key is returned; and,

(f) The signatures of at least two persons for each key removed.

(6) If an electronic key box is used, the electronic key box system shall provide scheduled and on-demand reports for a complete audit trail of all access including:

(a) The identity of the key and key box;

(b) The occupational license number or employee number of the employee removing the key;

(d) The date and time each key is returned;

(e) A report of unauthorized attempts to access the key box;

(f) All entries, changes, or deletions in the key box system; and,

(g) The identity of the employees who made attempts to enter or perform changes, or deletions in the key box system.

(7) All duplicate keys shall be controlled in the same fashion as the original keys.

(8) Cardroom operators shall:

(a) Remove all drop boxes immediately after the end of the final game for each day’s activity. In the event the immediate removal of drop boxes is not possible, a security guard shall be in the room until the drop boxes are removed; and,

(b) Remove drop boxes so that the markings are clearly visible to surveillance cameras.

(9) The drop box count shall comply with Rule 75-11.0175, F.A.C., and the cardroom operator’s internal controls.

History

Rulemaking Authority 550.0251(12), 849.086(4), (11) FS. Law Implemented 849.086 FS. History–New 1-7-97, Amended 9-7-08, 7-21-14, Formerly 61D-11.020.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-11.021 Tip Box Procedures

(1) Each table shall have a dealer tip box that is configured to permit the dealer to insert a tip directly into the tip box.

(2) All tip boxes shall be marked:

(a) To make them clearly visible to surveillance cameras;

(b) To distinguish from all other boxes as a tip box; and,

(3) The cardroom operator shall maintain, by date, a log indicating tip box assigned, by number or name, and total tips each dealer collected.

History

Rulemaking Authority 16.712(2)(a), 550.0251(12), 849.086(4)(a) FS. Law Implemented 16.712(1)(a), 849.086(4)(b), (11)(a) FS. History–New 1-7-97, Amended 9-7-08, 7-21-14, Formerly 61D-11.021, Reviewed 8-20-26.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-11.022 Cardroom Imprest Tray

(1) The chips, tokens, and currency for the cardroom operation shall be physically maintained separately from any other currency of the pari-mutuel wagering facility, except that chips may be used to purchase pari-mutuel tickets if the cardroom operator’s internal controls include procedures for converting the designated chips back to cash. Such cash shall be returned to the cardroom at a minimum of once daily.

(2) When a card table imprest tray is replenished, the dealer or cage cashier shall count the impressments under surveillance coverage by the method as stated in paragraph 75-11.019(4)(n), F.A.C.

(3) The cardroom supporting area where unused imprest trays are stored must be a secure area where access is limited to those persons authorized pursuant to subsection 75-11.012(8), F.A.C. If unused imprest trays are not maintained in such secure area, they must be locked and secured to the table under constant surveillance coverage at all times.

History

Rulemaking Authority 16.712(2)(a), 550.0251(12), 849.086(4) FS. Law Implemented 16.712(1)(a), 849.086(4)(b) FS. History–New 1-7-97, Amended 9-7-08, 7-21-14, Formerly 61D-11.022, Amended 4-22-26.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-11.024 Rake Procedures

(1) The cardroom operator shall:

(a) Designate a flat fee or a timed rate fee as a rake for the cardroom and for each cardroom game; and,

(b) Conspicuously display the rake limits and method at each cardroom table for the players to see.

(2) If a flat fee rake is used in a game, it shall:

(a) Be placed in a designated rake circle or on top of a drop box slide;

(b) Remain in the designated circle or on top of the slide until a winner is declared and paid; and,

(3) If a timed rate fee is used, it shall:

(a) Be collected prior to dealing the first hand for the stated time period by placing chips or tokens in a designated rake circle or drop box slide as identified in the internal controls; and,

(b) Be dropped into the table drop box immediately after it is collected.

History

Rulemaking Authority 550.0251(12), 849.086(4) FS. Law Implemented 849.086 FS. History–New 1-7-97, Amended 9-7-08, Formerly 61D-11.024.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-11.025 Cardroom Electronic Surveillance

(1) Each cardroom operator shall operate an onsite electronic surveillance system according to the specifications herein to monitor the activities within its cardroom and supporting areas.

(2) The surveillance system must be capable of:

(a) Covert monitoring of:

The conduct and operation of card and domino tables,
The conduct and operation of the location(s) where tournament buy-ins, registrations, re-entries, and prize payouts occur,
The conduct and operation of the cashiers’ cage(s) and/or vault,
The collection and count of the cardroom’s gaming revenue and jackpot pool drop,
The movement of any cardroom imprest tray, chips, tokens, or currency while being transported within the facility to a card or domino table, count room, money room, vault, cardroom vault or cashiers’ cage, or other secure area.

(b) Detection and recording of:

Cheating, theft, embezzlement, and any other activity considered illegal under the law or inconsistent with Chapter 75-11, F.A.C., or Section 849.086, F.S., in the cardroom facility; and,
The presence in the cardroom facility of any unauthorized or excluded person.

(3) The person holding the position of cardroom manager or supervisor with oversight of cardroom drops and revenue shall not be in a position to conduct surveillance for the count room and drop activities.

(4) The surveillance system and equipment shall employ digital electronic technology with the acuity and clarity no less than that provided by magnetic tape systems. The digital surveillance equipment shall:

(a) Record to a quality of 4 Common Intermediate Format (CIF);

(b) Be viewable on a monitor; and,

(c) Include date and time generators that display the accurate (real) date and time of recorded events in the record to enable the operator to identify the point on such record at which a particular event was recorded.

(5) Different capability levels of cameras shall be:

(a) Dedicated cameras that record at a rate of 30 frames per second for viewing:

All activities on the entire surface of each card, domino, and count room table,
The central location for tournament buy-ins and registration,
The cashiers’ cage(s), cashiers’ drawers, and/or vault, including windows, cabinets, and shelving; and,
The surveillance room and activities conducted therein.

(b) PTZ cameras that:

Are placed behind domes or one-way mirrors,
Are concealed from view,
Permit unobstructed viewing with sufficient video monitors,
Simultaneously cover various vantage points,
Operate at a rate of 30 frames per second,
Permit identification of any person in the gaming area, and cardroom supporting areas, by obtaining a complete and clear image of the players’ faces,
Monitor and record the movement of chips, tokens, currency, imprest trays, drop boxes, and tip boxes within the cardroom facility,
Monitor all areas and activities occurring within the count rooms with audio capability and motion-sensitive performance to record during any occupancy in the count process,
Monitor and record all areas where chips and tokens are exchanged for cash or checks with sufficient clarity to permit identification of all physical items involved in the recorded transactions; and,
Magnify or zoom to clearly distinguish table numbers and the value of playing cards, dominoes, chips, tokens, and currency.

(6) During each count of chips, tokens, and currency in the count room:

(a) The surveillance room must be staffed with the personnel identified pursuant to subsection 75-11.012(9), F.A.C.; and,

(b) The count must be recorded with cardroom surveillance equipment.

(7) The surveillance room:

(a) Entrance shall be located so that it is not readily visible or accessible to the general public;

(b) Access must be limited to personnel authorized pursuant to subsection 75-11.012(9), F.A.C.; and,

(8) If a cardroom operator allows surveillance coverage to be viewed from a location outside of the surveillance room, the cardroom operator shall:

(a) Ensure that access to the room is limited to personnel authorized pursuant to subsection 75-11.012(9), F.A.C.;

(b) Provide the location(s) in the cardroom internal controls;

(d) Ensure that the surveillance system or equipment at the location(s) is configured to prohibit manipulation, or instruction to be manipulated by any reviewer, of the surveillance system’s settings and cameras.

(9) Each camera unit required by this rule must be installed in a manner that will prevent it from being obstructed, tampered with, or disabled.

(10) Employees shall not intentionally obstruct surveillance system equipment.

(11) Adequate lighting shall be present in all areas of the cardroom to enable camera coverage of sufficient quality to produce clear recordings.

(12) Reasonable effort must be made to repair each malfunction of surveillance system equipment required by this rule within 24 hours after the malfunction is discovered.

(13) The cardroom licensee shall:

(a) Notify the division within 24 hours of discovery of any surveillance equipment malfunction via facsimile transmission or email pursuant to Rule 75-11.0025, F.A.C.

(b) Maintain a log of all malfunctions of the surveillance and recording equipment; and,

(14) All electronic surveillance recordings of cardroom activity shall be:

(a) Maintained for at least 14 days;

(b) Labeled in chronological order by date and time of recording; and,

(15) The surveillance system must possess the capability to monitor, identify, and record the activities of all persons throughout the cardroom and supporting areas in a manner that provides 100 percent camera coverage of the cardroom at all times.

(16) The surveillance system shall provide for clear lines of sight for any surveillance cameras or equipment and shall cover all areas where cards or dominoes are played or where money is collected, distributed, or counted.

(17) Each cardroom operator shall maintain a log of all surveillance activities in the surveillance room that shall include:

(a) The name and license number of each person who initiates, performs, or supervises the surveillance monitoring;

(b) Reason for the surveillance, including the name, if known, the description of each individual being monitored, the date and time the monitoring commences and ends, and a brief description of the activity in which the monitored person is engaging;

(c) The time each suspected criminal or regulatory offense is observed, and a notation of the reading on the meter, counter, or device that identifies the point on the recording that such offense was recorded; and,

(d) The date and time of any equipment malfunction and repair.

(18) When surveillance equipment malfunctions and fails to operate as required by this rule, play at the table or tables in any area for which there is inadequate monitoring shall be suspended, and designated with signage as “closed,” until the quality of the surveillance system is restored to the levels required by this rule.

(19) The activity within the surveillance room shall be continuously recorded.

(20) Procedures for the operation of the surveillance system shall be maintained in the surveillance room.

(21) For a permitholder that is licensed to conduct both cardroom and slot machine gaming, that utilizes one surveillance system to monitor both types of gaming activities, Rule 75-14.054, F.A.C., shall be the controlling rule for the surveillance room.

History

Rulemaking Authority 550.0251(12), 849.086(4), (11) FS. Law Implemented 849.086 FS. History–New 10-21-97, Amended 9-7-08, 7-21-14, 1-2-18, Formerly 61D-11.025.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-11.0251 Security Plans

(1) The cardroom operator shall maintain a security plan in its security office that shall include:

(a) A position description for each security officer or employee that includes the position’s duties, assignments, and responsibilities;

(b) The minimum number of security officers or employees required for each shift;

(d) Procedures for providing a security escort for unlicensed persons requiring incidental access to secure areas within the cardroom, that shall require the following information to be recorded:

The date the escort was conducted,
The full name of the security officer or employee conducting the escort,
The full name of the escorted person,
The reason for the escort; and,
The area(s) to be escorted to and from.

(e) Procedures for providing physical security for:

Clearing the cardroom floor at the end of the gaming day; and,
Securing the count room after each count is completed.

(f) Training requirements and procedures for employees and officers, that shall include:

Use and location of alarm system devices; and,
Methods of response to each alarm or alert used for incidents of violent crime that shall include, but not be limited to, robbery, armed robbery, or an incident involving a hostage situation.

(g) Key control procedures for:

Addressing missing, lost, or stolen keys,
Addressing broken locks,
Issuing replacement keys; and,
Destroying keys and locks.

(2) The security plan shall include procedures for annual testing of all security alarms or alerts required by rules regulating the cardroom operator.

(3) For a permitholder that is licensed to conduct both cardroom and slot machine gaming, that maintains only one security plan to encompass all security measures for both gaming types, the plan shall meet all requirements of this rule in addition to those required by Rule 75-14.051, F.A.C.

History

Rulemaking Authority 550.0251(12), 849.086(4), (11) FS. Law Implemented 849.086 FS. History–New 9-7-08, Amended 7-21-14, Formerly 61D-11.0251.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-11.0275 Tournaments

(1) Each cardroom operator who conducts tournaments shall maintain, and make available, written procedures for the conduct of each tournament that shall provide:

(a) A detailed breakdown for charging house and tournament fees, re-buys, or add-ons for participation in a tournament of poker or dominoes including at a minimum:

The dollar amount of each house and tournament fee, re-buy, or add-on,
The number of chips each participant will receive for each house and tournament free, re-buy, or add-on,
A description of the blind, bring-in, and/or ante structure; and,
The estimated distribution of winnings.

(2) Cash received for entry fees, re-buys and add-ons, shall be separate from all other cash received by the cardroom operator for regular cardroom gaming until such time as all cash is counted.

(3) The monthly remittance report filed with the division as required by subsection 75-11.018(2), F.A.C., shall include an aggregate accounting of the:

(a) Amount collected for games played in a tournament per player;

(b) Total amount of participation fees collected;

(d) Total amount distributed to winning participants;

(e) Taxable gross receipts amount; and,

(f) Calculation of total tax due for tournaments.

(4) The cardroom operator shall maintain supporting documentation for all tournaments played which reconciles to the aggregated columns provided in the monthly remittance report in subsection (3); and, at a minimum includes the following:

(a) Detailed source documentation for each tournament which includes all information compiled into the monthly remittance report;

(b) A detailed summary of the source documentation for each tournament which is signed by a tournament director and a cashiers’ cage or vault employee to attest to the accuracy of the receipts and disbursements;

(c) The names of all tournament prize winners. Additionally, if a player’s tournament winnings meet applicable IRS reporting thresholds, the cardroom operator shall maintain all information required by the IRS for that player; and,

(d) The total amount of chips issued and returned for the tournament.

(5) A gratuity, tip, or similar charge paid during a tournament is not considered gross receipts if:

(a) It is not mandatory for participation;

(b) The players do not receive additional chips;

(c) The charge is separately stated as a gratuity, tip, or other charge on the customer’s receipt or the tournament registration form; and,

(d) The cardroom operator receives no monetary benefit from the gratuity. Money withheld by the cardroom operator for purposes of payment of the employee’s share of social security or federal income tax or any fee imposed by a credit card company on the amount of the gratuity, or money withheld pursuant to judicial or administrative orders, is not a monetary benefit for purposes of this rule.

(6) If a cardroom operator offers tournament registration to patrons through licensed vendors, the cardroom operator shall notify the division of the vendor(s), prior to conducting registrations.

History

Rulemaking Authority 550.0251(12), 849.086(4), (11) FS. Law Implemented 849.086 FS. History–New 9-7-08, Amended 7-21-14, 1-2-18, Formerly 61D-11.0275.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-11.031 Cashiers’ Cage

(1) Each licensed cardroom shall have a cage to accommodate cashiers that shall serve as the central location for the:

(a) Issuance, receipt, and reconciliation of imprest trays used by cardroom dealers or chip runners, in the event the imprest trays are not processed and distributed daily from the vault;

(b) Exchange of currency, chips, or tokens;

(d) Custody of any cash on hand to be used for jackpot payouts, if not stored in a vault; and,

(e) Temporary holding of daily records related to the operation of the cage.

(2) The cage shall be constructed to provide security for the materials housed and the activities performed therein and shall, at a minimum, be:

(a) Fully enclosed, except for openings through which cash, chips, records, and documents can be exchanged with the public;

(b) Accessible only through a solid reinforced entrance door equipped with locks or electronic access controls; and

(c) A secure area where access is limited to those persons authorized pursuant to subsection 75-11.012(9), F.A.C. In the event a vault is used for any of the cardroom requirements of a cardroom cage as stated in this rule, the application of this rule will apply to the vault.

History

Rulemaking Authority 550.0251(12), 849.086(4), (11) FS. Law Implemented 849.086 FS. History–New 7-21-14, Formerly 61D-11.031.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-11.0279 Jackpots, Prizes, and Giveaways

(1) All cardroom and dominoes operators offering jackpots, prizes and giveaways from the jackpot pool shall:

(a) Conspicuously post in the cardroom the rules of the jackpots, prizes and giveaways offered, including which specified combination of cards is a winner, the amount to be awarded, and all details regarding seeding the jackpot pool;

(b) Conspicuously display, for the players to see, the jackpot pool rake limits and a description of how the jackpot pool rake is collected at each cardroom table;

Are installed on an area of the table as specified in the cardroom’s system of internal controls,
Have permanently affixed number(s) or letter(s) that are of sufficient size to be verified through surveillance coverage and correspond to the table to which the drop box is assigned,
Are marked or colored to distinguish them from the regular drop box and tip box,
Are dropped and counted daily using drop procedures set forth in Rule 75-11.0175, F.A.C.

(d) Ensure that jackpot pool revenue is:

Not commingled with other monies,
Deposited daily into a separate non-interest bearing bank account, or
Held as cash on hand in the cashiers’ cage or vault.

(e) Ensure that all jackpot pool accounting records include a detailed ledger with all credits, debits, and any jackpot pool amount carried forward to the jackpot from the prior playing day and are maintained to account for each different jackpot offered.

(2) All jackpot pool payouts shall be made in accordance with the internal controls.

(3) The cardroom operator shall:

(a) Maintain a separate Form FGCC PMW-3605, Daily Tracking of Cardroom Jackpot, effective 7-21-14, incorporated herein by reference, https://www.flrules.org/Gateway/reference.asp?No=Ref-04403, which can be obtained at www.fgcc.fl.gov, or by contacting the Division of Pari-Mutuel Wagering at 2601 Blair Stone Road, Tallahassee, Florida 32399-1035, for each day of cardroom activity, and each different jackpot;

(b) Maintain a record of all award recipients’ names. Additionally, if the amount of a player’s award meets applicable IRS reporting thresholds, the cardroom operator shall maintain all information required by the IRS for the player.

(4) A jackpot, prize, or giveaway from the jackpot pool shall only be awarded to player(s) holding a combination of cards specified by the cardroom operator prior to play and in accordance with internal controls.

(5) The transaction for a giveaway or prize must be a separate transaction from any buy-in or re-buy. Jackpot pool contributions may be a part of a buy-in or re-buy, but the jackpot pool portion of the buy-in or re-buy must be fully disclosed and accounted for separately.

(6) A cardroom operator may not withhold a percentage of the jackpot pool for the cost of administering the jackpot pool. One hundred percent of any jackpot pool shall be applied to the payment of jackpots.

(7) Cardroom operators shall retain all receipts and invoices for any items purchased to be awarded as jackpot prizes and giveaway payouts.

(8) If jackpot pools from multiple cardroom permitholders are combined to make one collective jackpot pool, the internal controls for each participating cardroom must include procedures to:

(a) Notify each cardroom that participates in contributing to the collective jackpot pool when a winning jackpot claim occurs, which notice shall include:

The method of notification,
The specified time frame in which the notification shall occur; and,
The employee positions that will be notified at each participating cardroom facility.

(b) Verify a winning jackpot claim;

(d) Ensure:

The time accounting in the internal video surveillance systems are synchronized for the multiple locations; and,
The jackpot pool will be split equally between the multiple claimants when review of surveillance recordings confirm that two or more simultaneous claims are made within 300 seconds of each other, with consideration given to differences in time zones.

(e) Notify cardroom patrons of a jackpot claim, which shall include:

The announcement at each participating cardroom when a jackpot claim is confirmed; and,
The display, by each participating cardroom, of the jackpot pool balance(s) as required in subsection (1) of this rule.

(f) Ensure that the accounting and tracking of the jackpot pool shall be made only on Form FGCC PMW-3605, Daily Tracking of Cardroom Jackpot Pool, adopted by reference in paragraph (3)(a), above, which shall be:

Completed separately for each location; and,
Combined for all locations.

History

Rulemaking Authority 550.0251(12), 849.086(4), (11) FS. Law Implemented 849.086 FS. History–New 9-7-08, Amended 7-21-14, 1-2-18, Formerly 61D-11.0279.

Chapter 75-12 PARI-MUTUEL FACILITY CARDROOM OPERATIONS - FORMS

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-12.001 Incorporated and Approved Forms

The following is a list of all forms now incorporated which are to be used by the Division in its dealing with the cardroom operators and licensees who conduct cardroom gaming. A copy of these forms may be obtained at www.fgcc.fl.gov or by contacting the Florida Gaming Control Commission, 2601 Blair Stone Road, Tallahassee, Florida 32399. The effective date of each of these forms is the promulgation date of this rule.

FORM NUMBER

SUBJECT

EFFECTIVE DATE

(1) FGCC PMW-3120

Individual Occupational License Application

7-2-08

(2) FGCC PMW-3130

Business Occupational License Application

3-4-07

(3) FGCC PMW-3160

Permitholder Application for Annual License to Operate a Cardroom

7-2-08

(4) FGCC PMW-3170

License Upgrade Application

3-4-07

(5) FGCC PMW-3180

Request for Waiver

3-4-07

(6) FGCC PMW-3220

List of Cardroom Business Occupational Licensees to a Cardroom

7-2-08

(7) FGCC PMW-3605

Daily Tracking of Cardroom Jackpot

7-2-08

(8) FGCC PMW-3640

Cardroom Monthly Remittance Report

7-2-08

History

Rulemaking Authority 550.0251(12), 849.086(4), (5), (6), (11) FS. Law Implemented 849.086 FS. History–New 1-7-97, Amended 3-4-07, 7-2-08, Formerly 61D-12.001.

Chapter 75-14 PARI-MUTUEL WAGERING FACILITY SLOT MACHINE OPERATIONS

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-14.001 General Definitions

The following words and terms, when used in these rules, shall have the following meanings unless the context clearly indicates otherwise:

(1) “Affiliate” or “affiliated” means person(s) one of whom directly or indirectly has the power to control the other, or persons who are both controlled by a third party.

(2) “Asset number” means a unique number permanently affixed to a slot machine or a slot cash storage box by a slot machine licensee for purposes of tracking that slot machine or storage box.

(3) “Bill” means a piece of United States paper currency.

(4) “Credit” means a unit of entitlement for play of a slot machine game created by the conversion of bills, tickets, or vouchers when inserted into a slot machine.

(5) “Currency” means the money of the United States that is designated as legal tender.

(6) “Custodian of Records” means the officer, director or employee of the slot machine who is designated as the employee responsible for records regarding the departments referenced in Rule 75-14.015, F.A.C. The custodian of records shall be responsible for the maintenance of all records of the department for which he or she is delegated responsibility.

(7) “Drop” means the total amount of bills, tickets, and vouchers received by a slot machine or collected by a device that collects such items.

(8) “EPROM” means erasable programmable read only memory of a slot machine.

(9) “Facility Based Monitoring System” means a central site computer system that shall be accessible by the division and FDLE to which all slot machines at a gaming facility communicate for the purpose of auditing capacity, real-time information retrieval of the details of any financial event that occurs in the operation of a slot machine facility, door openings and closings, power failure, and disabling of slot machines.

(10) “F.A.C.” means the Florida Administrative Code.

(11) “FDLE” means the Florida Department of Law Enforcement.

(12) “Gaming day” means the time period the slot machine gaming areas of a slot machine licensee are open pursuant to Section 551.116, F.S., and used by any slot machine licensee for accounting and business reporting purposes.

(13) “Jackpot” means any money, merchandise or thing of value to be paid to a patron as the result of a specific combination(s) of characters displayed on a slot machine that the slot machine is not capable to automatically pay out.

(14) “Local Area Progressive,” also referred to as “LAP,” means a progressive system located within the same licensed facility within this state.

(15) “Play” means the making of a slot machine wager or the use of a free play award in lieu of a wager, the activation of the slot machine game by the patron, and an indication to the patron of the outcome of the wager.

(16) “Program Storage Media” includes hard drives, card flash, USB, SIMM cards, SATA, and EPROMs.

(17) “Server Based Gaming Systems,” also referred to as “SBGS,” is the combination of server and client terminals in which the entire or integral portion of the game content resides on the server, and the system works collectively in such a fashion that the client terminal will not be capable of functioning when disconnected from the server or system.

(18) “Server Supported Game System,” also referred to as “SSGS,” is the combination of server and client terminals which together allow the transfer of the entire control program and the game content to the client terminals for the purpose of downloading control programs and game content on an intermittent basis, which client terminals are connected to the system and are capable of operations independently from the system once the downloading process is completed. This configuration encompasses cases where the system may take control of peripheral devices or associated equipment typically considered part of a conventional client terminal such as a bill validator or a printer. In a system supported game, the game outcome is determined by the client terminals connected to the system and not by the system itself, and the client terminal is capable of functioning if disconnected from the system.

(19) “Slot cash storage box” is a tamper-resistant container, used in slot machine gaming that provides storage for bills, tickets, and vouchers accepted by a device such as a slot machine or automated ticket redemption machine.

(20) “Ticket” means a receipt printed by a slot machine or ticket issuing machine used for slot machine play or redeemed by the slot machine licensee.

(21) “Voucher” means a receipt for cash or property which is issued at a cashier’s cage and that is inserted into a slot machine to initiate play.

(22) “Wide Area Progressive,” also referred to as “WAP,” means a progressive system located in more than one licensed facility within this state or other jurisdictions.

History

Rulemaking Authority 551.103(1), 551.122 FS. Law Implemented 551.103(1)(a), (b), (d), (e), (g), (i), 551.104(4) FS. History–New 6-25-06, Amended 12-6-06, 5-30-17, Formerly 61D-14.001.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-14.002 Application Requirements

(1) Each application for a slot machine license shall:

(a) Be filed by a pari-mutuel wagering permitholder;

(b) Be filed on Form FGCC PMW-3400, Permitholder Application for Annual Slot Machine License, effective April 2026, incorporated herein by reference, http://flrules.org/Gateway/reference.asp?No=Ref-19211, and can be obtained at www.flgaming.gov or by contacting the Florida Gaming Control Commission at 4070 Esplanade Way, Suite 250, Tallahassee, Florida 32399;

(d) Include a list of all ownership interests of five percent or greater and:

If the applicant is a corporation, provide the name of the state in which incorporated and the names and addresses of the officers, directors, and shareholders holding five percent or more equity, or
If the applicant is a business entity other than a corporation, provide the names and addresses of the principals, partners, shareholders or any other person holding five percent or more equity;

(e) Include the names and addresses of the ultimate equitable owners for a corporation or other business entity, if different from those provided under paragraph (d) above, unless:

The securities of the corporation or entity are registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, 15 United States Code Sections 78a-78kk, and
The corporation or entity files the reports required by Section 13 of the Act with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, or the securities of the corporation or entity are regularly traded on an established securities market in the United States;

(f) Include the names and addresses of any mortgagee of the applicant’s pari-mutuel facility and information on any financial agreement between the parties including the names and addresses of:

The officers and directors of the mortgagee,
The stockholders in the mortgagee who hold more than five percent of the stock, and
The equitable owners under paragraph (e) above, if applicable.

(g) Provide for each individual listed in the application as an owner, partner, officer, or director:

A complete set of fingerprints that are submitted electronically to the Florida Department of Law Enforcement (FDLE) and the Federal Bureau of Investigations (FBI) for state and national criminal history record checks. All sets of fingerprints must be submitted by a livescan service provider that has been approved by FDLE to electronically submit criminal history requests. If the set of fingerprints are taken on a physical fingerprint card FD-258, it must be scanned and submitted by a FDLE-approved livescan service provider. The complete set of fingerprints and payment of the fingerprint fee must comply with the following:

a. Each owner, partner, officer, or director required to be reported pursuant to this section must provide the livescan service provider the correct Originating Agency Identifier (ORI) number, which is FL925185Z, in order for the commission to receive his or her fingerprint results.

b. The cost of fingerprint processing shall be paid by the applicant directly to the FDLE-approved livescan service provider.

Form FGCC PMW-3140, Disclosure for Individuals Related to a Business, incorporated by reference in Rule 75-11.008, F.A.C., authorizing the division and FDLE to obtain any record held by a financial or public institution.

(h) Include a security plan that is in compliance with the specifications cited in Rule 75-14.051, F.A.C.;

(i) Include a copy of the contracts required by Section 551.104(10), F.S.;

(j) Include the name and address of the custodian of records in Florida for slot machine operations;

(k) Include the date of issue of each permit to conduct pari-mutuel wagering and the applicant’s ownership interest percentage;

(l) Include a complete Form FGCC PMW-3470, Surety Bond for Florida Slot Machine Licensee, effective April 2026, incorporated herein by reference, http://flrules.org/Gateway/reference.asp?No=Ref-19212, and which can be obtained at www.flgaming.gov or by contacting the Florida Gaming Control Commission at 4070 Esplanade Way, Suite 250, Tallahassee, Florida 32399. This form provides proof of a bond, in the amount of at least 2 million dollars ($2,000,000.00) payable to the Governor of the State of Florida and his or her successors in office. The bond required by this section must:

Be issued by a surety authorized to issue such a bond in the state of Florida,
Provide the surety name, bond number, and date of the instrument,
State that upon the principal’s failure to comply with Chapter 551, F.S., and Chapter 75-14, F.A.C., including failure to promptly pay all gaming fees and taxes when due and demanded, the Director of the Division of Pari-Mutuel Wagering of the Florida Gaming Control Commission (FGCC) may make demand upon the surety for the payment of the amount of the default to also include any fines or administrative penalties imposed as a result of a default by said principal up to but not to exceed the amount of its liability as defined by this bond,
Indicate the expiration date of the bond and provide that the bond may be continued by continuation certificate signed by the principal and surety,
Provide that the surety may reserve the right to withdraw from the bond, except the surety may not withdraw as to any liability already incurred or accrued during the period of the bond, and may do so only upon giving written notice of the withdrawal to the Director of the Division of Pari-Mutuel Wagering, 4070 Esplanade Way, Suite 250, Tallahassee, Florida 32399. The bond must further provide that any approved withdrawal shall not be effective until sixty (60) days have elapsed after the commission’s acknowledgement of the notice,
Provide that withdrawal shall not in any case affect the surety’s liability arising out of any outstanding amount incurred prior to the expiration of the 60-day period, after which the commission has acknowledged the surety’s notice of withdrawal; and
Include the signatures of the Corporate President, Secretary, and attorney in fact (as required) and Florida Registered Agent, and the printed name and address of that Registered Agent.

(m) Include payment of the non-refundable application fee upon the filing of the application as required by Section 551.106(1), F.S.;

(n) Include payment of the non-refundable regulatory fee to fund the compulsive gambling program as required by Section 551.118, F.S.;

(o) Include a copy of each policy required by Section 551.104(4)(i)5.-6., F.S.;

(p) Provide a list summarizing all administrative, civil, or criminal proceedings initiated by any governmental agency or entity, including all judgments or final decisions entered in such proceedings, that would affect the license status of the applicant or any affiliate of the applicant pursuant to Sections 550.054, 550.1815 and 551.104, F.S., as well as additionally provide, when specifically requested by the commission, copies of any complaint, pleading, and any final order, judgment, or other final disposition in any such administrative, civil, or criminal proceeding.

(q) Include internal control procedures required by Rule 75-14.058, F.A.C.; and

(r) Include the dates and hours of slot machine operations as specified in Section 551.116, F.S.

(2) The applicant for a slot machine license shall file its application under oath.

(3) If the applicant for a slot machine license is a business entity, the application shall be filed under oath by an officer, director or manager who is authorized by the applicant business entity to bind the applicant to the representations made in the license application. The officer, director or manager signing the application of a business entity shall affirm under oath that he or she is authorized to sign on behalf of the business entity applying for the slot machine license.

(4) The applicant for a slot machine license shall indicate:

(a) When the applicant intends to claim any exemption from public records disclosure under Section 119.07, F.S., or any other exemption from public records disclosure provided by law, for any part of its application, and

(b) The specific sections for which it claims an exemption and the basis for the exemption pursuant to Section 119.07, F.S., or any other exemption from public records disclosure provided by law.

History

Rulemaking Authority 16.712(2)(a), 551.103(1)(a), (b), (f), (g), 551.122 FS. Law Implemented 16.712(1)(a), 551.103(1)(a), (b), (f), (g), 551.104(4), (10), 551.106(1)(a), 551.107(7), 551.116, 551.118(3) FS. History–New 6-25-06, Amended 6-21-10, 5-30-17, 9-1-20, Formerly 61D-14.002, Amended 4-23-26.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-14.003 Renewal of Slot Machine Licenses

(1) A slot machine license shall be renewed annually by the division on the anniversary date of the issuance of the initial license, provided there are no disqualifications upon review of the renewal application.

(2) The license renewal application shall be submitted on Form FGCC PMW-3405, Permitholder Renewal Application for Annual Slot Machine License, effective 9-26-13, incorporated herein by reference, http://www.flrules.org/Gateway/reference.asp?No=Ref-03156, which can be obtained at www.fgcc.fl.gov or by contacting the Florida Gaming Control Commission, 2601 Blair Stone Road, Tallahassee, Florida 32399. The license renewal application shall be submitted to the division no less than 90 days prior to the anniversary date of the license and include the following:

(a) Any changes to the information previously submitted pursuant to Rule 75-14.002, F.A.C.;

(b) A copy of the licensee’s current internal controls; and,

(c) Certification of renewal of the surety bond, or proof of a new bond, meeting the requirements specified by subsection 75-14.002(l), F.A.C.

(3) A slot machine license will not be renewed until payment of the annual license fee specified in Section 551.106(1)(a), F.S., and the compulsive or addictive gambling prevention regulatory fee specified in Section 551.118(3), F.S., is received by the Division of Pari-Mutuel Wagering, which payment must be submitted by electronic funds transfer.

History

Rulemaking Authority 550.0251(2), 551.103(1), 551.122 FS. Law Implemented 550.0251(2), 551.103(1)(a), (b), 551.104(4), 551.105, 551.106, 559.79(2) FS. History–New 7-30-06, Amended 9-26-13, Formerly 61D-14.003.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-14.004 Denial Criteria for Applications and Renewals

An application for a slot machine license or a renewal of a slot machine license shall be denied if a review of the application or the investigation of the applicant demonstrates any of the following:

(1) Failure to provide any document required by Rule 75-14.002, F.A.C.;

(2) A referendum was not held in the county where the slot machine facility is to be operated which demonstrates that the majority of the electors voting on the referendum have approved the operation of slot machines within pari-mutuel facilities in that county and the county is authorized to hold such a referendum as specified in Section 23, Art. X of the State Constitution;

(3) The applicant is not a pari-mutuel wagering permitholder;

(4) Slot machine gaming will be conducted at an ineligible pari-mutuel wagering facility;

(5) The applicant has outstanding fines, or the applicant’s pari-mutuel wagering permit or license has been suspended or revoked, for noncompliance with Chapter 550, F.S.;

(6) The applicant has outstanding fines, or has been suspended or revoked, for noncompliance with Chapter 551, F.S., or the application indicates slot machine operations shall be conducted in a manner that is not consistent with Chapter 551, F.S., or the rules contained in Chapter 75-14, F.A.C.;

(7) The applicant failed to conduct a full schedule of live racing or games as defined in Section 550.002(11), F.S. In the event that the applicant did not conduct a full schedule of live racing or games, the applicant shall provide an affidavit setting forth the facts and circumstances for the applicant’s failure to have conducted a full schedule of live racing or games in the previous racing or jai alai season;

(8) The applicant failed to submit a security plan in accordance with Rule 75-14.051, F.A.C., or if an application for renewal fails to report any changes to the applicant’s previously approved plan;

(9) The applicant has failed to reveal any fact mandatory to the application for licensure, or has supplied information that is untrue or misleading as to a mandatory fact pertaining to the licensure criteria, or

(10) A conviction as specified in Section 550.1815(1)(b), F.S., or a conviction or disqualifying administrative sanction as provided in Section 551.107(6)(a), F.S., of the applicant or of any person or entity referenced in Section 550.1815(1)(a), F.S.

History

Rulemaking Authority 551.103(1), 551.122 FS. Law Implemented 551.103(1)(a), (b), (i), 551.104(4), 551.117, 551.118(1) FS. History–New 6-25-06, Amended 12-6-06, Formerly 61D-14.004.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-14.005 Occupational License Requirements for Individual Persons

(1) The following slot machine occupational license requirements apply to individual persons having access to the designated slot machine area or who may be granted access to the slot machine area by reason of the positions they hold:

(a) Slot Machine Professional Individual Occupational License – Individuals meeting any of the following criteria must apply for a Slot Machine Professional Individual Occupational License:

An employee of a slot machine facility who will be a security or supervisory employee who requires access to the slot gaming floor of a slot machine facility, or a surveillance employee,
An employee of a slot machine facility who will have access to the interior of a slot machine, a slot machine’s revenue, or accounting and reporting records associated with slot machine revenue,
An employee of a slot machine facility who holds a position as the head of a department referenced in Rule 75-14.015, F.A.C., or a supervisor of employees of the slot machine licensee, or
An employee of any person or entity providing slot machine related services as referenced in Section 551.107(2)(a)3., F.S., to a slot machine licensee, who may be granted access to slot machine areas of a slot machine licensee due to his or her employment.

(b) Slot Machine General Individual Occupational License – An individual seeking a license as an employee of a slot machine facility with no management or supervisory authority related to the slot machine licensee’s facility or employees not covered in paragraph (1)(a), above, must apply for a Slot Machine General Individual Occupational License.

(c) Slot Machine/Cardroom/Pari-Mutuel Combination Occupational License – An individual required to hold a Slot Machine Professional or General Individual Occupational License who also needs access to pari-mutuel areas and/or holds a position that requires a Cardroom Employee Occupational License must apply for a Slot Machine/Cardroom/Pari-Mutuel Combination Occupational License. Applicants seeking a combination occupational license shall be subject to the eligibility and licensure requirements stated in Chapters 75-5, 75-11, 75-14, F.A.C., and Chapters 550 and 551 and Section 849.086, F.S.

(2) Every applicant for a slot machine or combination occupational license pursuant to paragraphs (1)(a) and (c) above, shall disclose in his or her application:

(a) Any affiliation of the applicant with a slot machine licensee or with companies controlling the slot machine licensee and the position he or she occupies with the same or his interest in said entity;

(b) Any affiliation of the applicant with a business slot machine occupational licensee or companies controlling the business slot machine occupational licensee entity, and the position that he/she occupies with or his/her interest in said entity;

(3) Every initial application and renewal thereafter for a slot machine or combination occupational license must include:

(a) A completed Form FGCC PMW-3410, Slot Machine Individual Occupational License Application, effective January 2026, incorporated herein by reference, https://flrules.org/Gateway/reference.asp?No=Ref-18590. The form can also be obtained at www.flgaming.gov or by contacting the commission, 4070 Esplanade Way, Suite 250, Tallahassee, Florida 32399.

(b) The documents to identify applicant, as provided in Rule 75-14.010, F.A.C.;

(c) A complete set of the applicant’s fingerprints submitted electronically to FDLE and FBI for state and national criminal history record checks. All sets of fingerprints must be submitted by a livescan service provider that has been approved by FDLE to electronically submit criminal history requests. If the set of fingerprints are taken on a physical fingerprint card FD-258, it must be scanned and submitted by a FDLE-approved livescan service provider. Applicants timely renewing their license, whose fingerprints have been retained by FDLE, shall not be required to submit a complete set of figerprints. The complete set of fingerprints and payment of the figerprint fee must comply with the following:

Each applicant sending fingerprints via a livescan device must provide the livescan service provider the correct Originating Agency Identifier (ORI) number, which is FL925185Z, in order for the division to receive his or her fingerprint results;
The appropriate fingerprint processing fee, as established by FDLE and the Federal Bureau of Investigation, shall be paid by the applicant directly to the FDLE-approved livescan service provider or, if fingerprints are submitted to the commission on a fingerprint card FD-258 or are retained by FDLE, shall be paid by the applicant directly to the commission; and,

(d) The slot machine occupational license fees, paid as provided in Rule 75-14.011, F.A.C.

(4) In the event the commission determines that the applicant has applied for multiple positions that have been determined as incompatible functions as set forth in the internal controls of the employing slot machine licensee under subsection 75-14.015(4), F.A.C., the applicant shall be informed in writing and allowed to amend the application to select the position of his or her preference.

(5) If the applicant for or holder of an occupational license intends to claim any exemption from public records disclosure under Section 119.07, F.S., or any other exemption from public records disclosure provided by law, for any part of its application or information provided therein, it shall identify, in its application or by written notice to the division, the specific information for which it claims an exemption and the basis for the exemption.

(6) Each application shall be filed with the commission office located at the slot machine licensee’s facility or with the commission at 4070 Esplanade Way, Suite 250, Florida 32399.

(7) Slot machine and combination occupational licenses issued pursuant to Section 551.107, F.S., shall have an effective date of July 1st and shall be valid for a period of three state fiscal years. A license granted pursuant to an application for a slot machine or combination occupational license submitted between April 1st and June 30th shall have an effective date beginning July 1st of the following state fiscal year. A license granted pursuant to an application received outside of this period shall have an effective date beginning July 1st of the same state fiscal year in which the application was received.

(8) During the three year term of a valid occupational license issued by the commission, an individual may need another type of occupational license for any reason, such as a change in his or her employment or job duties. From the date an occupational license is granted until April 1 of the year in which the license expires, a licensee may request to upgrade the valid occupational license they hold to another occupational license type to which the commission allows an upgrade.

(a) A licensee may request the commission to upgrade their existing license as follows:

A Slot Machine General Individual Occupational Licensee may upgrade to a Slot Machine Professional Individual Occupational License or a Slot/Cardroom/Pari-Mutuel Combination Occupational License.
A Slot Machine Professional Individual Occupational Licensee may upgrade to a Slot/Cardroom/Pari-Mutuel Combination Occupational License.

(b) In order to request an upgrade of the valid occupational license held by an individual the licensee must submit the following to the commission:

A request to upgrade the existing occupational license on Form FGCC PMW-3450, License Upgrade Application, effective September 2020, incorporated herein by reference, https://www.flrules.org/Gateway/reference.asp?No=Ref-12094, and which can be obtained at www.flgaming.gov or by contacting the Florida Gaming Control Commission, 4070 Esplanade Way, Suite 250, Tallahassee, Florida 32399.
The difference in the license fee, if any, between the occupational license held by the licensee and the license type to which the licensee is requesting to upgrade. The difference in license fees that must be paid are as follows:

a. A Slot Machine General Occupational Licensee shall not be required to pay a fee to upgrade to a Slot Machine Professional Occupational License.

b. A Slot Machine General Occupational Licensee shall not be required to pay a fee to upgrade to a Slot/Cardroom/Pari-Mutuel Combination Occupational License.

c. A Slot Machine Professional Occupational Licensee shall not be required to pay a fee to upgrade to a Slot/Cardroom/Pari-Mutuel Combination Occupational License.

(c) All upgrade applicants, except for applicants requesting to upgrade a Slot Machine General Occupational License to a Slot Machine Professional Occupational License, shall provide the commission with the fingerprint resubmission fee established by FDLE and the Federal Bureau of Investigation. An application for a license upgrade shall be granted or denied according to the specific licensure requirements of the license for which an applicant has applied to upgrade pursuant to Chapters 550, 551, and/or Section 849.086, F.S., and pursuant to the licensing requirements of Section 120.60, F.S. The appropriate fingerprint processing fee, as established by FDLE and the Federal Bureau of Investigation, shall be paid by the applicant to the commission as part of an application for upgrade.

(d) A license issued by the commission pursuant to a license upgrade request shall have the following effect:

The license held by the applicant prior to the license upgrade request shall no longer be effective and shall be deemed void on the date the commission grants the upgraded license.
The license to which the applicant requested to upgrade shall be valid on the date the commission grants the license and shall expire on the same date as the license from which the applicant upgraded expired.

(9) A license application shall lapse and no longer be processed by the commission, if the applicant fails to provide the commission with a complete application within 120 days of a notice issued by the commission pursuant to Section 120.60(1), F.S. A person with a lapsed license application shall not be eligible to participate in activities that require an occupational license. An applicant seeking a slot machine or combination license as an initial or renewal applicant following the lapse of their previous license application shall be required to reapply by submitting all materials and fees required in subsection (3) or (8), above.

(10) An applicant for a Slot Machine/Cardroom/Pari-Mutuel Combination Occupational License, who is subject to denial pursuant to Sections 551.107(6), 849.086(6)(g) or 550.105(5), F.S., may request a waiver by submitting Form FGCC PMW-3180, Request for Waiver, incorporated by reference in Rule 75-5.001, F.A.C., which can be obtained at www.flgaming.gov, or by contacting the Florida Gaming Control Commission, 4070 Esplanade Way, Suite 250, Tallahassee, Florida 32399.

History

Rulemaking Authority 16.712(2)(a), 550.0251(3), (12), 550.105(2)(b), (10)(a), 551.103(1), 551.107(2)(b), 551.122, 849.086(4)(a), (6)(d), (f) FS. Law Implemented 16.712(1)(a), 16.718, 550.0251, 550.105, 551.103(1)(b), 551.107, 551.108, 849.086(6) FS. History–New 6-25-06, Amended 12-6-06, 6-21-10, 9-26-13, 5-30-17, 9-1-20, Formerly 61D-14.005, Amended 1-11-26.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-14.0055 Temporary Slot Machine Occupational License

(1) The division shall issue a temporary slot machine occupational license within 30 days of receipt of the application submitted pursuant to subsections 75-14.005(2) and 75-14.006(2), F.A.C., when the following conditions are met:

(a) The applicant has submitted a completed Form FGCC PMW-3410, Slot Machine Employee Occupational License Application incorporated by reference in Rule 75-14.005, F.A.C., or Form FGCC PMW-3420, Slot Machine Business Entity Occupational License Application, incorporated by reference in Rule 75-14.006, F.A.C., and has paid all applicable licensing and fingerprint fees;

(b) The applicant has not been convicted of or had adjudication withheld on any disqualifying criminal offense listed in Section 551.107(6), F.S.;

(d) If the applicant has previously applied to the division for a license, the applicant’s most recent application prior to the current application for licensure did not lapse pursuant to Rule 75-14.005, F.A.C.; and

(e) The applicant is in good standing, not under suspension, has not had a license revoked and has not been denied a license or declared ineligible in Florida or any other racing or gaming jurisdiction;

(2) All temporary licenses issued by the division are subject to the same terms and conditions of Chapter 551, F.S., and Chapter 75-14, F.A.C., as other occupational licenses.

(3) The granting of a temporary license is conditioned on the honesty of an applicant in his, her or its application. The Division shall revoke a temporary license if the applicant falsely swore to a material statement in the application relating to the applicant’s criminal history or suspension, unpaid fines, revocation or denial in Florida or another racing or gaming jurisdiction.

(4) An applicant who is not eligible for a temporary license is not prevented from applying for an occupational license referenced in Rules 75-14.005 and 75-14.006, F.A.C.

History

Rulemaking Authority 551.103(1), 551.1045, 551.122 FS. Law Implemented 551.1045, 551.107 FS. History–New 6-21-10, Amended 5-30-17, 9-1-20, Formerly 61D-14.0055.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-14.006 Occupational License Application Requirements for Business Entities

(1) The slot machine occupational license requirements of this section apply to any business entities, including wide area progressive providers or sole proprietorships, as follows:

(a) A business entity shall apply for a business entity occupational license, if the business entity:

Acts as a slot machine management company, slot machine manufacturer or distributor, or sells slot machine gaming related products, services, or goods to a slot machine licensee, or
Employs individuals who may be granted access to the designated slot machine area by reason of the employment position they hold with the business entity.

(b) Business entities or their employees that do not supply slot machine gaming related products, services, or goods are not required to hold a business occupational license. However, the slot machine licensee shall be required to meet the requirements of paragraph 75-14.051(4)(k), F.A.C.

(c) A business entity may submit a modified application to apply for a business entity occupational license under the conditions listed in subsection (4), below, if it meets specific criteria listed below. The entity’s employee(s) shall obtain a slot machine occupational license if they intend to be granted access to the designated slot machine area by reason of the employment position they hold with the business entity. The business entity must meet each of the following criteria for this specific licensure:

The service or product the business entity provides a facility licensed under Chapter 551, F.S., is not exclusively (or specifically) dedicated to slot machine gaming, or the delivery of slot machines, or the business entity is not engaged in activity directly related to slot machines,
The service or product the business entity provides a facility licensed under Chapter 551, F.S., requires employees of the business entity to interact or come in contact with facility slot machines, support systems, or other associated equipment connected in any way to the operation of slot machines in order to perform their responsibilities,
The business entity is a corporation with regularly traded shares on an established securities market in the United States,
The business entity is a corporation with corporate officers located in more than three states and/or overseas locations; and,
The day-to-day management of the business entity within Florida is delegated to a senior manager resident within Florida. For purposes of this rule, the term senior manager designates an applicant’s highest level manager permanently residing in Florida.

(2) An application for a business slot machine occupational license shall be made on Form FGCC PMW-3420, Slot Machine Business Entity Occupational License Application, effective January 2026, incorporated herein by reference, http://flrules.org/Gateway/reference.asp?No=Ref-18591, which can be obtained at https://flgaming.gov or by contacting the commission at 4070 Esplanade Way, Suite 250, Tallahassee, Florida 32399.

(3) Each business applicant shall be required to include the following information as required by Form FGCC PMW-3420, Slot Machine Business Entity Occupational License Application, incorporated by reference in subsection (2), above:

(a) The name of the business, including “doing business as” (d/b/a) names or fictitious names;

(b) The business Federal Employer Identification Number or, for sole proprietors, a social security number;

(c) Whether the business is a sole proprietorship, corporation, estate, trust, partnership, limited liability company, or if not one of the foregoing, a description of the business entities ownership and management structure;

(d) The applicable business license fee as provided in Rule 75-14.011, F.A.C.;

(e) The physical and mailing address(es), including the country if not the United States of America;

(f) The primary email address;

(g) A copy of the business entity’s registration to do business in the state of Florida, or proof of attempting to obtain such registration;

(h) The name and title of a contact person working for the business, including a primary telephone number, an alternate telephone number, and a primary email address;

(i) A list of all officers, directors, or managers of the business including:

A set of each officer, director, or manager’s fingerprints must be submitted electronically to FDLE and FBI for state and national criminal history record checks. All sets of fingerprints must be submitted by a live-scan vendor or service provider that has been approved by FDLE to electronically submit criminal history requests. If the set of fingerprints are taken on a physical fingerprint card FD-258, it must be scanned and submitted by a FDLE-approved live-scan vendor or service provider.

a. Each officer, director, or manager required to be reported pursuant to this section must provide the correct Originating Agency Identifier (ORI) number listed on the commission’s licensing portal website to the live-scan vendor or service provider. Failure to provide the correct ORI number may result in an incomplete application;

b. The cost of fingerprint processing shall be paid by the applicant directly to the FDLE-approved livescan service provider or, if fingerprints are submitted to the commission on a fingerprint card FD-258, shall be paid by the applicant directly to the commission; and,

A Form FGCC PMW-3140, Disclosure for Individuals Related to a Business, incorporated by reference in Rule 75-11.008, F.A.C., signed by the individual.

(j) The name, title, and job description of each employee who is required to enter any area of a slot machine licensee’s facility;

(k) Disclosure of other jurisdictions in which the applicant holds, has held, or is applying for a gaming license, including any license, permit, or registry required in order to participate in any legal gaming operation.

(l) Disclosure of whether the applicant has had a gaming license in another jurisdiction suspended, revoked, or denied, or whether there are administrative, civil, or criminal proceedings in any other jurisdiction that could result in the imposition of any suspension, revocation, or denial in that jurisdiction. Such disclosure shall include:

A list of the applicable license, permit, or registry required in order to participate in any legal gaming operation, including any license which has been relinquished in lieu of prosecution,
Any denial, suspension, or revocation of a license, permit, or certification issued by any governmental agency; and,
A copy of all court or administrative records regarding any denial, suspension, or revocation of a license, permit, or certification issued by any governmental agency.

(m) A description of the services, products or goods which the business intends to provide;

(n) A list of all ownership interests of five percent or greater. If a corporation, the name of the state in which incorporated and the names and addresses of the officers, directors, and shareholders holding five percent or more equity or, if a business entity other than a corporation, the names and addresses of the principals, partners, shareholders or any other person holding five percent or more equity;

(o) The names and addresses of the ultimate equitable owners for a corporation or other business entity, if different from those provided under paragraph (3)(h) and (m), unless:

The securities of the corporation or entity are registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, 15 United States Code Sections 78a-78kk,
If such corporation or entity files with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission the reports required by Section 13 of the act above, or if the securities of the corporation or entity are regularly traded on an established securities market in the United States,

(p) If the applicant is a corporation, the application shall also disclose:

The state in which the applicant is incorporated,
Whether the corporation, or any officer or director of that corporation, has been convicted of a crime, and if so, provide:

a. A listing of those crimes; and,

b. A copy of all court or administrative records concerning the charge and final order regarding any crime for which the corporation or officer or director was convicted.

A copy of the corporation’s registration to do business in the state of Florida, or proof of attempting to obtain such registration,
The name of any person authorized to accept service of process for administrative, civil or criminal proceedings in the state of Florida,
A complete listing of any subsidiaries of the corporation; and,
A complete listing of any other corporations holding an ownership interest in the applicant corporation, including any officers, directors, managers or ownership interest in such a company holding an interest in the applicant; and,

(q) A list of slot machine licensees to whom the applicant intends to provide services, products or goods.

(4) The following exemptions apply if a business entity chooses to submit itself for consideration under the requirements of paragraph (1)(c), above, for the commission’s approval. The following changes and agreement of terms of such submission apply regarding that entity’s Form FGCC PMW-3420, Slot Machine Business Entity Occupational License Application, incorporated by reference in subsection (2), above, and any subsequent enforcement action regarding the business entity or entity employee’s conduct:

(a) The Senior Manager who is employed and resides within Florida shall be permitted to represent the business entity for purposes of fulfilling the requirements of paragraph (3)(h), above;

(b) The Senior Manager representing the entity shall obtain an individual occupational license pursuant to Rule 75-14.005, F.A.C.;

(c) The information required pursuant to the requirements of paragraph (3)(m), above, is further excluded from the required application as well as the requirement for the continued maintenance of that information in corporate records for inspection;

(d) The business entity remains responsible for all required certifications as to accuracy of the information contained on the application for that business entity, notwithstanding the fact the Senior Manager represents the entity on that application; and,

(e) The entity’s Form FGCC PMW-3420, Slot Machine Business Entity Occupational License Application, incorporated by reference in subsection (2), above, shall be signed by an officer qualified to bind the corporation at the corporate level to contracts and similar agreements. The corporate officer’s signature shall attest to the accuracy and completeness of all information submitted on the application, without reservation.

(5) The business entity, by availing itself of the provisions of subsection (4), above, agrees to the following additional requirements of this application process under this subsection:

(a) The entire corporate business entity is subjected to the regulatory requirements and mandates of Chapter 551, F.S., and applicable rules;

(b) Any disciplinary action taken as to the business entity or the business entity designated Senior Manager representative within the state shall apply to the business entity corporate record of performance within this state as it relates to slot machine gaming licensure;

(c) Upon request from another regulatory jurisdiction, the commission shall report regulatory infractions and/or disciplinary action applied to the business entity in Florida as applicable to the business entity’s corporate record of performance within the state without qualification or reservation.

(6) If the applicant is a business entity, it shall file its business occupational license application under oath by an officer, director, or manager who is authorized by the applicant business entity to bind the applicant to the representations made in the license application.

(7) An applicant for a license as a manufacturer or distributor of slot machines, or any equipment necessary for the operation of slot machines, shall attest in the application that the applicant, its officers, directors, or employees have no ownership or financial interest in a slot machine licensee or any business owned by a slot machine licensee.

(8) If the applicant for or holder of an occupational license intends to claim any exemption from public records disclosure under Section 119.07, F.S., or any other exemption from public records disclosure provided by law, for any part of its application or information provided therein, it shall identify, in its application or by written notice to the commission, the specific information for which it claims an exemption and the basis for the exemption.

(9) Each application shall be filed with the commission’s office located at Florida Gaming Control Commission, 4070 Esplanade Way, Suite 250, Tallahassee, Florida 32399.

(10) A business slot machine occupational licensee shall be permitted to provide goods and services to all slot machine and cardroom licensees and pari-mutuel permitholders. A business slot machine occupational licensee shall not be required to hold a Pari-Mutuel Business Occupational License or a Cardroom Business Occupational License to provide goods and services.

(11) A license application shall lapse and no longer be processed by the commission, if the applicant fails to provide the commission with a complete application within 120 days of a notice issued by the commission pursuant to Section 120.60(1), F.S. An applicant with a lapsed license application shall not be eligible to participate in activities that require an occupational license. An applicant seeking a business slot machine occupational license as an initial or renewal applicant following the lapse of their previous license application shall be required to reapply by submitting all applicable materials and fees required by this rule and Rule 75-14.011, F.A.C.

(12) Business slot machine occupational licenses issued pursuant to Section 551.107, F.S., shall have an effective date of July 1st and shall be valid for a period of three state fiscal years. A license granted pursuant to an application for a business slot machine occupational license submitted between April 1st and June 30th shall have an effective date beginning July 1st of the following state fiscal year. A license granted pursuant to an application received outside of this period shall have an effective date beginning July 1st of the same state fiscal year in which the application was received.

History

Rulemaking Authority 16.712(2)(a), 551.103(1), 551.122 FS. Law Implemented 16.712(1)(a), 16.718, 550.0251(2), 551.103(1)(b), 551.107, 551.108 FS. History–New 7-30-06, Amended 6-21-10, 8-14-11, 9-26-13, 5-30-17, 9-1-20, Formerly 61D-14.006, Amended 1-11-26.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-14.007 Business Occupational License Requirements for an Independent Testing Laboratory

(1) For purposes of this rule the term “direct interest”:

(a) Shall mean the owning or holding of capital stock or other ownership interest by the applicant for a business occupational license or by the applicant’s officers, directors, managers, employees, or ownership interest holders in a slot machine licensee, wide area progressive provider, or manufacturer or distributor of slot machines, slot machine software, or slot machine parts as defined in Chapter 551, F.S.

(b) Shall not mean direct or indirect ownership or holding of an ownership interest, however evidenced, in a publicly or privately held mutual fund, equity investment fund, or other similar investment vehicle that owns or holds an ownership interest in any of the licensed entities referred to in paragraph (1)(a), provided that:

The ownership interest such investment vehicle has in any of the entities or type of entities referred to in paragraph (1)(a), when considered separately, is less than five percent of the gross asset value of such investment vehicle; and,
Investors in such investment vehicles acting individually have no control over management or investment decisions of the investment fund or similar investment vehicle.

(2) In addition to the requirements of Rule 75-14.006, F.A.C., an applicant for a business occupational license as an independent testing laboratory to test and technically evaluate slot machines, progressive systems, or facility based monitoring systems of a slot machine licensee shall meet the following criteria:

(a) Hold current licensure, current certification to test, or a current contract in good standing with a gaming regulator in at least five jurisdictions in which electronic gaming devices are authorized;

(b) Have no contract with a state or other gaming jurisdiction that has been cancelled, suspended, or not renewed for in any way failing to provide adequate testing of slot machines or facility based monitoring systems, or other similar systems for control of slot machine gaming; and,

(c) Have no direct ownership interest, either by itself or by its officers, directors, managers, employees, or ownership interest holders in any of the following, nor shall any of the following own any interest in an applicant:

A slot machine licensee,
Any business owned by a slot machine licensee,
A manufacturer or distributor of slot machines, slot machine software, or slot machine parts; and,
A wide area progressive provider.

(3) An applicant for a license or renewal of such license as an independent testing laboratory of slot machines or any equipment necessary for the operation of slot machines shall include with its application an affidavit attesting that the applicant, its officers, directors, managers, and employees have no direct interest in:

(a) A slot machine licensee;

(b) Any business owned by a slot machine licensee;

(d) A wide area progressive provider.

(4) An independent testing laboratory seeking a business occupational license or renewal shall provide the following information as part of its application:

(a) The name of each person employed or with whom it has a contract related to slot machine gaming; and,

(b) The job title, license number, and state of licensure of each person listed.

History

Rulemaking Authority 551.103(1), 551.122 FS. Law Implemented 551.103(1)(a), (b), (c), 551.107, 551.108 FS. History–New 6-25-06, Amended 6-21-10, 8-14-11, Formerly 61D-14.007.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-14.008 Occupational License Renewal Application

(1) The application for renewal of a slot machine occupational license shall include:

(a) A completed original Form FGCC PMW-3410, Slot Machine Individual Occupational License Application, incorporated by reference in Rule 75-14.005, F.A.C., or Form FGCC PMW-3420, Slot Machine Business Entity Occupational License Application, incorporated by reference in Rule 75-14.006, F.A.C.

(b) The fees to be paid as provided in Rule 75-14.011, F.A.C.; and,

(c) Disclosure of the following administrative, civil, or criminal actions that have occurred since the issue of the current license:

All administrative, civil, or criminal proceedings that have been initiated by any governmental agency or any other state or federal agency; and,
A complete copy of the complaint, pleadings, and any final order, judgment, or other final judicial disposition for each administrative, civil, or criminal proceeding disclosed.

(2) Slot machine occupational licenses renewed pursuant to Section 551.107, F.S., shall have an effective date of July 1st and shall be valid for a period of three state fiscal years. A license granted pursuant to an application for a slot machine occupational license submitted between April 1st and June 30th shall have an effective date of July 1st of the next state fiscal year. A license granted pursuant to an application received outside of this period shall have an effective date beginning July 1st of the same state fiscal year in which the application was received.

(3) The license for any person who fails to submit a completed renewal application in accordance with this section shall expire on the expiration date.

(4) Any person or business entity whose slot machine occupational license has expired and who seeks a subsequent slot machine occupational license:

(a) Within one year of the expiration of the license shall be considered an applicant for renewal of that license;

(b) Longer than one year after expiration of the license shall be considered an initial applicant for a slot machine occupational license.

History

Rulemaking Authority 551.103(1), 551.122 FS. Law Implemented 551.103(1)(a), (b), 551.107(4) FS. History–New 6-25-06, Amended 6-21-10, 5-30-17, 9-1-20, Formerly 61D-14.008.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-14.009 Denial Criteria for Occupational License Application or Renewal

The division shall deny the application for a slot machine occupational license if a review of the application or the investigation of the applicant demonstrates any of the following:

(1) The applicant is not at least 21 years old;

(2) The applicant has unpaid fines from any gaming or racing jurisdiction;

(3) The applicant holds a gaming or racing license that is currently suspended;

(4) The applicant held or holds a gaming or racing license that has been suspended on multiple occasions resulting in a total time suspended of one year or more;

(5) The applicant has had a gaming or racing license revoked;

(6) The applicant has relinquished a racing or gaming license in lieu of prosecution for a criminal, civil or administrative offense;

(7) The applicant is an employee of the division;

(8) The applicant is a manufacturer or distributor of slot machines who has or holds a direct or indirect ownership or financial interest in a business owned by a slot machine licensee;

(9) The applicant has been convicted of any disqualifying offense under Section 551.107(6), F.S.; or

(10) The applicant is a business entity with an officer, director, manager, shareholder, equity holder or other person with the ability to control the actions of the applicant who:

(a) Has been convicted of any disqualifying offense under Section 551.107(6), F.S., or

(b) Has unpaid fines from any gaming jurisdiction or holds any gaming license that is currently suspended, held a gaming license that has been suspended on multiple occasions, or that has been revoked or relinquished in lieu of prosecution for a criminal, civil or administrative offense.

History

Rulemaking Authority 551.103(1), 551.122 FS. Law Implemented 551.103(1)(a), (b), 551.107(4)(a), (b) FS. History–New 6-25-06, Amended 9-1-20, Formerly 61D-14.009.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-14.0091 Waiver of Criminal Convictions

(1) Any applicant for a slot machine occupational license who is subject to denial under Section 551.105(6)(b), F.S., may request the commission to waive the restrictions authorized therein. The applicant shall submit Form FGCC PMW-3410, Slot Machine Employee Occupational License Application, adopted by reference in Rule 75-14.005, F.A.C., the application license fee and fingerprint fee, a complete set of fingerprints on a card supplied by the commission, and Request for Waiver Form FGCC PMW-3180, Request for Waiver and Release of Information, adopted by reference in Rule 75-5.001, F.A.C. The applicant shall also schedule a waiver interview with the Office of Investigations. Failure to participate in a waiver interview or to disclose any pertinent information regarding criminal convictions or discipline by any gaming or racing jurisdiction shall result in a denial of the request for waiver.

(2) The applicant shall establish proof of rehabilitation and demonstrate good moral character. The waiver, if granted, applies to offenses identified therein, unless revoked by the Commission for violation of Chapter 551, F.S., or these rules.

(3) No applicant for a waiver shall be allowed to work in any capacity as an occupational licensee until a license is issued by the commission.

History

Rulemaking Authority 16.712(2)(a), 551.103(1)(a), (b), 551.122 FS. Law Implemented 16.712(1)(a), 551.107(4), (6)(b), (7) FS. History–New 12-11-25.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-14.010 Identification of the Occupational License Applicant

Every applicant for a Slot Machine Professional Individual, Slot Machine General Individual, or Slot Machine/Cardroom/Pari-Mutuel Combination occupational license shall establish his/her identity in one of the following ways:

(1) Providing an original or copy of one (1) of the following documents:

(a) A current United States of America passport;

(b) A Certificate of United States citizenship, or Certificate of Naturalization issued by the United States Department of Justice, Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE), or

(2) Providing an original or copy of any two (2) of the following documents:

(a) Certified copy of the birth certificate of the applicant;

(b) Current driver’s license containing a photograph, name, signature, date of birth, sex, height, and address of the applicant;

(g) A current foreign passport that is recognized by the Immigration and C ustoms Enforcement (ICE) and contains a photograph of the applicant.

History

Rulemaking Authority 551.103(1), 551.122 FS. Law Implemented 551.103(1)(a), (b), 551.107(4)(a), (d) FS. History–New 6-25-06, Amended 6-21-10, 9-1-20, Formerly 61D-14.010.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-14.011 Occupational License and Fingerprint Fees

(1) The license fee for an individual applying for a license under Rule 75-14.005, F.A.C., shall be $100 for a three-year license.

(2) The slot machine occupational license fee for a business entity applying for an occupational licensee under Rule 75-14.006, F.A.C., shall be $2,000 for a three-year license.

(3) An applicant for a Slot Machine General Individual Occupational License shall provide to the division a written acknowledgement from the slot machine licensee agreeing to pay the division the fee established in subsection (1).

(4) An applicant for a Slot Machine Professional Individual Occupational License who is or will be employed by a slot machine licensee shall submit payments for licensure and fingerprinting to the slot machine licensee and shall provide the division with an acknowledgement from the slot machine licensee agreeing to pay the division the fee established in subsection (1).

(5) An applicant for a Slot Machine/Cardroom/Pari-Mutuel Combination Occupational License who is or will be employed by a slot machine licensee shall comply with either the requirements of subsection (3) or (4) above, when applying for licensure with the division.

(6) The slot machine licensee shall remit a check or money order daily for payment of all occupational license application fees for employees who work at the slot machine facility outlined in subsections (3), (4), and (5) above, to the division. Payment of employee occupational license application fees by the slot machine licensee shall be submitted to the division at the division’s office located on the grounds of the slot machine licensee’s facility.

(7) An applicant for a business entity occupational license shall provide to the division the fee established in subsection (2), above. For each set of fingerprints the appropriate fingerprint processing fee, as established by the Florida Department of Law Enforcement and the Federal Bureau of Investigation, shall be paid by the applicant to the livescan service provider or, if fingerprints are submitted to the division on a fingerprint card FD-258 or are retained by DFLE, shall be paid by the applicant directly to the division.

(8) An applicant for a slot machine professional or combination occupational license who is not an employee of the slot machine licensee shall pay to the division the fee established in subsection (1), above. An employing business entity may provide payment to the division on behalf of its employees. For each set of fingerprints the appropriate fingerprint processing fee, as established by the Florida Department of Law Enforcement and the Federal Bureau of Investigation, shall be paid by the applicant to the livescan service provider or, if fingerprints are submitted to the division on a fingerprint card FD-258 or are retained by FDLE, shall be paid by the applicant directly to the division.

History

Rulemaking Authority 551.103(1), 551.122 FS. Law Implemented 551.103(1)(a), (b), (g), 551.107(1), (4)(a), (d), (7)(b), (d) FS. History–New 6-25-06, Amended 9-26-13, 9-1-20, Formerly 61D-14.011.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-14.012 Notification of Change of Position, Place of Work, Name, Address, or E-Mail

(1) Any person employed by a slot machine licensee or slot machine business entity licensee in a position that requires a slot machine occupational license shall notify the commission in writing of any change of employment to a different slot machine licensee or to any business entity licensed pursuant to Rule 75-14.006, F.A.C., prior to performing the professional-level duties.

(2) Any person employed by a slot machine licensee or slot machine business entity licensee in a position that requires a slot machine occupational license shall notify the commission in writing of any change of employment to a different slot machine licensee or to any business entity licensed pursuant to Rule 75-14.006, F.A.C., prior to commencing the new employment.

(3) Any person or entity holding a slot machine occupational license shall inform the commission in writing of any change in their name, physical or mailing address, and/or e-mail address by filing with the commission a completed Form FGCC 0080-1, Request for Address or Name Change, adopted by reference in Rule 75-5.001, F.A.C.

History

Rulemaking Authority 16.712(2)(a), 551.103(1)(b), 551.122 FS. Law Implemented 16.712(1)(a), 16.718, 551.103(1)(a), (b), (g), 551.107(4)(a) FS. History–New 6-25-06, Amended 5-30-17, 9-1-20, Formerly 61D-14.012, Amended 12-11-25, Reviewed 8-19-26.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-14.014 Occupational Licensee Termination List

Prior to beginning slot machine gaming, a slot machine licensee shall provide a roster of all slot machine employees to the division. Thereafter, the slot machine licensee shall submit a weekly roster change list to the division indicating all new slot machine employees and all slot machine employees whose employment has been terminated regardless of whether or not the employee’s termination was voluntary.

History

Rulemaking Authority 551.103(1), 551.122 FS. Law Implemented 551.103(1)(a), (b), (g), 551.107(4)(a) FS. History–New 6-25-06, Formerly 61D-14.014.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-14.015 Slot Machine Licensee Organizational Structure

(1) Each slot machine licensee shall maintain an organizational structure which meets the following criteria designed to preserve the integrity of the eligible facility operation. Provided the criteria of this section are met, each slot machine licensee shall be permitted to tailor its organizational structure to meet the needs of its own particular management style. The proposed table of organization of each slot machine licensee shall be approved by the division and shall provide for the following criteria:

(a) A list identifying management and supervisory personnel holding professional occupational licenses who will be held accountable for actions or omissions within their area of responsibility; and,

(b) Supervisory positions which permit the authorization or supervision of necessary transactions at all relevant times.

(2) Each slot machine licensee shall designate a chief gaming executive. The chief gaming executive shall be the person located at the slot machine licensee’s facility who is responsible for the daily conduct of slot machine gaming including the direct or indirect supervision of the departments required by this section regardless of the slot machine licensee’s form of business association or the particular title which that person holds.

(3) In addition to satisfying the requirements of subsection (1), above, each slot machine licensee’s organizational structure shall include, at a minimum, the following mandatory departments and supervisory positions:

(a) The Accounting Department is responsible for verifying financial transactions, and reviewing and controlling accounting forms and data. The function shall include, but is not limited to, a daily audit of the slot machine gaming documentation, a daily audit of the gaming facility cage accountability, a daily audit of the vault accountability, document control and signature verification;

(b) The Cashier’s Cage is responsible for the following:

The custody of coin, currency, documents, and records associated with the operation of a cashier’s cage,
The receipt, distribution, and redemption of any tickets and vouchers; and,
The segregation of funds related to slot machine activity from funds related to pari-mutuel activity,

(c) The Surveillance Department shall be independent of all aspects of gaming facility operations and shall be supervised by a gaming facility employee holding a professional occupational license assigned the position of Director of Surveillance. The Director of Surveillance shall report to the slot machine licensee, or to a corporate executive outside the immediate property management team, or to another independent reporting line. The Surveillance Department is responsible for the covert monitoring of:

The conduct and operation of slot machines,
The conduct and operation of the cashier’s cage,
The collection and count of the slot drop,
The movement of any cash storage box within the facility, any bills, tickets, or vouchers removed from a slot machine, or the movement of cash while being transported to a count room or armored car bay,
Detection and recording of cheating, theft, embezzlement, and other illegal activities in the gaming facility; and,
Detection of the presence in the gaming facility of any person who is required to be excluded pursuant to voluntary and involuntary exclusions,

(d) The Security Department is responsible for the overall security of the facility including the following:

The physical safety of patrons and employees in the slot machine licensee’s facility,
The physical safeguarding of assets, with the exception of slot machines whose cash boxes have been removed and are under active surveillance, transported to, from, or through the facility,
The protection of patrons, employees and gaming facility property from illegal activity,
The detainment of individuals when there is probable cause to believe that they are in violation of the law or gaming regulations,
The recordation of any and all suspicious activity including the date, time, nature of the incident, persons involved in the incident, and the assigned Security Department personnel; and,
The identification and removal of any person who is required to be excluded pursuant to voluntary or involuntary exclusion requirements,

(e) The Slot Department is responsible for all aspects of the operation of the slot machines and shall be supervised by a management-level employee manager or assistant manager;

(f) The Internal Audit Function of a slot machine licensee shall be through a separate or through outsourcing of this function. The Internal Audit Function shall be responsible for the following:

Reviewing and appraising the adequacy of internal controls,
Ensuring compliance with internal controls through observations and review of accounting documentation,
Reporting instances of non-compliance with the system of internal controls,
Reporting of any material weaknesses in the system of internal controls disclosed by an audit conducted under generally accepted accounting principles,
Recommending improvements in the system of internal controls,
Creating audit reports that shall include the following information:

a. Audit objectives,

b. Audit procedures and scope,

c. Findings and conclusions,

d. Recommendations, if applicable; and,

e. Management’s response; and,

Internal audit findings shall be reported to management. Management shall be required to respond to internal audit findings stating corrective measures to be taken to avoid recurrence of the audit exception. Such management responses shall be included in the internal audit report that shall be delivered to management, the audit committee, the division upon request, or any other entity designated by the slot machine licensee; and,

(g) The Management Information Systems (MIS) Department is responsible for the quality, reliability, and accuracy of all computer systems used in the operation and shall be responsible for and maintenance of:

Access codes and other data-related security controls used to ensure authorized access to computers and the system-wide reliability of data,
Computer tapes, disks, or other electronic storage media containing data relevant to gaming facility operations; and,
Computer hardware, communications equipment and software used in the conduct of gaming facility operations.

(4) No person shall be assigned to duties that would enable the person to perpetrate an error or commit fraud and conceal evidence of the error or fraud in the course of their duties.

(5) The slot machine licensee shall designate a custodian of records for each department referenced in subsection (3). The slot machine licensee shall provide a written notification to the division listing the custodian of records for each department. The slot machine licensee shall update the list whenever the employee designated as the custodian of records is changed.

History

Rulemaking Authority 551.103(1), 551.122 FS. Law Implemented 551.103(1)(a), (b), (d), (e), (i) FS. History–New 6-25-06, Amended 5-30-17, Formerly 61D-14.015.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-14.016 Operational Requirements

(1) Prior to commencing slot machine gaming at its facility, a slot machine licensee shall file a certification from a licensed independent testing laboratory that verifies the following:

(a) The facilities based computer system which the slot machine licensee will use for operation and accounting functions of the slot machine facility is in full compliance with the requirements of Chapter 551, F.S., and Chapter 75-14, F.A.C.; and,

(b) That each slot machine shall operate in compliance with the requirements of Chapter 551, F.S., and all rules setting forth requirements for slot machines contained in Chapter 75-14, F.A.C.

(2) The slot machine licensee shall maintain an office on the premises of the eligible facility.

(3) The slot machine licensee shall maintain all records required by Chapter 551, F.S., and all rules setting forth requirements for slot machines contained in Chapter 75-14, F.A.C., at the slot machine facility that at all times reflect the current ownership and, if a corporation, of every class of security issued by the slot machine licensee that shall be available for inspection by the division or FDLE at all reasonable times without notice.

(4) The slot machine licensee shall provide written certification to the division from each bank, financial institution, funds transmitter or other entity that handles or facilitates the slot machine licensee’s financial operations, that each such entity will accept and comply with any administrative or investigative subpoena or request for production of records from the division and shall make all books and records related to the slot machine licensee available for audit or review when required by the division.

(5) The slot machine licensee shall post separate signage throughout the designated slot machine gaming areas providing notice of the following:

(a) Warning of the risks and dangers of gambling;

(b) Showing the odds of winning, which shall be updated quarterly and stated in one of the following ways:

The actual payout percentage for the facility based upon the previous quarter, or
The average of the overall certified payout percentage for the machines currently offered for play,

(c) Informing of the toll-free number available to provide information and referral services regarding compulsive or problem gambling from the division’s compulsive gambling prevention program contractor; and,

(d) The minimum age to play required by Section 551.113(3), F.S.

(6) The slot machine licensee or its employees shall not allow a person who has been excluded from a slot machine facility by a final order of the division pursuant to Section 551.112, F.S., to enter the slot machine licensee’s facility.

(7) No less than two weeks prior to a slot machine licensee opening its facility for slot machine play, the slot machine licensee shall contact the division for a trial operation day to test slot machines, the facility based monitoring system, security systems, back up systems and employee training on internal controls. The division shall test for contingencies or situations that impact slot machine operations at the slot machine licensee’s facility. If the slot machine licensee’s systems do not function as required by Chapter 551, F.S., Chapter 75-14, F.A.C., and the internal controls submitted for compliance with the rules, the division shall provide the slot machine licensee with a written list of deficiencies. The slot machine licensee shall advise the division when those deficiencies have been addressed and the division shall retest those systems to verify compliance. A slot machine licensee shall not open its facility for slot machine play until the division acknowledges in writing that all deficiencies noticed by the division are resolved.

(8) No slot machine or any part of the logic compartment referenced in Rule 75-14.024, F.A.C., shall be removed from its location designated by the facility floor plan without prior written notification to the surveillance department and the division.

History

Rulemaking Authority 551.103(1), 551.122 FS. Law Implemented 551.103(1)(c), (e), (g), (h), (i), 551.113(3), 551.114 FS. History–New 7-30-06, Amended 5-30-17, Formerly 61D-14.016.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-14.018 State Office Space Requirements

(1) There shall be, for the exclusive use of the division, office space for a Licensing/Compliance Room at each facility for regulatory purposes. The slot machine licensee shall not have access to the designated space unless authorized by the division and a division representative is present.

(2) The Licensing/Compliance Room shall be at least 600 square feet in office area at each facility in order to station onsite division employees to facilitate the licensing process and provide workspace for compliance auditors, investigators, and other regulatory staff and meet the following minimum requirements:

(a) Internet connectivity will be provided that has bandwidth equal to or greater than 1Mb/s and at least 2 static, routable IP addresses;

(b) Connectivity to the facility based monitoring system to run slot activity reports and real time access as referenced in Rule 75-14.048, F.A.C.;

(c) A segregated telephone communication system, which prohibits the licensee from accessing division calls, fax communication or email;

(d) A house telephone communication system and multiple handsets capable of communicating with facility security;

(e) Live-scan electronic fingerprinting equipment approved for use by FDLE as referenced in Section 551.107(7)(a), F.S.;

(f) A customer service counter for the acquisition of information from prospective applicants and to facilitate the licensing process;

(g) An electronic access badge system that records all entries on the facility’s security event log referenced in Rule 75-14.052, F.A.C.;

(h) A security camera providing coverage of the room and entryway linked to the facility’s surveillance system referenced in Rule 75-14.054, F.A.C.;

(i) A security window or feed from the security camera that allows division employees in the Licensing/Compliance room to visually identify individuals attempting to access the room;

(j) An intercom system that allows communication from the licensing counter to outside of the entry door that includes a buzzer entry system;

(k) Adequate lighting, power outlets, and ventilation as provided in other office space in the slot facility;

(l) Four internal security radios capable of containing all facility security channel frequencies;

(m) One telecommunications closet not less than 50 square feet. This closet shall have plywood installed to facilitate the installation of a T-1 circuit or equivalent devices for connectivity to the division’s secure network;

(n) The Licensing/Compliance Room shall be accessible through a solid core door with locking mechanism that permits entry only by employees of the division;

(o) The interior of the Licensing/Compliance Room shall not be visible to the public or to the slot machine licensee;

(p) Switching capabilities to insure that all surveillance cameras are accessible to the monitors in the secure monitoring room; and,

(q) Cabling and connecting media to accommodate telephone and communications media and computers.

(3) The Interview/Detention Room shall be at least 100 square feet and shall include a bench or other apparatus which is permanently affixed to the facility and to which the person in custody can be handcuffed.

(4) Five parking spaces shall be provided adjacent to the facility marked for division use.

(5) The Licensing/Compliance Room, the Secure Room, and the Interview/Detention Room shall be contiguous or adjacent unless otherwise approved by the division.

(6) The telephone and communication media systems required by this section shall be segregated so that the slot machine licensee is prohibited from accessing calls or communications made from and into the licensing/compliance and secure monitoring rooms.

History

Rulemaking Authority 551.103(1), 551.114(5), 551.122 FS. Law Implemented 551.103(1)(i), 551.114(5) FS. History–New 6-25-06, Amended 5-30-17, Formerly 61D-14.018.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-14.019 Compulsive or Addictive Gambling Prevention Program

(1) A slot machine licensee shall work with a compulsive or addictive gambling prevention program and provide training for its employees on responsible gaming in accordance with the requirements of Sections 551.104(4)(i)5., and 551.118(1), F.S. The compulsive gambling prevention program shall include, but is not limited to, the following elements:

(a) Identification of a program manager or other person responsible for ensuring that a program is implemented and administered by the slot machine licensee and monitored to maintain the minimum standards established by this rule;

(b) Printed materials to educate patrons about compulsive gambling and inform them of local and state-wide resources available to compulsive gamblers and their families. The materials may include signs and posters located inside the licensed premises and brochures discussing compulsive gambling issues and sources of treatment and information. A plan shall also specify sources of the printed materials and proposed distribution methods;

(c) Completion of a log detailing employee names, dates, and training certifying that each employee required to obtain the training has done so within the time period specified by these regulations; and,

(d) An annual follow-up training program to reinforce employee training.

(2) The employee training program shall include training and materials on the following topics:

(a) Characteristics and symptoms of compulsive gambling behavior;

(b) Techniques to be employed where a compulsive gambling problem is identified or suspected; and

(c) Assistance and referral programs, including specific resources and training on how to discuss compulsive gambling with a patron and give advice concerning access to available services.

(3) Training shall be conducted within thirty (30) days of the employee’s hire date. Certification of such training shall be maintained onsite.

(4) The program shall provide for notification to compulsive or addictive gamblers of the availability to request voluntary exclusion from the slot machine licensee’s facility.

History

Rulemaking Authority 16.712(2)(a), 551.103(1)(a), (b), (g), 551.122 FS. Law Implemented 16.712(1)(a), 551.103(1)(a), (b), (g), 551.104(4)(a), (i), 551.118(1) FS. History–New 7-30-06, Formerly 61D-14.019, Amended 4-23-26.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-14.020 Excluded Persons

(1) The slot machine licensee’s internal controls shall set forth the criteria for exclusion of individuals from the slot machine licensee’s facility.

(2) Each slot machine licensee shall maintain a database of persons entitled “Exclusion List,” which shall contain information on:

(a) Persons the slot machine licensee has excluded from its facilities for a specific amount of time as determined by the licensee, including persons self-excluded as compulsive gamblers; and,

(b) Persons who have been excluded by a final order of the commission or an emergency order of suspension or exclusion by the commission pursuant to Section 120.60, F.S.

(3) Each slot machine licensee shall report all the information required in subsection (2) to the commission on no less than a weekly basis, other than information regarding persons self-excluded as compulsive gamblers.

(4) The excluded person’s name shall be entered on each slot machine licensee’s Exclusion List, and each slot machine licensee shall make every reasonable effort to remove any listed individual from its facility.

(5) A slot machine licensee’s Exclusion List shall include the following information for each person listed:

(a) The full name and aliases, if known, of the person to be excluded;

(b) A description of the person’s physical appearance, including height, weight, type, build, color of hair and eyes and other physical characteristics which would assist in the identification of the person;

(d) The date the person was excluded;

(e) A brief explanation of why the person has been excluded; and,

(f) The length of time of exclusion that includes the start date of exclusion.

(6) If obtainable, a photograph of the excluded person shall be kept on file in the surveillance department.

(7) If the slot machine licensee withholds winnings from any excluded person, such withheld winnings shall be included in the slot machine licensee’s revenues pursuant to subsection 75-14.081(4), F.A.C.

(8) The slot machine licensee’s agents or employees shall immediately inform the slot machine licensee’s security department whenever an excluded person enters or attempts to enter, or is found present at a slot machine licensee’s facility from which that person has been excluded. The security department shall:

(a) Request such excluded person to not enter or if on the premises to immediately leave; and,

(b) Notify the appropriate law enforcement agency and the commission if such excluded person fails to comply with the request of the licensee, its agents or employees.

(9) If a slot machine licensee seeks to remove an individual from the Exclusion List, the licensee must maintain the following information on the individual the licensee seeks to remove from the Exclusion List, subject to the requirements of Rule 75-14.080, F.A.C.:

(a) The full name and any aliases, if known, of the individual currently excluded from the facility;

(b) A description of the individual’s physical appearance, including height, weight, type of build, color of hair and eyes, and other physical characteristics which would assist in the identification of the individual;

(d) The date the individual was originally excluded;

(e) The original term of the individual’s exclusion;

(f) If obtainable, a photograph, and the date of the photo;

(g) A brief description of why the individual was originally excluded from the slot machine licensee facility; and,

(h) A statement signed by the slot machine licensee president or general manager justifying removing the excluded individual from the slot machine licensee Exclusion List and stating that the slot machine licensee internal control requirements have been observed.

History

Rulemaking Authority 16.712(2)(a), 551.103(1), 551.122 FS. Law Implemented 16.712(1)(a), 551.103(1), (g), (i), 551.112, 551.118 FS. History–New 6-25-06, Amended 6-21-10, 5-30-17, Formerly 61D-14.020, Amended 8-5-25.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-14.0211 Server Based Gaming Systems (SBGS) and Server Supported Gaming Systems (SSGS)

(1) Prior to sale or delivery of a SBGS or SSGS for play in this state, the division must receive written certification by a licensed independent testing laboratory that all criteria for operation contained in Chapter 551, F.S., and Chapter 75-14, F.A.C., are met. The testing laboratory that certifies the system shall perform an initial onsite test to confirm the install of the system to ensure proper configuration of all security applications.

(2) Each component of a SBGS or SSGS must function as indicated by the communication protocol implemented. All protocols must use communication techniques that have proper error detection and/or recovery mechanisms which are designed to prevent tampering. Encryption with secure seeds or algorithms is required.

(3) For a SBGS, the client must be rendered unplayable if communication from the server or system is lost. In the event of lost communication, the SBGS must provide a means for patrons to cash out credits indicated on the server based client terminal at the time communication was lost.

(4) In the event the SBGS or SSGS is utilized in conjunction with another approved progressive network, all communications must pass through at least one approved application-level firewall and must not have a facility that allows for an alternate network path. If an alternate network path exists for redundancy purposes, it too must pass through at least one application-level firewall.

(5) Except as provided in this section, the SBGS or SSGS shall not allow for remote access. A slot machine licensee shall provide in its system of internal controls a method of providing limited remote access to the SBGS or SSGS for a slot machine business occupational licensee pursuant to Section 551.107(2)(a)3., F.S. Limited remote access, where permitted, shall authenticate all computer systems based on the authorized settings of the SBGS or SSGS, or firewall application that establishes a connection with the SBGS or SSGS, and:

(a) Prohibit unauthorized remote user administration functionality;

(b) Prohibit unauthorized access to any database other than information retrieval using existing functions;

(d) The SBGS or SSGS must maintain an activity log either automatically or have the ability to manually enter the logs depicting all remote access information, which includes:

Log on name,
Time and date the connection was made,
Duration of connection; and,
Activity while logged in, including the specific areas accessed and changes that were made.

(e) Meets all other requirements for remote access as provided for under Chapter 75-14, F.A.C.

(6) A SBGS or SSGS may be a collection of servers for load balancing, redundancy or functionality reasons. The system as a whole, which may be a collection of such servers, must meet the full requirements of Chapter 75-14, F.A.C., but not necessarily each individual server.

(7) For a SBGS, the game server shall generate and transmit to the client terminals control, configuration and information data, depending upon the actual implementation. For a SSGS, the game server will not participate in the game determination process, but it’s primary functions will be that of downloading control programs and other software resources, or providing command and control instruction that may change the configuration of the software already loaded on the client terminal, on an intermittent basis.

(8) The servers shall be housed in a secure computer room or secure locked cabinet located at a Florida licensed slot facility and shall have dedicated cameras that offer unobstructed views and meet all camera requirements as specified in Rule 75-14.054, F.A.C. All servers shall have sufficient physical and/or logical intrusion protection against unauthorized access. The system shall require manufacturer and division authority providing joint but not separate access.

(9) The SBGS or SSGS interface element setup and/or configuration menu(s) must not be available unless using an authorized access method that is secure. There shall be no means available for an operator to conduct programming on the server in any configuration. However, it shall be acceptable for licensed network administrators to perform authorized network infrastructure maintenance, provided that all requirements are met as detailed under Rule 75-14.074, F.A.C. All SBGS or SSGS servers and client devices shall have:

(a) Industry-standard virus protection; and,

(b) Copy protection to prevent unauthorized proliferation or modification of software, for servers or clients, provided that:

The method of copy protection is fully documented and provided to the licensed independent testing laboratory, who will verify that the protection works as described; and,
Any device(s) involved in enforcing the copy protection can be individually verified by the division.

(10) The SBGS or SSGS shall be designed to protect the integrity of pertinent data in the event of a failure. Audit logs, system databases, and any other pertinent data must be stored using a protection method determined as reasonable by the division. If hard disk drives are used as storage media, data integrity must be assured in the event of a disk failure. The protection method employed must also provide open support for backups and restoration. Backup scheme implementation must occur at least once every twenty-four (24) hours. In the event of a catastrophic failure when the SBGS or SSGS cannot be restarted in any other way, it shall be permitted, with prior written approval of the division, to reload the database from the last viable backup point and fully recover the contents of that backup. The SBGS or SSGS must implement self-monitoring of all critical interface elements, including but not limited to central hosts, network devices, firewalls, and links to third parties, and shall have the ability to effectively notify the system administrator of the condition, provided the condition is not catastrophic. The SBGS or SSGS shall be able to perform this operation with a frequency of at least once in every twenty-four (24) hour period.

(11) Each component of the SBGS or SSGS must have a method to be verified via a division approved third-party verification procedure. The third-party verification process shall not include any process or security software provided by the operating system or manufacturer. The SBGS or SSGS must be capable of verifying that all control programs contained on the server or system portion are authentic copies of approved components both automatically at least once every twenty-four (24) hours and on demand if requested. The method of validation must provide at least 128 bits of resolution or must be a bit-for-bit comparison and must prevent the execution of any control program component if the component is determined to be invalid. If an error(s) is detected, the system must provide a visual notification of the invalid program. A program component of the verification mechanism must reside on and securely load from non-alterable media. A report shall be available at the request of the division which details the outcome of each automated execution of the validation mechanism and shall identify any invalid program components.

(12) Program devices that only use read-only memory, such as smart cards, may be used provided they are able to be verified by the following methodology:

(a) A challenge is sent by the peer device, such as a hashing seed, to which the device must respond with a checksum of its entire program space using the challenge value; and,

(b) The challenge mechanism and means of loading the software into the device is verified by the licensed independent testing laboratory.

(13) The SBGS or SSGS shall provide the ability to conduct an independent integrity check of all applicable controlled components residing on the system. The third-party verification process shall be approved by the division, and shall not include any process or security software provided by the operating system manufacturer.

(14) The SBGS or SSGS shall provide the ability to authenticate all applicable controlled components for which a copy resides on the system on demand and once every twenty-four (24) hours and:

(a) The SBGS or SSGS shall authenticate all critical files including, but not limited to, executables, data, operating system files and other files, which may affect the game outcome or operation, and for which a copy resides on the system.

(b) The SBGS or SSGS shall employ a third-party industry-standard secure hashing algorithm. If embedded, the manufacturer must be able to demonstrate the algorithm of choice to both the licensed independent testing laboratory and the division.

(c) A report shall be available at the request of the division that details the verification results for each controlled component verification.

(d) In the event of failed authentication, the SBGS or SSGS shall deactivate the controlled component in a manner in which the download, install, and configuration of the controlled component to a connected client terminal is not possible. The SBGS or SSGS shall also provide a mechanism to provide notification of the authentication failure to the division.

(15) The server that supports a SBGS or SSGS must be able to provide the following information display:

(a) A complete play history for the most recent game played and at least nine (9) games prior to the most recent game for each client station connected to the server based game. The display must indicate the game outcome, intermediate play steps, credits available, bets placed, credits or coins paid, and credits cashed out. The capability to initiate game recall must be available at the client, for recall information specifically associated with the particular client station initiating the game recall. The capacity to initiate game recall for any and all clients that make up the SBGS must be available from the system or server portion of the SBGS. The requirement to display game recall applies to all game programs currently installed on the server portion of the server based game.

(b) A complete transaction history for transactions with a cashless wagering system to include the most recent and the previous thirty-four (34) transactions prior to the most recent transaction for each client station that incremented any of the cashless in-or out meters. The capability to initiate transaction history must be available at the client terminal for the transaction history specifically associated with the particular client terminal initiating the history information request.

(16) The SSGS download data library shall only be written to using a secure methodology by which the licensed manufacturer and/or Florida licensed slot machine operator will be able to access the download data library, provided that this access does not permit adding new download data files; or the download data library shall only be written to using a method that is acceptable by the licensed independent testing laboratory and the division. Any changes that are made to the download data library, including the addition, changing or deletion of game programs, must be stored in an un-alterable audit log, which shall be available at the request of the division, and shall include, at a minimum:

(a) Time and date of the access and/or event;

(b) Log-in name; and,

(17) Any record of activity between the server and the client that involves the downloading of program logic, the adjustment of client settings and/or configurations, or the activation of previously downloaded program logic, must be stored in an unalterable audit log, which shall be available at the request of the division, and shall include:

(a) The client terminal(s) which the game program was downloaded to and, if applicable, the program it replaced; and,

(b) The client terminal(s) which the game program was activated on and the program it replaced; and,

(18) The client terminal and/or the SSGS server must have a method to monitor and report to the facility based monitoring system (FBMS) all external door access during a foreground program download and/or activation process. Prior to execution of updated software, the client terminal must be in an idle state for four (4) minutes and the software successfully authenticated, as provided for under Chapter 75-14, F.A.C. Prior to any software being added or removed from a gaming device or client station comprising a part of a system supported game, that would result in the loss or change of mandatory accounting meter information; a complete set of meter information must be successfully communicated to a slot accounting system. It must be possible for the division to perform an analysis of the game, which may include viewing the game data at the SBGS or SSGS server and/or being able to place the game data back onto another client terminal for further examination.

(19) Client terminal control programs that offer multiple paytables and/or denominations that can be configured via the SBGS or SSGS server will not require additional approval by the division to change the paytable selected, provided:

(a) All paytables that are available are certified by a licensed independent testing laboratory as meeting the requirements contained in Chapter 551, F.S., and Chapter 75-14, F.A.C.;

(b) Received the prior approval of the division;

(c) The client terminal and/or SBGS server maintains the amounts bet and amounts won meters within critical memory for each of the paytables that are available;

(d) The client terminal maintains the master accounting meters in currency amounts;

(e) The game is in an idle state when the update occurs; and,

(f) The change will not cause any inaccurate crediting or payment.

(20) The process of clearing memory on the client terminals via the SBGS or SSGS must utilize a secure method that meets all requirements as provided for under Rule 75-14.044, F.A.C. In the event the SBGS has the ability to download random values to the client terminal, the random number generator shall function in accordance with at least a 99% confidence level and meet all other requirements as outlined in Chapter 61D-14, F.A.C.

(21) The SBGS or SSGS client terminal(s) may receive game play information from the game server, in the case of a SBGS, or make its own determination in the case of a SSGS, and then display the information to the player. All SBGS or SSGS client terminals must conform to the requirements established by Chapter 551, F.S., and Chapter 75-14, F.A.C.

History

Rulemaking Authority 551.103(1), (2) 551.122 FS. Law Implemented 551.103(1)(c), (d), (e), (h), (i), (2) FS. History–New 5-30-17, Formerly 61D-14.0211.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-14.022 Slot Machine, Slot Machine Components, and Progressive System Requirements

(1) Slot machine licensees shall only offer slot machines that transmit or track financial data using a game services protocol, such as the Slot Accounting System (SAS), progressive systems, and SBGS or SSGS which, when communicating from machine to machine, may use any generally accepted communication protocol certified by an independent testing laboratory.

(2) Prior to the sale or delivery of a slot machine, progressive system, SBGS, or SSGS for play in this state, the commission must receive written certification by a licensed independent testing laboratory that all criteria for operation contained in Chapter 551, F.S., and Chapter 75-14, F.A.C., are met.

(3) The manufacturer of any slot machine, slot machine game, progressive system, SBGS, or SSGS to be offered for play in this state is responsible for all compliance testing.

(4) Slot machines and progressive systems shall be capable of resuming game play without operator intervention and shall withstand the following tests where applicable:

(a) Random Number Generator Test;

(b) Electro-Magnetic Interference Test;

(d) Radio Frequency Interference (RFI) Test;

(e) Magnetic Interference Test; and

(f) Liquid Spills Test.

(5) A slot machine shall have an identification badge permanently affixed to the exterior of the slot machine cabinet by the manufacturer, which shall include:

(a) The name of the manufacturer;

(b) A unique serial number;

(d) The date of manufacture.

(6) Slot machine components, including progressive systems and any software requiring certification by an independent testing laboratory, shall have an identification affixed to the exterior of the component by the manufacturer, where applicable, which shall include the date of manufacture and either:

(a) The name of the manufacturer;

(b) A unique serial number; or

(7) For bets greater than one credit, the slot machine shall display, through monitors, paytables (machines face glass), decals, or button tiles, the minimum monetary wager for the minimum required play.

(8) All slot machine external doors shall be locked.

(9) The opening and closing of all slot machine external doors shall be:

(a) Monitored by door access sensors, which shall immediately:

Detect when a door is opened or moved from its fully closed and locked position;
Report the door opened event to the slot machine by way of an error; and
Notify the surveillance department of the door opening, which shall monitor and record all activities at that slot machine until such time as the incident has been satisfactorily resolved.

(b) Logged in a machine entry authorization log (meal book) maintained inside the locked compartment of the slot machine or maintained electronically in the FBMS and subject to Rule 75-14.047, F.A.C., which shall include the name of the occupational licensee opening the door, time of opening, and reason for opening.

(10) The slot machine shall have a light or audible alarm, or both, that automatically illuminate and sound when:

(a) A player attempts to redeem credits that the slot machine cannot automatically pay;

(b) An error condition has occurred; or

(11) The power switch for a slot machine shall be:

(a) Clearly labeled; and

(b) Located within the interior of the slot machine.

(12) The operation of a slot machine, slot machine component, slot machine game, or progressive system:

(a) Shall not be altered by surges or reductions of ± 10% of the power supply voltage; and

(b) May be reset if there is no:

Damage to the equipment; or
Loss or corruption of data.

(13) Each individual slot machine shall be controlled by one or more microprocessors, which shall be physically located within the slot machine’s locked logic compartment and have a key different from the key used for the slot machine main door.

(14) Ticket printers shall be in a locked area of the slot machine and provide an alert when the ticket printer:

(a) Is out of paper;

(b) Is low on paper;

(d) Has a printer jam or failure.

(15) The slot machine shall enter a lock-up condition if:

(a) The sum of the award from the single play of a game is equal to or greater than the tax threshold referenced in paragraph 75-14.048(2)(b), F.A.C., at which time a manual jackpot payment shall be made pursuant to Rule 75-14.075, F.A.C.;

(b) The integrity of the machine is compromised; or

(16) The lock-up condition shall require an attendant to:

(a) Complete any required manual jackpot payment consistent with Chapter 75-14, F.A.C.; or

(b) Clear the error on the slot machine before play may resume on the slot machine.

(17) A slot machine shall have an electronic identification card reader which shall be used to communicate with the FBMS.

(18) Any adjustments made to a slot machine’s gaming options, slot machine components, or a progressive system during a RAM clear must be completed pursuant to Rule 75-14.044, F.A.C.

(19) Games that have software, software components, and/or associated hardware shall meet the following requirements:

(a) Any software, software components, SBGS, SSGS, and associated hardware shall:

Not be introduced into a facility before commission approval,
Not be duplicated by the facility,
Be stored within a locked cabinet located at the Florida licensed slot facility or, if a SBGS or SSGS, in a secure system server located at a Florida licensed slot facility.

(b) Actual game title software and logic software secured within a dual locked cabinet accessible only by the slot licensee in the presence of a commission representative, and:

Be tracked using a log that includes:

a. Date and time inventory is changed,

b. Independent testing laboratory certification number,

c. Software version,

d. Software status,

e. Manufacturer name,

f. Count of total on-hand inventory that includes software added and removed; and,

g. License number and signature of the slot machine licensee employee adding or removing software from inventory.

Must be released to the commission for destruction when it reaches obsolete or revoked status; and,
Must be for those slot machine game titles that require complete software reload and contain both game title and RAM clear software on the same piece of storage media. This type of game/RAM clear software shall be stored in the same cabinet as the other RAM clear software to be utilized when needed for RAM clear purposes only.

History

Rulemaking Authority 16.712(2)(a), 551.103(1), 551.122 FS. Law Implemented 16.712(1)(a), 551.103(1)(c), (d), (h), (i) FS. History–New 7-30-06, Amended 8-14-11, 9-26-13, 5-30-17, Formerly 61D-14.022, Amended 8-5-25, 2-3-26.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-14.024 Logic Compartment

(1) The logic compartment is a locked compartment contained within each slot machine cabinet which shall:

(a) Have its own locked door;

(b) Be separate from any external door lock; and,

(2) A slot machine, slot machine game, SBGS, or SSGS may not be offered for play at a slot machine licensed facility until:

(a) A licensed independent testing laboratory has certified that it meets all requirements of Chapter 551, F.S., and Chapter 75-14, F.A.C.;

(b) The division has verified the identity of the slot machine software program and confirmed that it has been certified by an independent testing laboratory; and,

(3) The division shall apply evidence tape to any slot machine components that could affect the outcome of the game, including progressive systems where applicable and as required by this chapter.

(4) Any occupational licensee who observes that a piece of evidence tape has been tampered with in any way shall notify facility surveillance, which shall:

(a) Notify the division;

(b) Ensure the slot machine is not offered for play until the completion of an investigation; and,

History

Rulemaking Authority 551.103(1), 551.122 FS. Law Implemented 551.103(1)(c), (i) FS. History–New 7-30-06, Amended 8-14-11, 9-26-13, 5-30-17, Formerly 61D-14.024.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-14.025 Currency Compartments

All currency compartments shall be locked separately from the main cabinet area and shall require a key that is different from the key required to open the main cabinet door. Currency compartments shall also meet the following requirements:

(1) The compartment shall be fitted with sensors that will allow the slot machine to immediately communicate the currency door open event or when the storage container has been removed;

(2) Access to the currency storage area shall be through a locked relevant outer door plus one other door or lock, before the receptacle or currency can be removed; and,

(3) The bill stacker device shall have a “stacker full” sensor.

History

Rulemaking Authority 551.103(1), 551.122 FS. Law Implemented 551.103(1)(c), (d), (e), (g), (i) FS. History–New 6-25-06, Formerly 61D-14.025.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-14.029 Mechanical Devices Used for Displaying Game Outcomes

(1) Electro-mechanically controlled display devices shall have a closed loop of control so as to enable the software to detect a malfunction or an attempt to interfere with the correct operation of that device. If a reel or wheel is not in the position it is supposed to be in, an error condition shall be generated.

(2) Mechanical assemblies shall have a mechanism that ensures the correct mounting of the assembly’s artwork.

(3) Displays shall be constructed in such a way that winning symbol combinations match up with pay lines or other indicators.

History

Rulemaking Authority 551.103(1), 551.122 FS. Law Implemented 551.103(1)(c), (d), (e), (i) FS. History–New 6-25-06, Formerly 61D-14.029.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-14.030 Video Monitors/Touchscreens

Games that have video monitors shall meet the following requirements:

(1) The slot machine licensee shall maintain any touch screen monitors to ensure the accuracy of the calibration of the machine;

(2) A touch screen shall be capable of being re-calibrated by the slot machine licensee’s staff without access to the slot machine cabinet other than opening the main door;

(3) There shall be no hidden or undocumented buttons or touch points anywhere on a touch screen; and,

(4) The slot machine shall be capable of displaying all possible outcomes of play of the machine during testing.

History

Rulemaking Authority 551.103(1), 551.122 FS. Law Implemented 551.103(1)(c), (d), (e), (i) FS. History–New 6-25-06, Formerly 61D-14.030.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-14.031 Bill Acceptors

All acceptance devices shall be able to detect the entry of bills, tickets, or vouchers and provide a method, utilizing a bi-directional communication protocol, to enable the slot machine software to interpret and act appropriately upon a valid or invalid input. The bill input system shall be electronically based and constructed in a manner that protects against vandalism, abuse, acceptance of invalid bills, tickets, or vouchers, or other fraudulent activity. Bill acceptance device(s) shall only register credits when the bill, ticket or voucher has passed the point where it is accepted and has been irrevocably stacked.

History

Rulemaking Authority 551.103(1), 551.122 FS. Law Implemented 551.103(1)(c), (d), (e), (i) FS. History–New 6-25-06, Formerly 61D-14.031.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-14.032 Progressive System Requirements

(1) With the prior approval of the division, one or more slot machine licensees may operate any wide area progressive (WAP) system or local area progressive (LAP) devices certified by a licensed independent testing laboratory in compliance with Chapter 551, F.S., and Chapter 75-14, F.A.C.

(2) To participate in WAP gaming, a slot machine licensee shall provide the division with a copy of the WAP agreement, which must specifically describe and identify the role, authority, and responsibilities of each casino licensee and each WAP provider participating in the conduct of the progressive system, and the WAP provider must:

(a) Utilize multiple demark stations;

(b) Be licensed in at least two other jurisdictions where slot machine gaming is authorized; and,

(3) A WAP or LAP slot machine utilizing multiple level jackpots shall:

(a) Clearly display the amount of wager necessary to attain each level of the jackpot award;

(b) Clearly indicate which level(s) the player is playing for; and

(4) The progressive jackpot amount displayed on any WAP or LAP slot machine jackpot meter shall not be altered, unless:

(a) The jackpot amount is awarded;

(b) The meter requires an adjustment because of a functional error and the slot machine licensee provides written notification to the division within 24 hours of the adjustment, or

(c) The amount of the progressive jackpot, minus the reset amount, is distributed to another WAP or LAP slot machine, in which case:

The licensee must document the redistribution and report it in writing to the division within 24 hours of the redistribution,
The redistribution must be dispersed to another WAP slot machine of the same host or a LAP within the same licensed facility; and,
The redistribution shall occur no later than seven (7) days after the progressive jackpot is removed from play.

(5) Upon validation of a jackpot award, the total prize shall be awarded to the patron in accordance with applicable law and the slot machine licensee’s internal controls.

(6) A LAP slot machine may not be offered for play as a WAP slot machine if the game is configured as a single level progressive. A LAP machine configured with multiple progressive levels may offer a WAP amount as a top award if the LAP/WAP combination is certified by an independent testing laboratory as meeting all the requirements of Chapter 551, F.S., and Chapter 75-14, F.A.C.

(7) Documentation accompanying the progressive system will include:

(a) The type of progressive system the controller utilizes;

(b) The configuration of each type including:

Stand alone,
Linked; and,
Multi-site.

(d) The number of displays the progressive controller can support; and,

(e) A description of the events that take place when a progressive jackpot is won.

(8) Only one game on any linked progressive system can function as the master progressive controller when the progressive system utilizes a master controller configuration, and if:

(a) The master controller becomes inoperative, all linked games must disable, or

(b) Any game within the linked games loses communication with the master controller, that game must be disabled.

(9) The progressive controller must be able to display all setup parameters.

(10) The approval of a multi-site WAP system shall be certified in two phases:

(a) First by an independent testing laboratory for the integrity of the gaming device in conjunction with the progressive system; and,

(b) Second by onsite certification by the independent testing laboratory where the progressive communications and setup are tested prior to implementation.

(11) All slot machine licensees operating a progressive system shall, with respect to each system they operate, prepare a daily progressive report that includes date, time, progressive (name/number), progressive type, banks(s)/machine(s), and progressive amounts.

(12) Gaming machines connected to the progressive system or device must ensure uniformity in denomination and payoff schedules and/or awards at all game locations. A description of the conduct and manner establishing the uniformity in denomination and payoff schedules and/or awards must be included in any progressive system agreement.

(13) In the event the progressive system resides on a SBGS or SSGS, all progressive functionality over the client server system must be verified by the independent laboratory including hardware, software, and connectivity.

History

Rulemaking Authority 551.103(1), 551.122 FS. Law Implemented 551.103(1)(c), (d), (e), (g), 551.121(5) FS. History–New 8-14-11, Amended 5-30-17, 2-19-18, Formerly 61D-14.032.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-14.033 Progressive Displays and Controllers

(1) All progressive jackpot displays shall:

(a) Be visible to all players playing the machine;

(b) Show all values as dollars and cents; and,

(2) If any progressive system interfaces with the player tracking systems display, it must conform to the requirements of Rule 75-14.076, F.A.C.

(3) Any modification of a progressive systems contribution amount or base value shall require:

(a) Prior written approval from the division; and,

(b) The presence of a division representative.

(4) When a progressive controller error occurs:

(a) An alert must be recorded by the progressive system; and,

(b) The error condition must be visibly displayed to expedite repairs as soon as possible.

(5) In the event a progressive controller needs to be replaced outside normal FGCC working hours, a licensed representative from the manufacturer may replace the progressive controller with another progressive controller having the exact same configuration, provided a full report is generated and submitted to the division by 12:00 noon on the first business day following the completion of the replacement.

History

Rulemaking Authority 551.103(1), 551.122 FS. Law Implemented 551.103(1)(c), (d), (e), (g), 551.121(5) FS. History–New 8-14-11, Formerly 61D-14.033.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-14.034 Progressive Jackpots

(1) All progressive systems or controllers shall have the ability to record the following information for each progressive amount:

(a) The current prize amount;

(b) The number of progressive wins;

(d) The starting award value;

(e) The jackpot award value limit, if applicable;

(f) The initial incremental percentage rate at which an award is increased;

(g) The secondary incremental percentage rate at which an award is increased after the jackpot limit is reached;

(h) The overflow incremental percentage increment rate for the reserve pool;

(i) The base reset amount after the progressive jackpot is awarded; and,

(j) The slot machines participating in the progressive jackpot.

(2) Any modification of a progressive system or reset of a progressive jackpot amount shall require:

(a) Prior written notification to the division; and,

(b) The presence of a division representative.

(3) All progressive jackpot amounts shall be equal to or greater than the reset amount of each progressive machine.

History

Rulemaking Authority 551.103(1), 551.122 FS. Law Implemented 551.103(1)(c), (d), (e), (g), 551.121(5) FS. History–New 8-14-11, Formerly 61D-14.034.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-14.036 Slot Machine Tournament

(1) A slot machine tournament is an organized event at which players have the opportunity to engage in competitive play against other players using slot machines the division has approved for that purpose.

(2) A slot machine licensee shall not operate a slot machine tournament unless it has submitted the following to the division at 1400 W. Commercial Blvd., Ft. Lauderdale, FL 33309, for approval in writing:

(a) Tournament rules of play consistent with Chapter 551, F.S.; and,

(b) A floor plan of the location of the specific slot machines selected for tournament play within the gaming area.

(3) Any slot machine and associated slot machine component that is part of a slot machine tournament shall:

(a) Comply with the requirements of Chapter 551, F.S., and the administrative rules adopted pursuant to that chapter. However, the percentage requirements of Section 551.104(4)(j), F.S., and the percentage requirements of the rules adopted pursuant to Chapter 551, F.S., do not apply to tournament play.

(b) Be equipped with a program certified by an independent testing laboratory licensed by the state which allows for the tournament mode of play.

(d) Be enabled centrally or by a switch key (reset feature) and/or total replacement of the logic board with a certified tournament board if tournament is an option.

(4) A gaming device, while enabled for tournament play shall:

(a) Not accept credits from any source;

(b) Not pay out credits in any way;

(d) Not increment any mechanical or electro-mechanical meters; and,

(e) Not communicate any accounting information to the facility based monitoring system during tournament play.

(5) The facility based monitoring system shall create an electronic entry in the event log for any slot machine entered into tournament mode.

(6) Tournament winnings shall not be deducted from net slot machine revenues or winnings of slot machine gaming.

(7) The slot machine licensee shall provide a report of electronic meter readings from its facility based monitoring system to the division for each of its slot machines designated for tournament play immediately before the machine is enabled in the tournament mode of play and after the machine is returned to normal mode of play.

History

Rulemaking Authority 551.103(1), 551.122 FS. Law Implemented 551.103(1) FS. History–New 6-21-10, Formerly 61D-14.036.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-14.037 Games with Bonus Features, Multiple Win Lines, Prizes

(1) If the slot machine game or progressive system contains a bonus feature including a “game within a game,” the following requirements shall be met:

(a) The game shall display to the player which game rules apply to the current game state;

(b) The number of plays remaining for the free game event shall be displayed as each free game is played;

(c) If a bonus or feature game requires extra credits to be wagered the game shall provide the player an opportunity to not participate;

(d) The probability of obtaining winning events or symbols on the base game shall not decrease as the game progresses; and,

(e) The game shall display to the player that the game is in a bonus feature mode.

(2) Any “game within a game” or bonus feature of a progressive system slot machine shall:

(a) Be a function of the base game;

(b) Not add bonus feature amounts to the progressive jackpot total; and,

(c) Not increase or decrease a patron’s probability of winning the progressive jackpot other than to add additional credits for future play or cash out when the cash out button is engaged.

(3) If a mystery progressive jackpot is offered:

(a) All machines of the same play denomination linked to the mystery progressive jackpot must have the same probability of winning the mystery progressive jackpot and shall notify the patron of the award, or

(b) All machines of differing denominations linked to the mystery progressive jackpot shall have an adjusted probability of winning the mystery jackpot based upon the contribution to the jackpot and shall notify the patron of the award.

History

Rulemaking Authority 551.103(1), 551.122 FS. Law Implemented 551.103(1)(c), (d), (e), (g), 551.121(5) FS. History–New 6-25-06, Amended 8-14-11, 5-30-17, Formerly 61D-14.037.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-14.038 Percentage Payout and Odds

(1) An independent test laboratory licensed by the state (laboratory) shall:

(a) Certify a slot machine game for play in Florida only when the manufacturer’s Payout and Retention (PAR) sheet for that slot machine game indicates a probable minimum payout percentage of at least 85 percent of all credits played over the mathematical (lifetime) cycle of the game at a 95 percent level of confidence;

(b) Test each slot machine game independently to certify that the game meets the probable minimum payout indicated on the manufacturer’s PAR sheet at a 99 percent level of confidence;

(c) Certify in writing to the Office of Slot Operations, Division of Pari-Mutuel Wagering, North Broward Regional Service Center, 1400 West Commercial Boulevard, Suite 165, Ft. Lauderdale, Florida 33309-3787:

The game’s minimum and maximum theoretical payout percentage,
The game has been tested and meets the provisions of Chapter 551, F.S., and Chapter 75-14, F.A.C.; and,
The game performs as described in the manufacturer’s PAR sheet.

(2) A slot machine game manufacturer or distributor shall provide a PAR sheet to the slot machine licensee and the division at the address in paragraph (1)(c) of this rule, upon delivery of each slot machine game to a slot machine licensee in Florida. The volatility index for the game shall be reflected on each manufacturer’s PAR sheet.

(3) Upon the alteration or revision of any previously certified game, the slot machine manufacturer shall submit the game to the laboratory which shall re-evaluate the minimum theoretical payout percentage and provide an amended report to the division complying with subsection (1) of this rule.

(4) Slot machine games used at Florida slot machine licensee facilities shall:

(a) Have a total payout over the cycle of both the bonus and non-bonus part of the game combined that conforms to the minimum theoretical payout percentage of 85 percent;

(b) Meet the minimum theoretical payout percentage of the game at all times pursuant to the reporting frequency required in subsection (5) of this rule; and,

(5) The slot machine licensee shall create a semi-annual report using the facility based monitoring system (FBMS), demonstrating an overall floor average of 85 percent or higher and providing the following information for each slot machine in play:

(a) The lifetime actual payout to the end of the reporting period;

(b) The actual number of plays since the installation of the game;

(d) The minimum number of handle pulls required to reach the minimum payout percentage as indicated on the PAR sheet.

(6) The semi-annual report required by subsection (5) of this rule, shall be filed with the division at the address in paragraph (1)(c) of this rule, electronically or in writing, for each of the following periods:

(a) January 1 through June 30; and,

(b) July 1 through December 31.

(7) If the report required by subsection (5) of this rule, shows that a slot machine facility’s gaming floor payout is less than 85 percent, the slot machine licensee shall notify the division in writing of the identity of the slot machine game.

(8) If, in two consecutive semi-annual reports, any slot machine game fails to remain at 85 percent or higher, the division will verify the operating software.

(9) Each slot machine licensee shall maintain records demonstrating:

(a) The semi-annual report results required in subsection (5) of this rule, for each slot machine game that has been placed on the gaming floor;

(b) The actual payout percentage for each slot machine game at the time of each semi-annual report required in subsection (5) of this rule;

(c) The recomputed payout percentage for each slot machine game and whether the payout percentage is within its volatility range; and,

(d) Any record regarding software operating program verification by the division pursuant to subsection (8) of this rule.

(10) The records generated under this rule shall be maintained consistent with Rule 75-14.080, F.A.C.

History

Rulemaking Authority 551.103(1), 551.122 FS. Law Implemented 551.103(1)(c), (d), (e), (h), 551.104(4)(j) FS. History–New 6-25-06, Amended 6-21-10, 8-14-11, Formerly 61D-14.038.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-14.039 Credit Redemption, Meter, Cancel Credit, and Taxation Reporting Limits

(1) A patron shall have the option to collect any of their remaining credits from the slot machine by the player pressing the ‘CASH OUT’ button at any time other than during a time when:

(a) A game is being played;

(b) A game is in audit mode;

(d) A game is in test mode;

(e) A credit meter or win meter incrementation is indicated, unless the entire amount is placed on the meters when the collect button is pressed, or

(f) A game is in a payout or a memory error condition is indicated.

(2) The credit meter shall be maintained in credits or cash value.

(3) The patron’s current options and/or choices shall be clearly indicated electronically or by video display. These options shall not be misleading.

History

Rulemaking Authority 551.103(1), 551.122 FS. Law Implemented 551.103(1)(c), (d), (e) FS. History–New 7-5-06, Formerly 61D-14.039.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-14.040 Game Cycle, Payment of Credits by Ticket Printer, and Ticket Redemption

(1) A game shall be considered completed when the final transfer to the player’s credit meter takes place, in case of a win, or when all credits wagered or won that have not been transferred to the credit meter, are lost. The following are all considered to be part of a single game:

(a) Games that trigger a free game feature and any subsequent free games;

(b) “Second screen” bonus feature(s);

(d) Games where the rules permit wagering of additional credits; and,

(e) Double-up/gaming features.

(2) Payment of credits by ticket printer as a method of credit redemption shall only be permissible when the slot machine is linked to a computerized ticket validation system, which allows validation of the printed ticket. The ticket validation system shall be able to identify duplicate tickets and allow for a final ticket to be printed in the event of loss of communication between slot machines with the ticket validation system. A ticket shall contain the following information:

(a) Slot machine licensee name/site identifier;

(b) Machine asset number or cashier/change booth location number;

(d) Alpha and numeric dollar amount of the ticket;

(e) Ticket sequence number;

(f) Validation number, unless the ticket is printed due to a loss of communication with the ticket validation system;

(g) Bar code or any machine readable code representing the validation number;

(h) Type of transaction or other method or differentiating ticket types; and,

(i) Indication of an expiration period from date of issue, or date and time the ticket will expire in a 24 hour format based upon the local date/time format.

(3) A slot machine shall only generate a ticket through an internal document printer by redeeming all credits.

(4) Tickets or payment vouchers shall only be paid at a cashier’s cage or ticket payment automated ticket redemption machine linked to the ticket validation system.

(5) Where ticket validation is to take place at the cashier’s cage, the cashier shall print a validation receipt or note in the cashier’s reconciliation report, after the ticket is electronically validated. The validation receipt or report shall contain the following information:

(a) Machine asset number;

(b) Validation number;

(d) Amount; and,

(e) Cashier/change booth identifier.

(6) Any adjustment made to any ticket or voucher shall require two approval signatures, of which at least one of the signatures shall be by a supervisor, and all changes shall be contained in a log indicating:

(a) The names and occupational license numbers of the employees of the slot machine licensee who approved the adjustment;

(b) What adjustment was made to the ticket or voucher;

(d) The item value before and after the change; and,

(e) The reason the adjustment was made.

(7) Any device that holds ticket information in its memory shall not allow the removal of that information unless it has first transferred that information to the database of the facility based monitoring system.

(8) Provisions shall be made in the slot machine licensee’s internal controls for an alternate method to pay credits in the event of the loss of communication with the ticket validation system.

History

Rulemaking Authority 551.103(1), 551.122 FS. Law Implemented 551.103(1)(c), (d), (e), (i) FS. History–New 7-30-06, Amended 5-30-17, Formerly 61D-14.040.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-14.041 Randomness Requirements and Game Play Auditing

(1) Each slot machine shall use a random number generator (RNG) located within a Florida slot machine licensee’s facility. The RNG shall:

(a) Be statistically independent from any other device;

(b) Conform to the random distribution values specified in the slot machine’s PAR sheet;

(d) Cycle continuously in the background between games and during game play;

(e) Randomly determine the first seed number;

(f) Use a method of re-scaling that permits all numbers within the lower range to be equally probable if a function of a slot machine requires a random number to be generated with a smaller range than that provided by the slot machine’s RNG; and,

(g) Re-scale values using a method such as discarding that random number and selecting the next in sequence if a particular random number selected is outside the range of equal distribution of re-scaling values.

(2) A slot machine shall use communication protocols to protect the RNG and random selection process from influence by associated equipment.

(3) Each possible permutation or combination of game elements that produces a winning or losing game outcome shall be available for random selection at the initiation of each play.

(4) The independent licensed testing laboratory shall include a copy of each of the certifications required under this rule as part of the formal approval documentation certifying the machine and/or game for play in Florida to the division.

(5) Any misstatements, omissions or errors in the required certification provided by either the independent licensed testing laboratory or the manufacturer and/or distributor is a violation of rules governing slot machine gaming.

History

Rulemaking Authority 551.103(1), 551.122 FS. Law Implemented 551.103(1)(c), (e), (g) FS. History–New 7-5-06, Amended 6-21-10, 9-26-13, 5-30-17, Formerly 61D-14.041.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-14.042 Accounting and Occurrence Meter Specifications

(1) There shall be a minimum of two (2) meters contained in each slot machine. One meter shall measure total credits into the slot machine. The other meter shall measure total credits out of the slot machine.

(2) The required electronic accounting meters are as follows:

(a) The amounts wagered or cash in meter shall cumulatively count the total amounts wagered during game play, except credits that are won during the game that are subsequently risked in a double-up mode;

(b) The number reflecting the amounts won or the award reflected on the credit out meter shall cumulatively count all amounts the player has won at the end of the game that were not paid by an attendant, including amounts paid by a ticket printer. The credit out meter shall not increment for bills inserted and cashed out to allow the slot machine to be used as a change machine. In those cases where amounts awarded are included on separate meters, the metering requirements for the credit out meter can be met by summing the number reflected on the credit out and machine paid external bonus payout meter;

(c) The drop meter shall maintain a cumulative count of the credit value of all bills and tickets inserted into the bill acceptor processed for play;

(d) The handpays meter shall reflect the cumulative amounts paid by an attendant;

(e) The cancelled credit meter shall reflect the cumulative amounts paid by an attendant that are in excess of the credit limit and residual credits that are collected; and,

(f) Printer games do not require a cancelled credit meter unless a “printer limit” option exists on the game.

(3) The required electronic occurrence meters are as follows:

(a) The games-played meter shall display the cumulative number of games played since the last RAM clear;

(b) A slot machine shall display the number of times the slot machine main door was opened since the last RAM clear; and,

(4) Each individual slot machine available for play shall have at least amount bet and amount won meters in either credits or dollars.

(5) For each type of slot machine that offers a double-up option, there shall be two meters to indicate the amount doubled and the amount won, which shall increment every time a double-up play occurs.

(6) All electronic meters required by this section, except those described in subsection (5), shall communicate their information to the facility based monitoring system.

History

Rulemaking Authority 551.103(1), 551.122 FS. Law Implemented 551.103(1)(c), (d), (e), (g) FS. History–New 7-30-06, Amended 6-21-10, 7-14-11, 9-12-12, Formerly 61D-14.042.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-14.043 Transaction Log, Accountability of Bills/Tickets, Bill Acceptor Recall, and Number of Last Plays Required

(1) All slot machines shall have the ability to display a complete transaction history for the most recent transactions with a cashless wagering system including at least the previous thirty-four (34) transactions prior to the most recent transaction that incremented any of the accounting meters.

(2) A slot machine shall maintain electronic metering to be able to report the following:

(a) Total monetary value of all bills, tickets, or vouchers accepted;

(b) Total number of all bills, tickets, or vouchers accepted; and,

For bills, the game shall report the number of bills accepted for each bill denomination; and,
For all tickets or vouchers the game shall have a separate meter that reports the number of such items accepted.

(3) A slot machine shall retain in its memory and be capable of displaying the denomination of the last five (5) items referenced in paragraph (2)(c), accepted by the bill acceptor.

(4) Information on at least the last ten (10) games shall be retrievable by the operation of an external key-switch, or another secure method that is not available to the player. The slot machine shall provide all information required to fully reconstruct the last ten (10) plays. The information shall include:

(a) The value of initial credits;

(b) The value of credits bet;

(d) The value of credits paid;

(e) Each final game outcome including all player choices and bonus features; and,

(f) The results of double-up options.

(5) The last game recall shall reflect bonus rounds in their entirety. If a bonus round lasts a specific number of events, each with separate outcomes, each of the specific events shall be displayed with its corresponding outcome, if the outcome resulted in an award. The recall shall reflect events that are screen position dependent, if the outcome resulted in an award. There shall be a minimum of fifty (50) games recallable for slot machines that have the potential for infinite free games.

History

Rulemaking Authority 551.103(1), 551.122 FS. Law Implemented 551.103(1)(c), (d), (e), (g) FS. History–New 6-25-06, Formerly 61D-14.043.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-14.044 Identification of Program Storage Media, and Slot Machine Technical Requirements

(1) All program storage media, both writable or non-writable, including EPROMs, Digital Versatile Disc (DVD), Compact Disk – Read Only Memory (CD-ROM), and any other type of program storage media shall:

(a) Be marked with information to identify the software and revision level;

(b) Only be accessible with access to the locked logic compartment; and,

(c) Have a method that shall require display of the program storage media identification information on the slot machine if the program is copied to and executed from Random Access Memory (RAM).

(2) Read Only Memory (ROM) program storage media shall not be re-writable and shall be finalized and closed to prevent further writing.

(3) For non-EPROM based media, the control program shall authenticate all files that are critical to the accurate operation of the slot machine (“critical files”) by employing a hashing algorithm which produces a “message digest” output of a minimum of 128 bits.

(4) For EPROM based media, the control program shall test for possible corruption. The control program may use a Checksum or a Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) minimum of 16-bit or equivalent for that test.

(5) The slot machine shall authenticate all critical files against the stored message digest(s), as required in subsection (3), above. In the event of a failed authentication after the slot machine has been powered up, the slot machine shall:

(a) Immediately enter an error condition;

(b) Illuminate its tower light when one is present; and,

(6) Slot machine authentication failure shall:

(a) Require a supervisor’s authorization;

(b) Be recorded in a machine error accounting log that shall:

Be maintained in each slot machine under that slot machine’s serial number,
Be maintained as a permanent record of program changes and error corrections for the specifically numbered slot machine,
Include the details of each failed authentication and corrective action; and,
Include the date and time of a failure, and date and time of the corrective action.

(7) For writable program storage the following requirements apply to the programs residing in the slot machine that are capable of being erased and reprogrammed without being removed from the slot machine, bill changer, or other equipment or related devices:

(a) Re-writable program storage shall only be written to in cases where the media contains only data, files, and programs that are not critical to the basic operation of the game, such as marketing information.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, such device may write to media containing critical data, files, and programs provided that the gaming equipment:

Properly maintains a log of all information added, deleted, and modified that is stored on the media,
Maintains a control program that verifies the validity of all data, files, and programs which reside on the media using the methods listed in subsection (3), non-EPROM specific requirements,
Contains appropriate security to prevent unauthorized modifications; and,
Prohibits game play while the media containing the critical data, files, and programs are in a modifiable state.

(8) Slot machine component integrity checks shall:

(a) Occur:

The first time program files are loaded for use; and,
During the use of components critical to the slot machine’s operation.

(b) Not occur:

For RAM; and,
Program storage device space that is not critical to the slot machine security.

(9) Critical files shall be authenticated during each slot machine start-up and restart.

(10) The authentication methodology shall detect 99.99 percent of all possible failures. All critical memory shall:

(a) Have the ability to retain data for a minimum of thirty (30) days after power is removed from the slot machine. If a rechargeable battery is used, the battery used to retain power shall recharge itself to its full potential in a maximum of twenty-four (24) hours. The shelf life of the battery used shall be at least five (5) years;

(b) Be cleared only in accordance with the RAM clear procedures prescribed within the slot machine licensee’s internal controls which shall include:

Completion of all data required in Form FGCC PMW-3480, Slot Machine Activity, effective 9-26-13, incorporated herein by reference, http://www.flrules.org/Gateway/reference.asp?No=Ref-03161, which can be obtained at www.fgcc.fl.gov or by contacting the Florida Gaming Control Commission, 2601 Blair Stone Road, Tallahassee, Florida 32399,
Notification to surveillance to record the RAM clear procedure in its entirety, which surveillance shall include information in a daily log consisting of the date, time, machine location, asset numbers, and licensed employee name(s) who are performing the RAM clear,
Insertion of an electronic access identification card assigned to the slot licensed employee performing the RAM clear procedures; and,
Submission of completed Form FGCC PMW-3480, incorporated by reference in subparagraph 1., above, and FBMS printout showing the time and date of each RAM clear performed no later than 12:00 noon on the first business day following all RAM clear procedures performed.

(d) Not be cleared automatically, but shall require a full RAM clear that is performed by a slot machine technician the facility has determined to be qualified to perform the task.

(11) A RAM clear shall only be authorized for the following:

(a) A slot machine malfunction that results in an unrecoverable memory error;

(b) An EPROM chip failure;

(d) Troubleshooting the system for possible RAM failure.

(12) Following the initiation of a RAM clear procedure, the slot machine’s control program shall execute a routine that initializes all data in RAM to the default state, except those portions of RAM that are critical to the operation of the slot machine. The default reel position or game display after a RAM clear shall not indicate the top award on any selectable line. The default game display, upon entering game play mode, shall also not display the top award.

(13) Slot machines shall be capable of detecting and displaying error conditions and illuminating the tower light for each slot machine in those cases where such a light is available. Upon detection of error conditions, a slot machine shall disable play, and the slot machine and/or the facility based monitoring system (FBMS) shall maintain an internal record if the error is for:

(a) Sustained loss of communication with the FBMS;

(b) Low RAM battery, for batteries external to the RAM itself, or low power source;

(d) Program error or authentication mismatch;

(e) Door open, including bill acceptor;

(f) Reel spin errors:

The specific reel number shall be identified in the error code,
The final positioning of the reel, if the final indexed position error exceeds one-half of the width of the smallest symbol on the reel strip; and,
Malfunctions such as a reel which is jammed, or is not spinning freely, or any attempt to manipulate their final resting position,

(g) Power reset;

(h) Out-of-paper;

(i) Printer jam;

(j) Printer failure; and,

(k) Printer disconnected.

(14) The slot machine licensee shall:

(a) Establish procedures within its internal controls to ensure that:

The FBMS shall alert the FBMS supervisor when communication has been lost between a slot machine and the FBMS.
If communication to a slot machine is lost:

a. The FBMS supervisor is responsible for monitoring the play of the slot machine with which communication has been lost,

b. Within 90 minutes of the loss of communication:

(I) The facility shall restore communication between the slot machine and the FBMS, or

(II) The FBMS supervisor shall terminate play on each slot machine with which communication has not been restored no later than 90 minutes from the time communication was originally lost.

(b) Maintain either a manual or FBMS record of all communication failures, which contains the date and time of the communication failure and resolution of that failure.

(15) A slot machine that has authentication or RAM or ROM errors shall:

(a) Cease operation;

(b) Automatically set to the disabled mode of operation; and,

(16) A description of slot machine error codes and their meanings shall be affixed inside the slot machine. However, this subsection does not apply to video-based games that shall display text messages for error conditions on the game console.

(17) The software shall be able to recover to the state it was in immediately prior to the occurrence of a program interruption. Communications to an external device shall not begin until the program resumption routine is completed, and:

(a) Upon restoration of power to the slot machine:

The previous error message shall be displayed and the slot machine shall remain locked-up if a slot machine is powered down while in an error condition, or
The previous error message shall not be displayed if:

a. The power down is used as part of the error reset procedure, or

b. Upon power up or door closure, the slot machine checks for the error condition and detects that the error condition no longer exists.

(b) Upon resumption of the slot machine’s control program, the following procedures shall be performed:

Slot machine control programs shall test themselves for possible corruption due to failure of the program storage media; and,
Mechanical displays shall re-spin automatically to display the last valid game’s result when the play mode is re-entered, and the reel positions have been altered.

(18) The slot machine’s main door shall affect game play in the following ways:

(a) When the slot machine’s main door is opened, the slot machine shall:

Cease further game play,
Enter an error condition,
Display an error message,
Disable bill acceptance; and,
Illuminate the tower light when one is available.

(b) When the slot machine’s main door is closed, the slot machine shall:

Return to its original state in the game; and,
Display an error message, until the next game has ended.

External doors,
Drop box door; and,
Bill acceptor door.

(19) Each slot machine and/or bill acceptor shall detect and display an error condition and the bill acceptor shall be disabled for the following conditions:

(a) Bill stacker full;

(b) Bill jams;

(d) Bill stacker door open or bill stacker removed.

History

Rulemaking Authority 550.0251(2), 551.103(1), 551.122 FS. Law Implemented 550.0251(2), 551.103(1)(c), (d), (e), (f), (g) FS. History–New 8-13-06, Amended 6-21-10, 9-26-13, Formerly 61D-14.044.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-14.046 Facility Based Monitoring System Functionality

A facility based monitoring system shall provide for the following security and audit requirements:

(1) A program that enables on-line searching of the event log for the present storage cycle and for the previous 30 days through archived data or restoration from backup memory devices. The program shall have the ability to perform a search based on the following:

(a) Date and time range;

(b) Unique hardware components that interface with the facility based monitoring system; and,

(2) A master “slot file” that is an operating database for every slot machine in operation and includes the following information:

(a) Unique interface element or location identification number;

(b) Asset number;

(d) Theoretical payout percentage of the slot machine; and,

(e) Control program identification numbers within the slot machine.

(3) A database that maintains events generated by a slot machine including the following:

(a) Date and time which the event occurred;

(b) Identity of the slot machine that generated the event; and,

(4) Password access or logon. There shall be a provision for system administrator notification and user lockout or audit trail entry after no more than five (5) unsuccessful login attempts; and,

(5) Prohibit alteration of any log information communicated from the slot machine.

History

Rulemaking Authority 551.103(1), 551.122 FS. Law Implemented 551.103(1)(d), (e), (i), 551.104(4)(f) FS. History–New 6-25-06, Amended 5-30-17, Formerly 61D-14.046.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-14.047 Facility Based Monitoring System and Computer Diagnostics

(1) The facility based monitoring system’s slot machine communication protocol shall have the ability to immediately act upon commands received from the facility based monitoring system (FBMS), which provide:

(a) The ability to suspend play on a slot machine;

(b) Daily reports of events; and,

All accounting data contained in the FBMS;
Information on individual events and transactions contained in the FBMS; and,
The history of a specific slot machine transaction contained in the FBMS.

(2) The FBMS shall:

(a) Capture all information required for tickets enumerated in subsection 75-14.040(2), F.A.C.;

(b) Not permit a configuration setting change that causes an obstruction or interruption to the electronic accounting meters, affect the integrity of the slot machine, or communications without a RAM clear as provided in subsection 75-14.044(11), F.A.C.

(3) For the purposes of this rule, an interface element is any system component external to the operation of a slot machine that assists in the collection and processing of data sent to the FBMS, such as a slot machine interface board (SMIB). All interface elements shall:

(a) Be installed in a locked compartment in the machine or system;

(b) Maintain separate electronic meters that shall allow for review on demand at the interface element level;

(d) Provide a means to preserve all meter information required by Rule 75-14.042, F.A.C., and event information required by Rule 75-14.046, F.A.C., until it is communicated to the FBMS; and,

(e) Allow for the association of a slot machine asset number used in conjunction with a slot machine file on the FBMS. The slot machine asset number shall be used by the FBMS to:

Track all information regarding an individual slot machine; and,
Identify only one slot machine in the FBMS.

(4) An interface element that serves as a data collector for the FBMS shall:

(a) Provide an error detection and correction scheme to ensure an accuracy of 99 percent or better of messages received; and,

(b) Secure all accounting data communications in accordance with the facility’s internal controls.

(5) Each system critical to the operation of the slot machine’s interface element and the FBMS shall be tested to verify that it performs within its manufactured design specifications. Each system shall be tested:

(a) Under controlled laboratory conditions prior to installation at a slot machine licensed facility; and,

(b) At the installation site (a slot machine licensed facility) upon the initial installation of the system to ensure proper configuration of the equipment and installation of the security applications.

(6) The FBMS shall maintain an internal master clock that reflects time in 24-hour format and data that shall be used to provide:

(a) Time stamp of events;

(b) Reference clock for reporting; and,

(7) The FBMS shall create an audit log for any alterations of any accounting or event log information. The audit log must include at least:

(a) The name of the data element altered;

(b) The value of the data element:

Prior to data alteration; and,
After data alteration.

a. The time and date of alteration for each data element alteration event; and,

b. The identification of the individual who performed the alteration.

(8) The FBMS shall provide:

(a) Redundant copies of each log file or system database or both; and,

(b) Open support for backups and restoration of each log file or system database.

(9) The data contained in the FBMS shall be backed-up daily on removable computer storage media. The back-up data records shall be sufficient to reconstruct the entire day’s activity.

(a) In addition to the requirements of Rule 75-14.080, F.A.C., a readily accessible copy of the back-up data records shall be stored for a minimum of 120 days secured in an industry standard two-hour fire and water resistant storage device either on- or off-site.

(b) The slot machine licensee shall provide the contact information, address, and telephone number of each off-site storage location to the division when:

The off-site location is first used for storage; and,
Each time a new off-site location is used or an off-site location is changed.

(c) Off-site storage contact information should be sent to the Office of Slot Operations, Division of Pari-Mutuel Wagering, North Broward Regional Service Center, 1400 West Commercial Boulevard, Suite 165, Ft. Lauderdale, Florida 33309-3787.

(10) The FBMS shall only be reloaded using data contained in the most recent complete back-up data records that contains at least:

(a) An events log;

(b) All accounting information;

(d) Specific site information such as device file or employee file.

(11) The FBMS shall:

(a) Implement self-monitoring for all interface elements;

(b) Keep a log of all error conditions;

(d) Retrieve all financial accounting information for each slot machine on a daily basis;

(e) Report all events in real-time;

(f) Employ security systems, support measures, or networks to ensure that there is no alteration of any information as it is being communicated from a slot machine to the FBMS; and,

(g) Annually test data recovery and reload procedures, and report such results to the division.

(12) A slot machine or progressive slot machine shall not be enabled to play following the receipt of any error listed in subsection 75-14.044(13), F.A.C., until the control program is authenticated.

(13) The FBMS shall collect and store the following information from each slot machine:

(a) Total credits-in;

(b) Total credits-out;

(d) Total value of all handpays;

(e) Cancelled unpaid credits;

(f) Total monetary value of all bills accepted;

(g) Total number of each type of bill accepted by denomination;

(h) Games played;

(i) Cabinet door openings;

(j) Drop door openings;

(k) Total monetary value of all tickets accepted; and,

(l) Total monetary value of all tickets produced.

(14) The FBMS shall recognize an electronic identification card which card shall:

(a) Only be issued to specifically designated licensed employees;

(b) Be inserted into the slot machine prior to the opening of a slot machine door; and,

History

Rulemaking Authority 551.103(1), 551.122 FS. Law Implemented 551.103(1)(e), (g), (i), 551.104(4)(f) FS. History–New 8-13-06, Amended 6-21-10, 8-14-11, 5-30-17, Formerly 61D-14.047.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-14.048 Facility Based Monitoring System Required Reports

(1) Reports shall be generated on daily, weekly, monthly, and yearly periods. A life to date report shall also be generated yearly from stored database information. These reports at minimum shall consist of the following:

(a) Net win/revenue report for each slot machine;

(b) Comparison reports for bills, tickets or vouchers accepted by the slot machine with dollar value totals for each type;

(d) Statistical payout percentage vs. actual payout percentage comparison with variances; and,

(e) Event log of errors referenced in subsection 75-14.044(11), F.A.C., and hand-paid jackpots for each slot machine.

(2) A facility based monitoring system shall capture and record every handpay message from each slot machine and meet the following requirements:

(a) Handpay messages shall be created for single wins and accumulated credit cash outs, which result in handpays;

(b) For every single win event that is equal to or greater than the tax reporting threshold, which has been established pursuant to 26 U.S. Code § 6041(a) as $2,000 beginning January 1, 2026, and adjusted for inflation as set forth in 26 U.S. Code § 6041(h) thereafter, the facility based monitoring system shall send a message advising of the need for Internal Revenue Service forms W2G or 1042-S, which is to be processed, either via the facility based monitoring system or manually. This option shall not be overridden;

(d) The following information shall be required for all slips generated by the facility based monitoring system:

Type of slip,
Numeric slip identifier that increments per event,
Date and time,
Slot machine asset number,
The lowest value wager that can be made on the game,
Amount of jackpot, accumulated credit, and additional pay,
A payout message for every single win event that is equal to or greater than the tax reporting threshold referenced in paragraph (2)(b) above,
Additional payout,
Total before taxes and taxes withheld; and,
Amount paid to the patron.

(3) The following reports shall be generated and reconciled with all validated/redeemed tickets:

(a) Ticket issuance report;

(b) Ticket redemption report;

(d) Ticket drop variance report;

(e) Transaction detail report shall be available from the ticket validation system that shows all tickets generated by a slot machine and all tickets redeemed by a ticket validation terminal or other slot machines; and,

(f) Cashier report that details individual tickets, the sum of the tickets paid by cashier/change booth or redemption terminal.

(4) The facility based monitoring system shall have the ability to produce the following financial and player reports:

(a) A liability report that shall include previous days starting value of outstanding cashless liability, aggregate cashless-in and out totals, and ending value cashless liability;

(b) Cashless meter reconciliation summary and detail reports that shall reconcile each participating slot machine’s cashless meter(s) against the facility based monitoring system’s records of cashless activity; and,

(c) Cashier summary and detail reports that shall include player electronic buy-ins and cash-out, amount of transaction, date and time of transaction.

(5) Nothing in this section shall be interpreted to limit the ability of the commission to request reports from the facility based monitoring system as authorized by Chapter 551, F.S., and Chapter 75-14, F.A.C.

History

Rulemaking Authority 16.712(2)(a), 551.103(1), 551.122 FS. Law Implemented 16.712(1)(a), 551.103(1)(d), (e), (i), 551.104(4)(f), 551.121(5) FS. History–New 6-25-06, Amended 8-14-11, Formerly 61D-14.048, Amended 2-3-26.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-14.050 Floor Plan

(1) No slot machine licensee shall operate any slot machine unless it has submitted a floor plan of the slot machine gaming area to the division, and the division has approved the floor plan pursuant to the requirements of this section.

(2) The floor plan shall be based on a scale of one quarter inch equals one foot and demonstrates the placement or location of the following:

(a) Each slot machine with its corresponding location number;

(b) Security cameras or any other surveillance equipment;

(d) The exact location of the designated slot machine gaming areas of the applicant’s facility. Any designated slot machine gaming area shall be separated by a physical barrier with controlled entry and exit points where the slot machine licensee shall check identifications to ensure no persons under twenty-one (21) years of age are allowed access to the designated slot machine gaming area;

(e) The security surveillance system monitoring room;

(f) The office space provided for use by the division as required by Rule 75-14.018, F.A.C.;

(g) At least one armored car bay which is capable of accommodating of loading and unloading an armored car while enclosed within the armored car bay; and,

(h) All man traps contained within the slot machine licensee’s facility used to control access to restricted areas of the facility.

(3) The floor plan shall provide for clear lines of sight for the security surveillance system. There shall be no area in any part of the slot machine licensee’s facility where slot machines are played or where money is collected, distributed, or counted which the security surveillance system shall be unable to monitor with the clarity required in Rule 75-14.054, F.A.C.

(4) A slot machine licensee who proposes to make changes to the floor plan shall submit the proposed changes to the division for review. The division shall review the proposed changes for compliance with the security standards set forth in these rules prior to approving the changes. Floor plan changes shall not be made without the approval of the division. The division shall notify the slot machine licensee of whether it approves the new floor plan. If the floor plan is a pre-approved slot machine tournament floor plan, the slot machine licensee can change the floor plan upon seven days notice to the division.

(5) A copy of the floor plan shall be maintained in the surveillance control room and the slot department office. A copy shall be provided to the division for use in the secure monitoring room.

History

Rulemaking Authority 551.103(1), 551.122 FS. Law Implemented 551.103(1)(i), 551.104(4)(h), 551.114(5) FS. History–New 6-25-06, Amended 5-30-17, Formerly 61D-14.050.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-14.051 Security Plan

(1) A security plan detailing internal controls for compliance with Rules 75-14.050 through 75-14.056, F.A.C., shall be submitted for approval with a license application. The security plan shall include a floor plan referenced in Rule 75-14.050, F.A.C., and a description of the surveillance system and equipment utilized to comply with Rule 75-14.054, F.A.C. The security plan shall include a description of the layout of the surveillance room and the configuration of the monitoring equipment as placed throughout the pari-mutuel wagering facility.

(2) The security plan shall include descriptions of all equipment used by the surveillance system, a diagram that shows all of the areas to be monitored and the placement of surveillance equipment in relation to the activities being observed and a description of the procedures used in the operation of the surveillance system.

(3) Any change to the security plan shall be submitted to the division for approval pursuant to the requirements of Rules 75-14.050 through 75-14.056, F.A.C., prior to implementation.

(4) A security plan shall include a system of internal controls, which shall include the following:

(a) A description by position of each security officer or employee, to include their duties, assignments and responsibilities;

(b) The minimum number of security employees to be staffed by shift;

(d) Plans to provide for segregated access to the surveillance room and procedures to prevent disclosure of the identity of surveillance employees to other employees and patrons;

(e) Radio protocol and a description of authorized radio codes to be used;

(f) Training requirements and procedures for employees and officers of the slot machine licensee;

(g) A contingency plan for natural disasters, such as a hurricane, which would require a complete shut down of the facility;

(h) A contingency plan including the use of alarms or alerts for incidents of violent crime that shall include, but not be limited to robbery, armed robbery, or an incident involving a hostage situation. The contingency plan shall provide for no less than quarterly drills with all employees working in an area where buttons or triggers for alarms are located to ensure the employees know where all alarm or alert buttons or triggers are located and how to use them;

(i) A contingency plan for fire preparation including, but not limited to evacuation plans;

(j) A contingency plan for bomb or terrorist threats; and,

(k) A plan to provide for an escort by a licensed employee of the slot machine licensee and/or surveillance of access to the gaming areas by either non-gaming employees of the slot machine licensee or employees of non-gaming businesses who might require incidental access to slot machine gaming areas. A list of such employees shall be pre-approved by the slot machine licensee. The slot machine licensee shall maintain a record of the employee’s name, job title, driver’s license number, date of birth, home address, and name of the employer.

(5) The security plan shall include procedures for quarterly testing of all security alarms or security alerts required by rules regulating the slot machine licensee’s operations in the slot machine licensee’s facility.

(6) The security plan shall detail the slot machine licensee’s procedure for clearing the designated slot machine gaming areas prior to non-gaming hours.

(7) Every slot machine licensee shall have a contingency power source in the event of a power outage that shall be sufficient to maintain the security and surveillance of all slot machine gaming related areas.

(8) In the event any security alarm or alert is activated for any reason other than a drill or test, a written report outlining the cause of the alarm or alert’s activiation shall be submitted to the division within 24 hours of the alarm or alert.

(9) The personnel of the Security Department shall be prohibited from carrying firearms.

(10) The slot machine licensee shall notify the division of any event which requires additional staffing.

History

Rulemaking Authority 551.103(1), 551.122 FS. Law Implemented 551.103(1)(i), 551.104(4)(h) FS. History–New 6-25-06, Amended 5-30-17, Formerly 61D-14.051.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-14.052 Electronic Identification and Access Control System

(1) A slot machine licensee shall utilize an electronic identification and access control system for its employees and employees of its vendors that shall be used to open doors to controlled areas of the slot machine licensee’s facility. The electronic identification and access control system shall:

(a) Provide a clear color photograph identification card or badge for all employees of the slot machine licensee or employees of its vendors;

(b) The identification card shall be color coded or provide an alpha or numeric symbol to indicate which areas of the slot machine licensee’s facility the employee is authorized to enter; and,

(c) The photograph and color code or symbol required by these rules shall be unique to the slot machine licensee’s facility and shall be of sufficient size and clarity to allow the surveillance system to observe the photograph and identify the employee to confirm his or her authorized access to the area under surveillance.

(2) The electronic identification and access control system shall be capable of immediately creating an event log of doors opened by use of the identification card or badge upon the request of the security or surveillance departments, or the division. The system shall:

(a) Be able to display a photograph of the employee opening any door; and,

(b) Cause an alarm to alert the security and surveillance departments, which would then notify the division, if a door is opened:

Without the use of an identification card, or
With an identification card that is not programmed to open the door.

(3) The division shall be provided access to any data contained in the electronic identification and access control system.

History

Rulemaking Authority 551.103(1), 551.122 FS. Law Implemented 551.103(1)(g), (i), 551.104(4)(h) FS. History–New 6-25-06, Amended 5-30-17, Formerly 61D-14.052.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-14.053 Key Controls

(1) Each slot machine licensee shall develop and utilize a lock and key control system that limits or restricts access to secure compartments and areas as identified in the slot licensee’s internal control procedure. Locks and keys shall be received by the slot machine licensee’s security department and installed by a master locksmith or similarly qualified employee of the slot machine licensee.

(2) Notwithstanding the requirements of Rule 75-14.052, F.A.C., the internal controls procedure of the slot machine licensee shall identify persons authorized by the slot machine licensee to possess keys providing access to the following compartments or areas:

(a) Slot cash storage boxes;

(b) Trolleys to transport slot cash storage boxes;

(d) Areas in which slot cash storage boxes are located;

(e) Compartments housing microprocessors in any slot machine; and,

(f) Containers holding the master key for each slot machine Central Processing Unit (CPU).

(3) Each process outlined in the internal control procedure shall describe the method by which secure keys are accessed and the documentation requirements in subsection (4), below.

(4) Each slot machine licensee shall implement a log system. The log system shall document access to any secure key that the security department controls and shall include the following information:

(a) The pre-designated key number;

(b) The date and time the key was signed out from the security department;

(d) The name and designated slot licensee number of the security person escorting the employee with the key to the secure area as a second signature signing out the key;

(e) The name and designated slot licensee number of the security person issuing the key;

(f) The name and designated slot licensee number of the employee and security person, providing the escort, returning the key; and,

(g) The date and time the key was returned to the security department.

(5) Each slot machine licensee shall implement measures in their internal control procedures for:

(a) Addressing missing, lost, and stolen keys;

(b) Issuing replacement keys; and,

History

Rulemaking Authority 551.103(1), 551.122 FS. Law Implemented 551.103(1)(b), (e), (g), (i), 551.104(4)(h) FS. History–New 6-25-06, Amended 6-21-10, Formerly 61D-14.053.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-14.054 Surveillance Equipment

(1) Each slot machine licensee shall install, maintain and continuously operate an onsite closed circuit television surveillance system (surveillance system) at the facility.

(2) The surveillance system shall meet the following requirements:

(a) The surveillance system shall employ digital electronic technology with the acuity and clarity that is no less than that provided by magnetic tape systems. To insure that all movements are discernible upon review of recorded activity, the digital equipment shall record to a quality of 4 Common Intermediate Format and shall be capable of observing and recording at no less than 30 frames per second;

(b) The system shall utilize 30 frames per second in light sensitive color cameras with pan, zoom, and tilt capabilities that can be placed behind domes or one-way mirrors that conceal the cameras from view and permit clear, unobstructed views with sufficient video monitors to simultaneously cover the following various vantage points:

Patrons, spectators, slot machine employees with an assigned work station and other persons in the slot machine gaming area with sufficient clarity to permit identification of such person,
The movement of cash, tickets or vouchers used for play, drop boxes, drop buckets, tip boxes and other gaming equipment within the slot machine licensee’s facility,
All areas and activities occurring within the count rooms, with audio-capability in those rooms, during any occupancy of those rooms,
All slot change booths, with sufficient clarity to permit identification of all transactions, cash and paperwork conducted therein,
Each slot machine with sufficient clarity as to determine the display of the screen of the slot machine, the denomination of any bill, voucher or ticket used in the slot machine or any information printed on a player card inserted into a slot machine and the identification numbers affixed to each machine; and,
All areas where slot machines are repaired.

(c) The system may utilize less than 30 frames per second, but no less than 15 frames per second in light sensitive color cameras with pan, zoom, tilt capabilities and/or fixed cameras that can be placed behind domes or one-way mirrors that conceal the cameras from view and permit clear, unobstructed views with sufficient video monitors to simultaneously cover the areas not listed above in paragraph (b), to specifically include the following:

All entrance and exit doors to the slot machine licensee’s facility including the armored car bay, and any man trap located in the facility; and,
All parking areas owned by the slot machine licensee with sufficient lighting in those areas to provide for clear viewing and recording.

(d) Video-printers that possess the capability to generate instantaneously upon command, a clear, still copy of the image depicted on the video recording using a minimum of four colors at 720 x 480 dots per inch on photo quality paper;

(e) All images and audio shall be digitally recorded and stored on a system with backup and retrieval capabilities including a duplication system to allow for the play-back of suspected illegal activity while the master tape continues to record activities on the designated slot machine gaming area. Recording systems shall be locked by the manufacturer to disable the erase and reformat functions and to prevent access to the system data files. The system shall provide uninterrupted recording while the playback or copy function is used. If the slot machine licensee chooses to use a network for the digital recording equipment, it shall be a closed network with limited access. The slot machine licensee shall provide the commission and FDLE with the necessary software and hardware to review a downloaded recording;

(f) The system shall have a failure notification system that provides an audible alarm, as well as a visual alert of any failure in the surveillance system or the media storage system. The alarm and alert system shall advise the commission as well as the facility surveillance department of the failure;

(g) The system shall have a media storage system that is configured so that a failure of any single component shall not result in the loss of any data from the media storage system;

(h) All digital video disks or other storage media produced from the surveillance system shall contain the data with the time and date it was recorded superimposed by the media player to provide images with a video verification encryption code;

(i) A video verification encryption code, shall be submitted to the commission, before the inspection and approval of the system;

(j) A slot machine licensee’s surveillance system shall not have more than eight cameras required in the first stage of concentration, unless the licensee has a fault tolerant or redundant system so there is no loss of data in the event of a failure of a single first stage of concentration.

(3) Access, or the ability to access, a surveillance system from any location outside of the surveillance room, shall be disclosed in a quarterly report filed with the commission which sets forth the location and to whom access is being provided, other than surveillance personnel, and certifies that the transmission is encrypted, firewalled on both ends and password protected. The password protection shall contain alpha and numeric characteristics with a minimum of six characters and be changed to a previously unused password when the employment of any employee of the surveillance department is terminated or transferred.

(4) Access to the surveillance system, surveillance system plan, and any related information, shall be limited to surveillance employees, the commission, and FDLE.

(5) The commission and FDLE shall have access to all security cameras or other surveillance equipment. The surveillance system shall be configured so that the commission and FDLE are able to direct the surveillance of a particular area or person on the grounds of the slot machine licensee.

(6) Employees of the slot machine licensee, when assigned to monitoring duties in the surveillance room, shall have no other gaming related duties.

(7) The interior of the surveillance room shall not be visible or accessible to the public.

(8) The commission or FDLE shall have immediate access to the surveillance room and other surveillance areas. The commission and FDLE shall be provided, upon request, copies of digital recorded media of activities as well as copies of any images produced on a video printer.

(9) Before implementing any changes to a surveillance system, the slot machine licensee shall submit the proposed changes to the commission for approval.

(10) A slot machine licensee shall notify the commission immediately of any failure of the surveillance system to continuously monitor the eligible facility or to otherwise operate properly. Play of slot machines in any area for which there is inadequate monitoring shall be suspended until the surveillance system is restored.

(11) The surveillance room shall be staffed for monitoring 24 hours a day by at least one surveillance department employee who is trained in the use of the equipment, has knowledge of slot machine operations, and the slot machine licensee’s approved internal control procedures for security and surveillance.

(12) The slot machine licensee shall be responsible to ensure that any malfunction of surveillance equipment shall be immediately repaired or replaced with a working unit. If immediate replacement is not possible, alternative live monitoring shall be provided by the slot machine licensee personnel; otherwise, gaming in the unmonitored area(s) of the eligible facility shall immediately cease.

(13) Failure of any storage system for video or audio recordings shall be repaired or the storage system replaced within 8 hours of the failure. The surveillance system shall provide back-up for video or audio recording during the repair and replacement time. If after 8 hours, activity in the affected area cannot be recorded, the slot machines in that area shall be closed for play until recording is restored. A log of all malfunctions of the surveillance and recording equipment shall be kept and such malfunctions shall be reported to the commission each day.

(14) All surveillance monitoring equipment shall be located in the surveillance room of a slot machine licensee and the surveillance department shall be responsible for its proper operation and maintenance.

(15) A slot machine licensee shall provide written notification to the commission prior to the video or audio format of any portion of their surveillance system being changed, setting forth what the change will be, when the change will occur, and how the change will affect their surveillance system as a whole.

(16) All equipment that is used to monitor and record activities within the designated gaming area(s) shall remain accessible solely to surveillance personnel except when such equipment is being repaired or replaced. All repairs shall take place in the presence of surveillance department personnel.

(17) Each slot machine licensee facility shall have at least one surveillance room to be used exclusively to monitor the activities within the slot machine licensee’s facility. The interior of the surveillance room shall not be visible to the public and shall be continuously monitored and recorded.

History

Rulemaking Authority 16.712(2)(a), 551.103(1), 551.122 FS. Law Implemented 16.712(1)(a), 551.103(1)(g), (i), 551.104(4)(h) FS. History–New 6-25-06, Amended 5-30-17, Formerly 61D-14.054, Amended 8-5-25.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-14.055 Storage and Retrieval of Surveillance Recordings

(1) All surveillance recordings shall be in digital format and retained for at least thirty (30) days in areas referenced in paragraph 75-14.054(2)(b), F.A.C., and seven (7) days for areas referenced in paragraph 75-14.054(2)(c), F.A.C., unless provided otherwise in this section. Recordings shall be listed on a log by surveillance personnel with the date, times, and identification of the person monitoring or changing the recording medium in a recorder. Surveillance recordings shall be released to the division or FDLE upon demand.

(2) Any surveillance recording of illegal or suspected illegal activity or jackpot payment procedures, upon completion of the monitoring, shall be saved and stored separately and labeled in a manner with date, time and identity of surveillance personnel. The saved recordings shall be placed in a separate, secure area and written notification given to the division and FDLE.

(3) Video recordings of activities under subsection (2), shall not be destroyed without the written authorization of the division and FDLE.

(4) All surveillance recordings relating to the following shall be retained in a secure area and shall be listed on a log maintained by surveillance personnel:

(a) All count room areas;

(b) The vault area;

(d) Any areas with cashiers or where the patrons cash tickets or vouchers.

History

Rulemaking Authority 551.103(1), 551.122 FS. Law Implemented 551.103(1)(d), (e), (g), (i), 551.104(4)(h) FS. History–New 6-25-06, Formerly 61D-14.055.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-14.056 Security and Surveillance Logs

(1) The slot machine licensee shall maintain a surveillance log(s) in the surveillance room containing the following information:

(a) The names of all persons entering or exiting the surveillance room;

(b) A summary, including the date and time each surveillance activity commenced and terminated;

(d) Description of the activity observed or performed for any and all unusual occurrences observed by a surveillance employee;

(e) Any additional information as required by the division or FDLE after notification of a specific incident; and,

(f) All communications received by or sent from the surveillance room.

(2) A slot machine licensee shall maintain a security log of any and all unusual occurrences for which the assignment of a security department employee is made. Each incident shall be assigned a sequential number and an entry made in the log(s) containing the following information:

(a) The assignment number;

(b) The date of the incident;

(d) The location of the incident;

(e) The nature of the incident;

(f) The person(s) involved in the incident; and,

(g) The security department employee(s) assigned.

History

Rulemaking Authority 551.103(1), 551.122 FS. Law Implemented 551.103(1)(g), (i), 551.104(4)(h) FS. History–New 7-30-06, Formerly 61D-14.056.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-14.058 Slot Machine Licensees System of Internal Controls

(1) Each slot machine licensee shall develop and implement internal control procedures to ensure compliance with Chapter 551, F.S., and Chapter 75-14, F.A.C.

(2) Each slot machine licensee shall submit to the division a written description of internal control procedures that incorporate administrative and accounting controls with its application before slot machine gaming commences.

(3) Each slot machine licensee’s internal control procedures shall include the following:

(a) Administrative controls which include the procedures and records that detail authorization of transactions; and,

(b) Accounting controls shall require that:

Transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general authorization,
Transactions are recorded to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles,
Access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management authorization; and,
The recorded accountability for assets shall be compared with existing assets at set intervals and corrective action shall be taken with respect to any differences.

(4) Each submission of internal control procedures shall include a statement signed by the slot machine licensee’s chief executive officer, chief operating officer, director of surveillance, director of security, director of slot machine operations, chief financial officer, and the applicant’s chief legal officer or their equivalents that the submitted internal controls conform to the requirements of Chapter 551, F.S., and Chapter 75-14, F.A.C.

(5) The division shall evaluate the internal control procedures of each applicant for a slot machine license pursuant to subsection (1), above, based on the following criteria:

(a) Conformity to Chapter 551, F.S., and Chapter 75-14, F.A.C.; and,

(b) Evidence that the following standards are met:

An audit trail that permits the review of slot machine operations or the reconstruction of gross revenue transactions,
The segregation of functions as referenced in subsection 75-14.015(4), F.A.C.; and,
The inclusion of all forms or documents referenced in the submission or required by Chapter 551, F.S., and Chapter 75-14, F.A.C.

(6) A current version of the internal controls of the slot machine licensee shall be maintained in the accounting, slot, and surveillance departments of the slot machine licensee. The slot machine licensee shall maintain copies of previous internal controls pursuant to the requirements of Rule 75-14.080, F.A.C.

(7) The slot machine licensee’s accounting internal controls shall include procedures for the establishment of a patron signature file if such a file is utilized by the slot machine licensee.

(8) Failure of the slot machine licensee to implement or comply with any internal control procedure required in Chapter 75-14, F.A.C., is a violation of this section.

History

Rulemaking Authority 551.103(1), 551.122 FS. Law Implemented 551.103(1)(d), (e), (g), (i) FS. History–New 6-25-06, Formerly 61D-14.058.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-14.059 Slot Machine Licensee Personnel

(1) Each slot machine licensee shall maintain a level of staffing, supervision, and delineation of responsibilities of the organizational structure that ensures the proper operations as provided in the internal control procedures.

(2) The slot machine licensee’s internal controls shall provide for a pre-employment screening process for each prospective employee, including the following:

(a) A completed employment application;

(b) Documentation that prospective employees for supervisory, managerial or surveillance positions have skills, training and experience for the position; and,

(3) The slot licensee shall maintain a personnel file for each employee that shall contain without limitation the following:

(a) The original employment application required by the slot licensee;

(b) Documents of the training required by 75-14.019(3), F.A.C., and the most recent training as required by 75-14.019(1)(d), F.A.C.;

(d) A current detailed position description that includes access rights granted to the employee relating to secure areas, keys, or information;

(e) A chronological log of all positions held by the employee indicating the effective and termination date of each position;

(f) All performance evaluations conducted by the slot licensee;

(g) Documentation relating to performance issues such as promotions, demotions, reprimands, or separations;

(h) Signed drug-free workplace agreement based upon the licensee’s established drug-testing program which shall include, at a minimum, the following elements:

A generalized list of substances for which licensees may be tested,
A timeline of when drug testing may occur; and,
Disciplinary actions the slot machine licensee may take in the event of a positive test result.

(i) All federal and state income tax returns filed by the employee for the previous three years, if the employee is identified in paragraph 75-14.002(1)(e), F.A.C.

History

Rulemaking Authority 16.712(2)(a), 551.103(1), 551.122 FS. Law Implemented 16.712(1)(a), 551.103(1)(g), (j) FS. History–New 6-25-06, Amended 9-26-13, 5-30-17, Formerly 61D-14.059, Amended 10-26-25.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-14.060 Business Entities, Internal Controls and Personnel Records

(1) The slot machine licensee’s internal controls shall provide for screening of business entities supplying slot machine gaming related equipment and services, which shall include out-sourced general employment services, to the slot machine licensee or its affiliates including the following:

(a) A reference check of the business entity from other gaming jurisdictions; and,

(b) Ensure the business entity has obtained a current occupational license.

(2) The slot licensee shall maintain a file for each business referenced in subsection (1), above, that shall contain the following:

(a) Documentation of the results of the reference check in subsection (1), above;

(b) A copy of the current business license issued by the division;

(c) A list of the business entity’s employees who require an occupational license pursuant to Section 551.107(2)(a)3., F.S.; and,

(d) A copy of each contract the slot machine licensee has entered into with the business entity.

(3) Any business entity holding an occupational license shall:

(a) Conduct pre-employment screening referenced in subsection 75-14.059(2), F.A.C., for any employee that would be required to obtain an occupational license referenced in Rule 75-14.005, F.A.C.; and,

(b) The documentation required by this subsection shall be maintained in an office of the business entity located in this state or with a registered agent of the business entity located in this state.

(4) Any business entity holding an occupational license shall maintain a file for each of its employees, in compliance with subsection 75-14.059(3), F.A.C.

History

Rulemaking Authority 551.103(1), 551.122 FS. Law Implemented 551.103(1)(d), (g), (i) FS. History–New 8-6-06, Amended 9-26-13, 5-30-17, Formerly 61D-14.060.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-14.061 Slot Cash Storage Boxes

(1) Each slot cash storage box shall:

(a) Have a separate lock that shall only be opened by a key that is secured under the slot machine licensee’s system of internal controls as provided in subsection 75-14.053(2), F.A.C.;

(b) Have a device that prohibits access to the contents of the slot cash storage box, when it is removed from the machine; and,

(c) Have an asset number that corresponds to the asset number of its assigned machine and is identifiable by the surveillance system referenced in Rule 75-14.054, F.A.C.

(2) Emergency slot cash storage boxes that are used when the slot cash storage boxes of a specific machine are not available shall be maintained without asset numbers, provided:

(a) The word “emergency” is permanently imprinted, affixed or impressed thereon; and,

(b) The emergency slot cash storage box is temporarily marked with the asset number of the machine to which it is assigned.

(3) Nothing in this rule shall be interpreted to prohibit the use of a bar code or similar device for tracking of slot cash storage boxes, so long as the requirements of this section are met.

History

Rulemaking Authority 551.103(1), 551.122 FS. Law Implemented 551.103(1)(d), (g), (i) FS.History–New 7-30-06, Formerly 61D-14.061.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-14.063 Count Rooms

(1) The slot machine licensee shall have within its facility a count room used exclusively for counting of funds received from the wagering operations of pari-mutuels and slot machines. Counts conducted for slot machine operations shall be performed at separate times and independent of counts from pari-mutuel operations.

(2) The count room shall have:

(a) Metal doors equipped with:

Two separate locks, independent of one another and those of the slot cash storage boxes; and,
An alarm device, which audibly and visibly signals the surveillance monitoring room and the security department whenever a door to the count room is opened,

(b) Tables constructed of clear lexan or similar material; and,

History

Rulemaking Authority 551.103(1), 551.122 FS. Law Implemented 551.103(1)(d), (g), (i) FS. History–New 6-25-06, Amended 6-21-10, 5-30-17, Formerly 61D-14.063.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-14.065 Procedure for Slot Cash Storage Box Count

(1) Each slot machine licensee shall include in its internal control procedures:

(a) A workflow diagram indicating all equipment used in the counting process;

(b) A description of all computer equipment used in the counting and recording process and other systems that communicate with computer equipment for purposes related to the counting of revenue;

(c) Procedures for controlling changes in software use in the counting and recording process, which provide for notification to the division at least 24 hours prior to the implementation of any proposed change; and,

(d) Controls that prevent access to any count room information by anyone outside of the count room until the entire count process is concluded.

(2) Pre-count requirements in the internal controls shall include:

(a) Notification to the surveillance department to make an audio-visual recording of the count process;

(b) Procedures providing for a count team including a professional occupational licensee supervisor and at least two team members who shall also be present, with one team member being the count recorder;

(c) All persons present in the count room during the counting process shall wear as outer garments, only a full-length, one-piece, pocket-less garment with openings only for the arms, feet, and neck;

(d) No person present shall carry any items into the count room; and,

(e) Each person entering the count room shall record, in writing, their name and license number in the count room log. The count room supervisor shall record any entries and exits of the count room during the process by any persons.

(3) Count process requirements in the internal controls shall include:

(a) Dual count and reconciliation;

(b) Segregation of bills, tickets, or vouchers and resolving any discrepancies;

(d) Utilization of counting machines;

(e) The contents of each slot cash storage box shall be emptied on the count table and counted separately;

(f) The inside of the slot cash storage box shall be held up to the full view of a surveillance camera, after which the slot cash storage box shall be locked and placed in the storage area for slot cash storage boxes;

(g) As the contents of each slot cash storage box are counted, a count team member shall record information regarding the details of the count to include:

The asset number of the machine to which the slot cash storage box contents correspond,
The value of each denomination of currency counted,
The total value of all denominations of currency counted,
A listing of each slot machine ticket or voucher counted by validation number and the value of each gaming ticket counted; and,
The gaming date of the items being recorded and the total number of all slot cash storage boxes opened and counted.

(h) The doors to the count room shall be locked and remain locked except when the doors are opened as follows:

At the start or conclusion of a count team employee’s shift,
To permit slot cash storage boxes to be secured in the count room,
To permit empty slot cash storage boxes or emergency slot cash storage boxes that were not part of the current count to be removed from the count room,
To allow a main bank cashier or cage supervisor to enter the count room to perform his or her job responsibilities,
In the event of an emergency,
To allow the count team to exit the room at the conclusion of the count; and,
To allow for scheduled breaks that shall be taken by the entire count team.

(i) During the counting process, the count room supervisor shall notify the surveillance department whenever a count room door will be opened;

(j) The count team members shall not leave the count room until all money is counted, verified, sorted, and totaled into the computer and cash drop funds are transferred to the cash vault. If a count team member leaves the count room, all count team members shall secure all of the bills, tickets and vouchers in the count room, and notify security that the count team needs to leave the count room. No count team member shall remain in the count room alone. The count team members shall not reenter the count room until all count team members are present;

(k) Any person leaving the count room prior to the completion of the entire count process, shall also record the time that he or she exited the count room, if the person exiting the count room is unable to sign the document due to an emergency, the count room supervisor shall record the person’s name and time of exit and a notation describing the emergency on the document;

(l) After preparation of the slot cash storage box report, the count team members performing the banking functions and the count room supervisor shall sign the reports attesting to the accuracy of the information recorded thereon as evidence of their participation in the counting of the slot cash storage boxes; and,

(m) If a discrepancy in excess of $500 occurs during verification of the count funds, it shall be brought to the immediate attention of the division and a detailed written report explaining the problem and the corrective action taken shall be filed by the count room supervisor with the division within 48 hours of the conclusion of the count.

(4) Post-count requirements in the internal controls shall include:

(a) All bills, tickets and vouchers shall be presented in the count room to a main bank cashier or cage supervisor who, prior to having access to the information recorded on the slot cash storage box report and in the presence of a count team member, shall verify the bills, tickets and vouchers presented in accordance with the slot licensee’s internal controls. The cashier or cage supervisor shall attest by signature for the custody of the bills, tickets, and vouchers;

(b) Once all signatures required by this section have been obtained, all tickets and vouchers have been removed from the slot cash storage boxes, and any other supporting documentation has been completed, those documents shall be transported directly to the accounting department and shall not be available to any cashier’s cage personnel. The accounting department shall record the figures and calculate the total drop for that gaming day. All coupons shall be received and processed by the accounting department and reconciled with the facility based central monitoring system;

(c) A count room employee, in the presence of security personnel or a count room supervisor, shall conduct an inspection of the entire count room and all counting equipment located therein to verify that no bills, tickets, or vouchers remain in the room; and,

(d) Cash from a previous count shall be locked and secured before another count can begin.

History

Rulemaking Authority 551.103(1), 551.122 FS. Law Implemented 551.103(1)(d), (g), (i) FS. History–New 6-25-06, Amended 5-30-17, Formerly 61D-14.065.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-14.067 Slot Cashier’s Cage and Change Machines

(1) Each slot cashier shall operate with an individual imprest inventory. At the end of each shift, the slot cashier assigned to the outgoing shift shall record on a daily slot cashier’s count sheet maintained by the slot machine licensee, the face value of each slot booth inventory item counted and the total opening and closing slot booth inventories and shall reconcile the total closing inventory with the total opening inventory.

(2) At the end of each gaming day, a copy of the daily slot cashiers’ count sheets for that gaming day shall be forwarded to the accounting department.

(3) The slot cashier’s cage inventory shall be used to supply change persons with an imprest inventory of bills, tickets or vouchers. The slot cashier’s cage inventory shall also be used to provide a change person with bills, tickets, and vouchers in exchange for an equal amount of any combination of bills, tickets, or vouchers.

(4) The slot cashier’s cage inventory shall be used to supply any mechanical, electrical or other device which operates independently of a slot machine and which, upon insertion of a ticket or voucher, dispenses an amount of currency equivalent to the face value of the ticket or voucher, and which immediately upon exchange cancels the ticket or voucher with an imprest inventory of slot tickets.

History

Rulemaking Authority 551.103(1), 551.122 FS. Law Implemented 551.103(1)(d), (g), (i) FS. History–New 6-25-06, Amended 5-30-17, Formerly 61D-14.067.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-14.069 Accounting and Security Records

(1) Each slot machine licensee shall maintain records of all transactions pertaining to the revenues and costs for its facility.

(2) General accounting records shall be on a double entry system of accounting with transactions recorded on the accrual basis that shall also be maintained as follows:

(a) The slot licensee shall maintain a uniform chart of accounts and accounting classification;

(b) The chart of accounts shall provide the classifications necessary to prepare standard financial statements; and,

(c) The slot machine licensee shall not alter the account numbering system without prior written notification to the division.

(3) Supporting subsidiary records to be maintained by the slot machine licensee shall include:

(a) Records detailing all complimentary items or services provided as required by Rule 75-14.021, F.A.C.;

(b) Records of all financial investments, advances, loans and receivable balances, due to the establishment; and,

(4) Prior to commencement of slot machine activities, the slot machine licensee shall submit to the division the name and location, bank account number and routing information of a financial institution for collection and distribution of slot machine gaming revenue. The financial institution shall be a bank or trust company authorized to do business in Florida. The bank account shall be used exclusively for the deposit and distribution of slot machine gaming revenues that shall not be commingled with any other funds.

History

Rulemaking Authority 551.103(1), 551.122 FS. Law Implemented 551.103(1)(d), (e), (g), (i) FS. History–New 6-25-06, Formerly 61D-14.069.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-14.072 Cashier’s Cage, Satellite Cages, Vaults, and Accounting Controls

(1) Each slot machine licensee shall have on or immediately adjacent to the designated slot machine gaming area a physical structure known as a cashier’s cage (“the cage”) to house the cashiers and to serve as the central location for the following:

(a) The custody of the cage inventory comprising currency including patrons’ deposits, and of forms, documents, and records normally associated with the operation of a cage;

(b) The custody and exchange of currency, electronic cards, forms, documents and records normally generated or utilized by cashiers, change persons, and slot attendants;

(c) The responsibility for the overall reconciliation of all documentation generated by cashiers, slot cashiers, change persons, and slot attendants; and,

(d) The receipt of currency, tickets or vouchers from the count room in conformity with this document.

(2) The cage shall be designed and constructed to provide security for the materials housed therein and the activities performed therein; such design and construction shall provide for the following:

(a) Fully enclosed except for openings through which materials such as cash, records, and documents can be passed to service the public and slot cashier’s cages;

(b) Manually triggered silent alarm systems for the cage, its ancillary office space and any related vault, which alarm systems shall be connected directly to the monitoring rooms of the surveillance system and the security department office;

(c) Double door entry and exit system that shall not permit a person to pass through the second door until the first door is securely locked. In addition:

The first door of the double door entry and exit system shall be controlled by the security department. The second door of the double door entry and exit system shall be controlled by the cashier’s cage;
The system shall have surveillance camera coverage which shall be monitored by the surveillance department; and,
Any entrance to the cage that is not a double door entry and exit system shall be an alarmed emergency exit door only; and,

(d) Separate locks on each door of the double door entry and exit system, the keys to which shall be different from each other.

(3) Satellite cages shall be designed and constructed in compliance with the provisions of subsection (2), except that satellite cages shall not be required to utilize a double door entry system as required by subparagraph (2)(c)1. Satellite cages shall have surveillance camera coverage and utilize a lockable door.

(4) Each vault shall include the following:

(a) A metal door with one key that shall be maintained and controlled by the cage. The slot machine licensee shall establish a sign-in and sign-out procedure for removal and replacement of the key or an electronic lock release that can be activated by vault personnel inside the vault;

(b) An alarm device that signals the surveillance department whenever the door to the vault is opened; and,

(5) Vaults shall be under the control of the accounting department. The storage or removal of currency from vaults shall be documented, and the amount of currency in each vault shall be reconciled daily.

(6) The cashiers assigned to an outgoing shift shall record on a daily cashier’s count sheet the face value of each cage inventory item counted and the total of the opening and closing cage inventories and shall reconcile the total closing inventory with the total opening inventory.

(7) At the end of the slot machine licensee’s hours of operation for each day, a copy of the cashier’s count sheets and related documentation shall be forwarded to the accounting department for agreement with opening and closing inventories.

History

Rulemaking Authority 551.103(1), 551.122 FS. Law Implemented 551.103(1)(d), (g), (i) FS. History–New 7-30-06, Amended 5-30-17, Formerly 61D-14.072.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-14.073 Meter Readings

History

Rulemaking Authority 551.103(1), 551.122 FS. Law Implemented 551.103(1)(d), (e), (i) FS. History–New 7-30-06, Amended 8-14-11, Formerly 61D-14.073, Repealed 10-26-25.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-14.074 Security Requirements, System Access, and Firewalls

(1) The firewall application shall maintain an audit log and disable all communications and generate an error event if the audit log becomes full. An audit log shall contain the following information:

(a) All changes to configuration of the firewall;

(b) All successful and unsuccessful connection attempts through the firewall; and,

(2) Except as provided in this section, the facility based monitoring system shall not allow for remote access and all access to the facility based monitoring system shall be conducted from within the slot machine licensee’s facility. A slot machine licensee shall provide in its system of internal controls a method of providing limited remote access to the facility based monitoring system for a business or person licensed as a business occupational license pursuant to Section 551.107(2)(a)3., F.S., for performance of maintenance or diagnostics of the facility based monitoring system that cannot be performed by the slot machine licensee’s onsite personnel. The system of internal controls for such remote access shall provide for the following:

(a) Designation of an officer required to sign for acknowledgement of internal controls in subsection 75-14.058(4), F.A.C., who shall be responsible for determining the need for remote access to the facility based monitoring system;

(b) The device or method through which remote access is given shall be taken offline when remote access is not required;

A list of persons authorized to modify or enable such a device or method used to establish remote access; and,
Storage of any such device or method in a secure location that is not readily accessible to any person other than those listed under subparagraph (c)1.; and,
A log with separate entries for each person and the dates and times when the remote access is enabled, disabled or modified.

(d) Maintenance of a log of each time remote access is provided, enabled, disabled or modified with a separate entry for each of the following:

The specific reason for which remote access was provided to another person or entity,
The name and occupational license number of the employee who authorized remote access to be provided to another person or entity,
The name and occupational license number of the employee of the slot machine licensee who established a remote access connection to the person or entity, if such employee is different from the employee provided in subparagraph (d)2.,
The name and occupational license number of the person and entity with whom remote access is established. If remote access is provided to an employee of a business occupational licensee, the name and occupational license number of both the employee and the business entity shall be entered on the log,
The date and time that remote access is established; and,
The date and time that remote access is terminated.

(e) A written report to be provided to the division in no less than 24 hours after the remote access has been completed which shall include:

The reason that remote access was provided, enabled, disabled or modified,
The name of the employee of the slot machine licensee that authorized the remote access,
The name of the slot machine employee who established the remote access on behalf of the slot machine licensee,
The name of the person and entity with whom remote access was established,
The date and time remote access was established and concluded; and,
A narrative report that shall describe:

a. Each component of the facility based monitoring system that was accessed; and,

b. Whether the remote access was successful in resolving the issue described in subparagraph (d)1.

(3) Automated ticket redemption machines are only to be used for the purpose of accepting, validating and providing payment for tickets inserted, or converting bills into smaller denominations. Automated ticket redemption machines shall not incorporate other functions. Automated ticket redemption machines shall use a communication protocol that shall not permit the automated ticket redemption machine to write directly to the system database and only process payments based on commands from the system. Automated ticket redemption machines shall meet the slot machine hardware requirements for security and player safety, as set forth in Rules 75-14.022 through 75-14.044, F.A.C.

(4) Automated ticket redemption machines shall be capable of detecting and displaying the following error conditions:

(a) Power loss or power reset;

(b) Interpretation of communication with the automated ticket redemption machine;

(d) RAM error;

(e) Low RAM battery;

(f) Ticket in jam;

(g) Door open;

(h) Bill acceptor stacker full;

(i) Bill acceptor door open;

(j) Bill stacker door open or bill stacker removed; and,

(k) Printer errors.

(5) The error conditions referenced in subsection (4), shall illuminate the tower light alarm. The automated ticket redemption machine shall be able to recover to its prior operating condition.

(6) Error conditions listed in paragraphs (4)(a)-(g) and (k), shall require a slot machine attendant to intervene and clear the error from the automated ticket redemption machine prior to the resumption of operation.

(7) There shall be a maximum ticket value of $2,000 that can be paid by an automated ticket redemption machine, per individual ticket.

(8) The automated ticket redemption machine shall maintain the following meters:

(a) A “total in” meter that accumulates the total value of tickets or vouchers accepted by the automated ticket redemption machine; and,

(b) A “total out” meter(s) for payments issued by the machine;

(9) A log shall be maintained in critical memory or on a paper log housed within the individual automated ticket redemption machine that consists of the following:

(a) An event log which shall record the following information about the ticket redeemed:

Date/time of redemption,
Amount of ticket; and,
At least last 4-digits of validation number; and,

(b) The automated ticket redemption machine shall maintain the most recent 35 events in the event log.

(10) Tickets may only be accepted by the automated ticket redemption machine when:

(a) All communication links are intact;

(b) Tickets inserted into an automated ticket redemption machine shall be rejected in the event of a communication failure; and,

(11) A business occupational licensee who provides maintenance or diagnostic services under this section for a slot machine licensee by remote access shall maintain a log each time remote access is provided by a slot machine licensee with a separate entry for each of the following:

(a) The specific slot machine licensee;

(b) The name and occupational license number of the employee of the slot machine licensee who requested remote access;

(c) The name and occupational license number of the employee of the slot machine licensee who established a remote access connection to the business occupational license, if such employee is different from the employee provided in paragraph (11)(b);

(d) The name and occupational license number of the employee of the business occupational license who provides services to the slot machine licensee by remote access;

(e) The date and time that remote access is established; and,

(f) The date and time that remote access is terminated.

(12) A written report shall be provided by a business occupational licensee that performs maintenance or diagnostic services under subsection (11) to the commission at the commission’s office located at the slot machine licensee’s facility to whom services were provided by remote access. The report shall be postmarked for no less than 24 hours after the remote access has been completed which shall include:

(a) The reason that remote access was provided;

(b) The name of the employee of the slot machine licensee that authorized the access;

(d) The name of the person and entity with whom remote access was established;

(e) The date and time remote access was established and concluded; and,

(f) A narrative report that shall describe:

Each component of the facility based monitoring system that was accessed; and,
Whether the remote access was successful in resolving the issue described in subparagraph (2)(d)1.

History

Rulemaking Authority 16.712(2)(a), 551.103(1), 551.122 FS. Law Implemented 16.712(1)(a), 551.103(1)(d), (g), (i), 551.104(4)(f) FS. History–New 8-13-06, Amended 5-30-17, Formerly 61D-14.074, Amended 2-3-26.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-14.075 Jackpot Payouts Not Paid Directly From the Slot Machine

(1) A slot machine licensee employee shall complete a manual or system generated jackpot payout slip whenever a patron wins a jackpot that is not automatically paid directly from the slot machine.

(2) Jackpot payout slips shall be:

(a) Consecutively numbered;

(b) Used in sequential order; and,

Manual jackpot payout slips shall be consecutively prenumbered forms,
Jackpot payout slips created by the facility based monitoring system shall be printed with consecutive numbering,
Employees not assigned to duties in either the cashier’s cage or the slot department shall document each series of jackpot payout slips the slot machine licensee receives,
All void original and duplicate jackpot payout slips shall be:

a. Marked “void”; and,

b. Signed by the preparer and a slot attendant or supervisor.

(3) Each series of manual jackpot payout slips shall be:

(a) A three-part form located in a locked manual form dispenser, from which the original and first duplicate jackpot payout slips may be detached while the second duplicate jackpot payout slip remains in the locked manual form dispenser; and,

(b) Maintained so that only those employees responsible for controlling all unused jackpot payout slips:

Control and account for the unused supply of jackpot payout slips; and,
Take the completed booklets of the second duplicate jackpot payout slips to the accounting department for reconciliation.

(c) Under constant surveillance coverage over the use and storage of the booklets as provided in the facility’s internal controls.

(4) Each series of computer prepared jackpot payout slips shall be a two-part form that is:

(a) Inserted in a printer and printed simultaneously in original and duplicate; and,

(b) Printed from information that is securely stored in the facility based monitoring system and cannot be altered or removed after the jackpot payout slip is printed.

(5) The following information shall be included on every jackpot payout slip and in all jackpot payout slip stored data:

(a) The asset number of the slot machine on which the jackpot was registered;

(b) The total amount of the jackpot;

(d) The date and time the jackpot occurred; and,

(e) The amount to be paid from the cashier’s cage.

(6) For all jackpots equal to or in excess of $10,000, the slot machine licensee shall disburse payment only from the cashier’s cage directly to:

(a) The patron, or

(b) A slot machine licensee employee assigned to a supervisor’s position who shall transport the winnings from the cashier’s cage directly to the patron.

(7) Certification of the accuracy of the information contained on the original and duplicate of the jackpot payout slip shall be provided by:

(a) The cashier/slot personnel who prepared the jackpot payout slip and a slot supervisor who observed the reel characters of the slot machine who shall sign the jackpot payout form; and,

(b) Where the jackpot is equal to or in excess of $10,000, a manager and a member of the security department who shall also sign the jackpot payout form in addition to the signatures required under paragraph (7)(a).

(8) The original jackpot payout slip shall be forwarded to the accounting department for:

(a) Reconciliation with:

The triplicate of the manual jackpot payout slip, or
The data stored on the facility based monitoring system for all computer prepared jackpot payout slips.

(b) Recording on the slot win sheet;

(9) Prior to payment of a slot jackpot of $25,000 or more, the slot machine licensee shall conduct a verification check of the game. The game verification check shall:

(a) Be completed by two slot machine licensee employees, at least one of whom shall be in a supervisor’s position. The two slot machine licensee employees shall be:

In possession of a valid slot machine occupational license issued by the state; and,
Assigned to different departments.

(b) Confirm the condition of the division security tape on the slot machine involved in the jackpot.

If the division security tape is not broken, the slot machine licensee may complete its payment procedure as outlined in its internal control procedures.
If the division security tape is found to be broken or tampered with, the slot machine licensee shall notify the surveillance department in order to determine if a RAM clear has recently been performed on the game.

a. If a RAM clear has been performed within the gaming day, the slot machine licensee may complete its payment procedures as outlined in its internal control procedures,

b. If a RAM clear has not been performed, the surveillance department shall provide coverage of the slot machine area involved and retain all surveillance records regarding the designated slot machine, and:

(I) The slot machine licensee shall remove the designated slot machine involved in the jackpot from play, notify the division of the jackpot and broken or tampered division security tape, and secure the designated slot machine until such time as a division representative may make a determination regarding the jackpot,

(II) A division representative shall conduct an investigation, including a verification check of game-related storage media using a device that is approved by the division for testing slot machines for compliance with Chapter 551, F.S., and Chapter 75-14, F.A.C. If the test results from the verification device reflect that:

(A) The program in the slot machine is an authorized version for play in the state of Florida, the slot machine licensee may place the machine back into play.

(B) The program in the slot machine is not an authorized version for play in the state of Florida, the machine will remain out of play pending further investigation.

(10) The accounting department shall verify that all jackpot payouts are in compliance with Chapter 75-14, F.A.C.

(11) When a non-cash prize is offered as a slot machine jackpot or payout for winnings, the slot machine licensee shall:

(a) Make an equivalent cash option available to the patron.

(b) Use the amount of the equivalent cash option in calculation of slot machine revenues.

(c) Include all details of each cash/prize jackpot option transaction on Form FGCC PMW-3680, Slot Jackpot Prize/Cash Option Report, effective 6/21/10, incorporated herein by reference, and can be obtained at www.fgcc.fl.gov or by contacting the Florida Gaming Control Commission, 2601 Blair Stone Road, Tallahassee, Florida 32399.

History

Rulemaking Authority 551.103(1), 551.122 FS. Law Implemented 551.103(1)(c), (d), (g), (i) FS. History–New 6-25-06, Amended 6-21-10, 9-26-13, 5-30-17, , Formerly 61D-14.075.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-14.076 Player Tracking System

(1) Each slot machine licensee that offers the use of a card or device to its patrons for tracking player history, shall include a description of this program or system as part of its internal control procedures and submit the internal control procedures to the commission for approval.

(2) Any card or device used as referenced in subsection (1), shall only be used for the establishment of a promotional account.

(3) Any activity involving a card or device referenced in subsection (1), shall be recorded and maintained in a database that shall be available for inspection by the commission or FDLE upon demand. Information in the database shall be maintained for the time specified in paragraph 75-14.080(3)(b), F.A.C.

(4) Each card or device issued to a patron shall require at least a four digit Personal Identification Number (PIN) for use or redemption of promotional items as outlined in subsection (1).

(5) The following errors related to the use of a card or device shall be recorded by the facility based monitoring system and a message shall be displayed by the slot machine to the patron:

(a) An invalid PIN. This error shall cause the slot machine to prompt the patron for re-entry of the PIN. However, the slot machine shall not allow more than five (5) attempts to re-enter a PIN number for the card or device;

(b) Account unknown;

History

Rulemaking Authority 16.712(2)(a), 551.103(1) (b), (d), (e), (g), 551.122 FS. Law Implemented 16.712(1)(a), 551.103(1) (b), (d), (e), (g) FS. History–New 1-16-07, Amended 5-30-17, Formerly 61D-14.076, Reviewed 8-19-26.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-14.079 Resolution of Jackpot Disputes

(1) A slot machine licensee’s internal controls, required pursuant to Rule 75-14.058, F.A.C., shall include written procedures outlining how the slot machine licensee shall resolve jackpot disputes.

(2) A patron shall report a jackpot dispute to the slot machine licensee responsible for the operation and management of the slot machine licensed facility.

(3) Whenever a patron reports a jackpot dispute, the following shall occur:

(a) In those instances in which the jackpot amount is $25,000 or more, the slot machine licensee shall resolve the dispute pursuant to its internal controls and immediately:

Notify the Office of Slot Operations, Division of Pari-Mutuel Wagering, North Broward Regional Service Center, 1400 West Commercial Boulevard, Suite 165, Ft. Lauderdale, Florida 33309-3787, of the jackpot dispute and that the slot machine licensee is preserving evidence to resolve the jackpot dispute which evidence shall include:

a. Surveillance information of the designated slot machine,

b. Records for the designated slot machine,

c. Facility based monitoring system records; and,

d. Witness statements.

Notify the surveillance department to provide surveillance recordings made at the time of the jackpot and subsequent jackpot dispute for the slot machine area involved in the jackpot dispute,
Notify an independent testing laboratory licensed by the State of Florida of the jackpot dispute and make arrangements for analysis and assessment of the slot machine and slot machine game in question,
Seal the slot machine and remove it from play until the dispute is resolved,
Obtain witness statements regarding the dispute; and,
Establish an investigation file for the dispute.

(b) In those instances in which the jackpot dispute is less than $25,000, the licensee shall resolve the jackpot dispute according to its approved internal controls.

(4) The licensee shall maintain all dispute resolution files for division review and retain the files pursuant to Rule 75-14.080, F.A.C.

History

Rulemaking Authority 551.103(1), 551.122 FS. Law Implemented 551.103(1)(c), (d), (e), (i) FS. History–New 6-21-10, Formerly 61D-14.079.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-14.080 Retention, Storage and Destruction of Books, Records, and Documents

(1) All books, records and documents pertaining to the slot machine licensee’s operations shall be:

(a) Prepared and maintained in a complete, accurate and legible form;

(b) Retained on site for a period of at least one year from the document’s creation and subsequently authorized to be maintained at another secure location for the time period specified in subsection (3), below;

(d) Organized and indexed in such a manner as to provide immediate accessibility; and,

(e) Destroyed only after expiration of the minimum retention period, except that the division shall, upon the written petition of any slot machine licensee, permit such destruction at an earlier date.

(2) For the purposes of this section, “books, records and documents” shall mean any book, record or document pertaining to, prepared in or generated by the operation of the slot machine licensee or on its behalf including all forms, reports, accounting and financial records, ledgers, subsidiary records, computer generated data, internal audit records, correspondence including email, personnel records, and its compulsive gambling program. This definition shall apply without regard to the medium through which the record is generated or maintained.

(3) All books, records and documents shall be retained by a slot machine licensee in accordance with the following schedules:

(a) The following books, records and documents shall be retained indefinitely unless destruction is requested by the licensee and authorized by the division:

Corporate records required by Rule 75-14.085, F.A.C.,
Records of corporate investigations and due diligence procedures,
Current employee personnel files; and,
A record of any book, record or document destroyed, identifying the particular book, record or document, the period of retention and the date of destruction.

(b) All other books, records and documents shall be retained by a licensee for a minimum of five years unless additional time is requested by the division or FDLE for audit or investigation; and,

In hard-copy format in a secure location for a period of no less than 90 days; and,
In electronic data format within the facility based monitoring system for a period of no less than a year.

(d) The slot machine licensee shall provide for the retrieval of specific tickets or vouchers in its internal controls.

(4) For purposes of this section, the slot machine licensee shall retain original books, records and documents except for copies:

(a) Of a document that was submitted to the division or FDLE;

(b) That were copies when obtained by the slot machine licensee, or

History

Rulemaking Authority 551.103(1), 551.122 FS. Law Implemented 551.103(1)(d), (g) FS. History–New 6-25-06, Amended 9-26-13, Formerly 61D-14.080.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-14.081 Monthly Remittance Reports

(1) Monthly remittance reports documenting the previous month’s slot machine gaming activity shall be due in accordance with Section 551.106(3), F.S. Each slot machine license shall file Form FGCC PMW-3660, Slot Operations Monthly Remittance Report, http://www.flrules.org/Gateway/reference.asp?No=Ref-03162, and Form FGCC PMW-3670, Slot Operations Cumulative Monthly Remittance Report, http://www.flrules.org/Gateway/reference.asp?No=Ref-03163, both of which are effective 9-26-13 and incorporated herein by reference. The forms can be obtained at www.fgcc.fl.gov or by contacting the Florida Gaming Control Commission, 2601 Blair Stone Road, Tallahassee, Florida 32399.

(2) When reporting credits on Forms FGCC PMW-3660 and 3670:

(a) “Credits In” shall include all credits on the ‘total in meter’ of a slot machine referenced in subsection 75-14.042(1), F.A.C.;

(b) “Credits Out” shall include all credits on the ‘total out meter’ of a slot machine referenced in subsection 75-14.042(1), F.A.C.; and,

(3) Tickets and vouchers which remain unclaimed after 30 days shall be accounted for as taxable slot machine revenue reported as referenced in subsection (1).

(4) Winnings withheld from an excluded person shall be accounted for as taxable slot machine revenue reported as referenced in subsection (1).

(5) Non-redeemable credits shall be accounted for on, and deducted from, the taxable slot machine revenue reported as referenced in subsection (1).

(6) Each report to the division shall be received or postmarked not later than the required filing date referenced in subsection (1).

History

Rulemaking Authority 550.0251(2), 551.103(1), 551.122 FS. Law Implemented 550.0251(2), 551.103(1)(d), (g), 551.106(3) FS. History–New 7-30-06, Amended 9-26-13, Formerly 61D-14.081.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-14.082 Annual Financial Report

(1) Each slot machine licensee shall generate an annual financial report. The annual financial report shall be based on the slot machine licensee’s audited financial statements, which shall be audited by an independent certified public accountant in accordance with generally accepted accounting and auditing standards. The audited financial statements shall be used to generate the slot machine licensee’s annual financial report.

(2) The annual financial report shall be prepared on a comparative basis for the current and prior fiscal year.

(3) One copy of the annual financial report shall be filed with the division no more than 120 days after completion of the slot machine licensee’s fiscal year.

(4) The annual financial reports shall be signed by the chief executive officer or chief gaming executive pursuant to subsection 75-14.015(2), F.A.C., and the financial vice president, treasurer, or controller of the slot machine licensee attesting that they have read the report and that to their knowledge the information contained in the report is accurate and complete.

(5) The annual financial report required by this section shall include a footnote reconciling and explaining any differences between the financial statements included in the slot machine licensee’s annual financial report and the cumulative monthly remittance reports in Form DBPR PMW-3670, Slot Operations Cumulative Monthly Remittance Report, incorporated by reference in Rule 75-14.081, F.A.C. Such footnote shall disclose any adjustments to:

(a) Revenues from the slot machines;

(b) Total costs and expenses; and,

(6) Each slot machine licensee shall include in its annual financial report:

(a) Any opinion or report on the slot machine licensee’s internal control procedures issued by its independent certified public accountant;

(b) A report expressing that the slot machine licensee has followed in all material respects during the period covered by this examination, the system of internal accounting controls on file with the division. Whenever the slot machine licensee has materially deviated from the system of internal accounting controls on file with the division, the report shall enumerate any deviations and any areas of the system no longer considered effective, and shall make recommendations regarding improvements in the system of internal accounting control;

(d) Any loans, installment contracts, guarantees, leases, or capital contributions with a value of $25,000 or more per year.

(7) If an independent Florida certified public accountant who was previously engaged as the principal accountant to audit the licensee’s financial statements resigns or is dismissed as the licensee’s principal accountant, or another independent certified public accountant is engaged as principal accountant, the licensee shall file a report with the division within 48 hours of when such event occurs, setting forth the name and business address of the certified public accountant and the date of such resignation, dismissal, or engagement.

(8) Any adjustments resulting from the annual audit shall be recorded in the accounting records of the year to which the adjustment relates. In the event the adjustments were not reflected in the licensees’ annual report, a revised annual report shall be required from the slot machine licensee within 30 days.

History

Rulemaking Authority 551.103(1), 551.122 FS. Law Implemented 551.103(1)(d), (e), (g) FS. History–New 6-25-06, Amended 5-30-17, Formerly 61D-14.082.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-14.085 Records Regarding Ownership

Each slot machine licensee shall maintain the following records:

(1) If a corporation:

(a) A certified copy of the articles of incorporation and any amendments thereto;

(b) A copy of the by-laws and amendments thereto;

(d) Minutes of all meetings of stockholders and directors;

(e) A current list of all stockholders and stockholders of affiliates, including their names and the names of beneficial owners of shares held where any beneficial owner has an interest in five percent or more of the outstanding shares of any class of stock, the number of shares held by each and the date acquired;

(f) A record of all transfers of stock;

(g) A record of amounts paid to the corporation for issuance of stock and any capital contributions and dates of transactions;

(h) A record, by stockholder, of all dividends distributed by the corporation; and,

(i) A record of all salaries, wages, and other remuneration, including perquisites, direct and indirect, paid during the calendar or fiscal year, by the corporation, to all officers, directors, and stockholders with an ownership interest at any time during the calendar or fiscal year, equal to or greater than five percent of the outstanding capital stock of any class of stock.

(2) If a partnership including limited partnerships:

(a) A schedule showing the amounts and dates of capital contributions, the names and addresses of the contributors, and percentage of interest in net assets, profits, and losses held by each partner;

(b) A record of the withdrawals of partnership funds or assets;

(c) A record of salaries, wages, and other remuneration, including perquisites, direct and indirect, paid to each partner during the calendar or fiscal year; and,

(d) A copy of the partnership agreement and certificate of limited partnership, if applicable.

(3) If a limited liability company:

(a) Certificates of formation, amendment, and cancellation;

(b) Operating agreement;

(d) A schedule showing the amounts and dates of contributions by members, the names and addresses of the contributors, and percentage of interest in net assets, profits, and losses held by each member and manager;

(e) A record of the distributions of limited liability company funds or assets; and,

(f) A record of salaries, wages, and other remuneration (including perquisites), direct and indirect, paid to each member and manager during the calendar or fiscal year.

(4) If a sole proprietorship:

(a) A schedule showing the name and address of the proprietor and the amount and date of his original investment;

(b) A record of dates and amounts of subsequent additions to the original investment and withdrawals therefrom; and,

(c) A record of salaries, wages, and other remuneration, including perquisites, direct or indirect, paid to the proprietor during the calendar or fiscal year.

History

Rulemaking Authority 551.103(1), 551.122 FS. Law Implemented 551.103(1)(a), (b), (g) FS. History–New 6-25-06, Formerly 61D-14.085.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-14.0861 Annual Compliance Audit

(1) If an independent Florida certified public accountant who was previously engaged as the principal accountant to the annual financial report resigns or is dismissed as the licensee’s principal accountant, or another independent certified public accountant is engaged as principal accountant, the licensee shall give written notice to the division when such event occurs setting forth the name and business address of the certified public accountant and the date of such resignation, dismissal, or engagement.

(2) The compliance audit required by Section 551.104(8), F.S., shall also contain recommendations of all findings and observations made by the slot licensee’s internal audit function referenced in paragraph 75-14.015(3)(f), F.A.C.

History

Rulemaking Authority 16.712(2)(a), 551.103(1), 551.122 FS. Law Implemented 16.712(1)(a), 551.103(1)(d), (e), (g), 551.104(8) FS. History–New 5-30-17, Formerly 61D-14.0861, Amended 12-11-25.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-14.087 Variance Reports and Response to Division Reports and Audits

(1) Each slot machine licensee shall provide a written variance report (report) for any variance in financial reporting or accounting detected during daily operations at a facility to the division at 1400 W. Commercial Blvd., Ft. Lauderdale, FL 33309. For purposes of this rule, a variance is defined as the difference between the amount reported in a specific category on the slot machine licensee’s initial report to the division and the slot machine licensee’s final report for a designated business day. The following requirements apply to this report:

(a) The report shall be submitted no later than 48 hours after identification of a variance or at the end of the next business day if the variance is identified on a weekend;

(b) The report shall provide details of the variance in narrative form. The report shall also cite the numeric readings from the meters or other accounting equipment found to be out of agreement within the facility based monitoring system and associated facility management systems;

(c) The report shall include a statement of corrective action indicating what action was taken or will be taken, what systems or records were or will be updated, and a certification that the correction will be part of the end-of-month revenue report to the division;

(d) The report shall include a proposed date of correction in those instances where the corrective action will occur subsequent to the report required by this rule. The slot machine licensee shall submit a follow-up report to the division whenever corrective action occurs subsequent to the report. The follow-up report shall indicate what action was taken, what systems or records were updated and a certification that the correction will be part of the end-of-month revenue report to the division.

(2) A slot machine licensee or occupational licensee shall provide a written response to the division within:

(a) Five business days from the date of receipt of a written request from the division for information or corrective action, or

(b) Thirty (30) calendar days from:

The date a slot machine licensee conducts an audit and finds deficiencies requiring corrective action, or
The date the division or an independent auditor conducts an audit and finds deficiencies requiring corrective action.

History

Rulemaking Authority 551.103(1), 551.122 FS. Law Implemented 551.103(1)(d), (g), 551.104(8) FS. History–New 6-25-06, Amended 6-21-10, Formerly 61D-14.087.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-14.090 Prohibited Acts

(1) No person shall engage in conduct that resists, obstructs, or opposes a division or FDLE employee in the performance of his or her duties and responsibilities.

(2) No person shall conspire with, solicit, aid, abet, counsel, hire, or procure any other person or persons to engage in a violation of Chapter 551, F.S., or Chapter 75-14, F.A.C., nor shall he or she commit any such act on his or her own.

History

Rulemaking Authority 551.103(1), 551.122 FS. Law Implemented 551.103(1)(d), (e), (g), (h), (i), (2), (3), (4) FS. History–New 6-25-06, Formerly 61D-14.090.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-14.096 Requirement for Shipment of All Slot Machines and Software Components

(1) This rule applies to the shipment of any slot machine or software component, such as EPROMs, flash cards, or CDs/DVDs, as defined in Chapter 551, F.S., and Chapter 75-14, F.A.C., whether the item or items are being shipped into, out of, or within the State of Florida to a:

(a) Licensed pari-mutuel slot machine facility;

(b) Designated DBPR or FDLE training site;

(d) Licensed slot machine manufacturer’s or distributor’s slot machine storage and maintenance facility, or

(e) Out-of-state location.

(2) The information and material required to request shipment of any slot machine or software component shall include the following:

(a) The submission of a completed paper or electronic Form FGCC PMW-3900, Slot Machine and Component Application for Shipment, effective 6-21-10, and Form FGCC PMW-3910, Slot Machine and Component Application Shipment Record, effective 6-21-10, both incorporated herein by reference, to the Chief of Slot Operations, Division of Pari-Mutuel Wagering, North Broward Service Center, 1400 W. Commercial Blvd., Ft. Lauderdale, Florida 33309-3787, and can be obtained at www.fgcc.fl.gov or by contacting the Florida Gaming Control Commission, 2601 Blair Stone Road, Tallahassee, Florida 32399; and,

(b) A pre-certification that equipment being proposed for shipment into the state for use at locations designated in paragraphs (1)(a) through (d), meet all requirements for slot machines and software components in the State of Florida.

(3) Shipment of any slot machine or software component shall comply with the following requirements:

(a) No slot machine or software component that will be shipped through the state pursuant to the requirements of Chapter 551, F.S., can be shipped until the Chief of Slot Operations or his or her designee provides formal signed approval for that shipment. The division shall provide written approval to the shipper by hand-delivery, mail or electronic means such as email or fax.

(b) All slot machine shipments shall be scheduled to permit the Chief of Slot Operations or his or her designee to be present upon arrival of the shipment at the approved destination in Florida;

For purposes of this rule, the term “shipping seal” shall mean a material of some description (generally a large paper patch with adhesive backing) applied across a closed door or closed container top. The shipping seal shall be applied in such a fashion that should the door or container be opened, the shipping seal must be broken or damaged. A broken shipping seal shall indicate the door or container has been opened.
All slot machine and slot machine components shall be transported in container, compartment, or freight trailer that has been secured and bears a shipping seal.
All slot machine software components shall be delivered separately or encased in a separate compartment within a larger freight compartment or freight trailer. Each compartment shall bear a shipping seal. The required shipping seal shall be applied at the shipper’s point of origin. Alternatively, the software component may be shipped intact within a locked slot machine logic compartment so long as the key to such lock is shipped to the Division of Pari-Mutuel Wagering, Office of Slot Operations, 1400 West Commercial Boulevard, Suite 165, Ft. Lauderdale, Florida 33309.
All shipment containers must have a shipping seal applied at the shipper’s point of origin. The shipping seal shall remain intact until inspected and accepted by the Chief of Slot Operations or his or her designee, at which time the seal shall be broken by Slot Operations representatives.

a. Where equipment is shipped in vehicle freight trailers (when an entire freight trailer is used for shipment), the shipper shall affix a shipping seal across the center of each of the trailer’s exterior doors so that should the door be opened, the shipping seal would be broken. Additionally, the shipper shall also apply a shipping seal to each individual packing box comprising the shipment. Shipping seals applied by the shipper must not be broken or removed until delivery and inspection by the Chief of Slot Operations or his or her designee at the approved destination in Florida.

b. For those shipments not using an entire vehicle or freight trailer, shippers shall apply a shipping seal to each individual package, and the shipment seals shall not be broken or removed until delivery and inspection by the Chief of Slot Operations or his or her designee at the approved destination in Florida.

(d) If shipping seals described above are broken, removed, or show signs of tampering, upon inspection at the delivery site, the Chief of Slot Operations or his or her designee shall instruct the facility and shipper as to the course of action to be taken. The course of action may involve:

Retesting and verification of the slot machine or slot machine component, or
Immediate refusal of the entire shipment and the return of the entire shipment to the originating shipment location.

(4) Shippers shall retain all records associated with the shipment of all slot machine and slot machine components pursuant to Rule 61D-14.080, F.A.C.

History

Rulemaking Authority 551.103(1), 551.109(2)(a), (b), 551.122 FS. Law Implemented 551.103(1)(c), (e), (i), 551.109(2)(a), (b) FS. History–New 6-21-10, Amended 5-30-17, Formerly 61D-14.096.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-14.097 Responsibility for Control of Slot Machine or Slot Machine Component Shipment

(1) Manufacturers and distributors must be licensed pursuant to Chapter 551, F.S., in order to request the shipment, or receipt of slot machines or slot machine components into, out of, and within the State of Florida at a location identified in subsection 75-14.096(1), F.A.C.

(2) Licensed manufacturers and distributors must request and receive approval from the Chief of Slot Operations, Division of Pari-Mutuel Wagering, North Broward Service Center, 1400 W. Commercial Blvd., Ft. Lauderdale, Florida 33309-3787, or his or her designee for shipment into, out of, or within the State of Florida prior to the proposed shipment date to or from an approved destination in Florida.

(3) Entities identified in subsection 75-14.096(1), F.A.C., (entity) shall take the following actions to arrange a shipment of a slot machine or slot machine component to a facility licensed pursuant to Chapter 551, F.S., into or within the State of Florida. The entity shall:

(a) Notify the Chief of Slot Operations prior to the proposed shipment of any slot machine or slot machine component as defined in Chapter 551, F.S.;

(b) Confirm the slot machine or slot machine component complies with the requirements of Rule 75-14.022, F.A.C., prior to requesting shipment to an approved location within the State of Florida;

(c) Coordinate a mutually acceptable delivery date and time for the Chief of Slot Operations or his or her designee to accept delivery or be present for the packing of the slot machine or slot machine component pursuant to Rule 75-14.096, F.A.C.; and,

(d) Obtain approval of changes to a floor plan pursuant to Rule 75-14.050, F.A.C., in those cases where an approved floor plan exists or is required at the entity’s location.

(4) Slot machine licensees shall follow additional procedures that are required for making requests for shipment of a slot machine or slot machine component out of the State of Florida. The slot machine licensee shall:

(a) Notify the Chief of Slot Operations prior to the proposed shipment of any slot machine or component as defined in Chapter 551, F.S., out of the State of Florida.

(b) Coordinate the shipment date and time for the Chief of Slot Operations or his or her designee to attend the packing, sealing, and shipment of the material proposed for shipment.

(d) Within 10 days of the shipment, provide the Chief of Slot Operations a copy of a confirmation notice executed by the out-of-state recipient that the shipment was physically received at the out-of-state destination.

(5) The following applies to the shipment of slot machine or slot machine components within or out of the State of Florida for which an entity identified in subsection 75-14.096(1), F.A.C., intends to achieve permanent divestiture of ownership. The entity shall:

(a) Notify the Chief of Slot Operations prior to the proposed shipment of slot machine or slot machine component as defined in Chapter 551, F.S.

(b) Coordinate the delivery date and time for the Chief of Slot Operations or his or her designee to accept delivery under Rule 75-14.096, F.A.C.;

(c) Coordinate shipment date and time for the Chief of Slot Operations or his or her designee to attend the packing, application of the shipping seal to the shipment container and shipment of the material proposed for shipment;

(d) Remove all master key locks from slot machine or slot machine component being shipped; and,

(e) Obtain required approval of any floor plan changes necessary pursuant to Rule 75-14.050, F.A.C., in those cases where an approved floor plan exists at the entity’s location.

(6) The following applies to the shipment of slot machine or slot machine component within or out of the State of Florida when the entity identified in subsection 75-14.096(1), F.A.C., intends to dispose of the slot machine or slot machine component through permanent destruction. The entity shall:

(a) Notify the Chief of Slot Operations prior to the proposed shipment of any slot machine or component as defined in Chapter 551, F.S., within or out of the State of Florida to any destination for disposal. The notification shall include:

A statement of reason for destruction,
A certification that the slot machine or slot machine component is to be shipped specifically for the purpose of destroying the slot machine or slot machine component rendering it unusable for any purpose described in Chapter 551, F.S.; and,
A statement that a certificate of destruction stating the slot machine or slot machine component has been destroyed shall be presented to the Chief of Slot Operations within ten days of the approved shipment.

(b) Coordinate the shipment date and time for the Chief of Slot Operations or his or her designee to attend the packing and movement of the material proposed for shipment.

(d) Remove all slot machine state seals pursuant to subsection 75-14.098(2), F.A.C.

(e) Obtain any required approval of any floor plan changes necessary pursuant to Rule 75-14.050, F.A.C., in those cases where an approved floor plan exists at the entity’s location; and,

(f) Retain a certificate of destruction pursuant to Rule 75-14.080, F.A.C., from a designated entity at the shipping destination that states:

That the slot machine or slot machine component shipped for destruction has been destroyed,
The method used to destroy the slot machine or slot machine component; and,
The slot machine or slot machine component’s identifying information.

History

Rulemaking Authority 551.103(1), 551.122 FS. Law Implemented 551.103(1)(c), (e), (i), 551.109(2)(a), (b) FS. History–New 6-21-10, Amended 5-30-17, Formerly 61D-14.097.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-14.098 Slot Machine Seal

(1) When a slot machine is initially received in the State of Florida, the Chief of Slot Operations or his or her designee shall affix a slot machine pre-numbered state identification seal to the slot machine’s cabinet. The slot machine seal shall be located on the outside of the slot machine cabinet next to other identification labels on the slot machine cabinet to clearly identify that the machine has been inspected and accepted by division personnel.

(2) A slot machine being transported out of Florida or being destroyed shall have all seals removed from it prior to transportation out of Florida or to its designated destruction location.

(3) For slot machines maintained at a slot machine licensed facility:

(a) The term slot machine licensee’s gaming area for purposes of this rule means that area designated at a slot machine licensee’s facility in which slot machine games are offered to the public for play.

(b) The division shall:

Affix an additional seal (security tape) on the exterior of the slot machine when:

a. A slot machine is removed from the slot machine licensee’s gaming area, or

b. A slot machine is received at the slot machine licensed facility and is not immediately offered for play in the licensee’s gaming area.

Inspect those slot machines that are in the slot machine licensee’s storage area, prior to moving the slot machine to the slot machine licensee’s gaming area to determine if the additional seal (security tape) the division affixed to the slot machine has been broken or tampered with in any fashion.

(c) When a slot machine seal or additional seal (security tape) has been found to have been broken or tampered with, the following actions shall be taken:

The individual discovering the slot machine seal or additional seal (security tape) has been broken or tampered with shall immediately notify the slot machine licensee’s security and surveillance department,
The facility shall notify the surveillance department to provide coverage of the machine area involved; remove the slot machine involved from play (if it is not in storage); retain all surveillance records regarding the slot machine; notify the division of the incident; and secure the slot machine until such time as the division may make a determination regarding the slot machine seal or additional seal (security tape),
A division representative shall conduct an investigation, including a verification check of game-related storage media and obtain confirmation that all games comply with requirements for games in the state,
The division shall use a verification device that is approved by the division for testing slot machines for compliance with Chapter 551, F.S., and Chapter 75-14, F.A.C.; and,
If the test results from the verification device reflect that:

a. The slot machine and the slot machine game in the slot machine is a version the division has authorized for play in the State of Florida, the slot machine licensee may offer the slot machine to the public for play, or

b. The slot machine or the slot machine game in the slot machine is not an authorized version for play in the State of Florida, then the slot machine shall not be offered to the public for play. The slot machine shall not be offered to the public for play until:

(I) The investigation into the broken or tampered slot machine seal or additional seal (security tape) has been completed,

(II) The slot machine has been configured with slot machine games and slot machine components that have been certified for use in the State of Florida; and,

(III) The slot machine and slot machine game has been certified for use in the State of Florida by an independent test laboratory licensed by the state.

History

Rulemaking Authority 551.103(1), 551.122 FS. Law Implemented 551.103(1)(c), (e), (i) FS. History–New 6-21-10, Amended 5-30-17, Formerly 61D-14.098.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-14.200 Educational or Training Facilities

(1) The following entities, upon division approval, may be permitted to have slot machines for educational or training purposes:

(a) Certified educational facilities; and,

(b) Florida Department of Law Enforcement.

(2) Certified educational facilities shall:

(a) Be licensed under Rule 75-14.203, F.A.C., prior to:

Enrolling any student for slot machine maintenance or operations courses,
Offering any course concerning slot machine maintenance or operations; and,
Conducting any business whatsoever with a slot machine licensee or applicant for a slot machine license, its employees, or agents.

(b) Submit written certification from the Florida Department of Education that it recognizes the applicant as a certified educational facility;

(c) Use only slot machine equipment and components (including software) verified by the division for instructional, training, or demonstration purposes;

(d) Follow Rules 75-14.096, 75-14.097 and 75-14.098, F.A.C., regarding the shipment of slot machines or slot machine components into or out of the certified educational facility;

(e) Establish a slot machine training area that is:

Segregated from all other training or classroom areas,
Enclosed by walls from floor to ceiling,
Secured from all unauthorized access,
Secured through the use of a lock and key or similar entry control system to which only personnel holding a slot machine occupational license have access; and,
Used exclusively for slot machine educational and training purposes.

(f) Be licensed pursuant to Rules 75-14.006 and 75-14.203, F.A.C.;

(g) Have filed with the division a set of written internal controls that include:

Administrative controls providing for the acquisition and qualification of students receiving training,
Requirements for slot machine training students to receive at least one block of instruction and written testing on Chapter 551, F.S., and Chapter 75-14, F.A.C.,
Requirements for written certification of acknowledgement from each student that he or she understands that the slot machines are not to be used for wagering, betting, gaming, or similar activity,
Procedures to authorize and control access to the slot machine training area during class and non-class time periods,
Requirement of a statement signed by the certified educational facility chief administrator that the internal controls conform to the requirements of Chapter 551, F.S., and Chapter 75-14, F.A.C.; and,
A requirement that all books, records, and documents (including student records) be maintained pursuant to Rule 75-14.080, F.A.C.

(h) Require all personnel employed or under contract with the certified educational institution who are associated with access, instruction activity, or the operation of the slot machine training area to obtain licensure pursuant to Rule 75-14.005, F.A.C.

(3) The division shall evaluate the certified educational institution’s internal controls and all amendments thereto for conformity with Chapter 551, F.S., and Chapter 75-14, F.A.C.

(4) A current copy of the internal controls as approved by the division shall be maintained in:

(a) The chief administrator’s office;

(b) The security office, when one is provided; and,

(5) The certified educational institution shall obtain approval from the division for any amendment to its internal controls prior to implementing any change.

(6) Failure of the certified educational institution to comply with its internal controls is a violation of this section and may result in disciplinary action.

History

Rulemaking Authority 551.103(1), 551.109(2)(b), 551.122 FS. Law Implemented 551.103(1)(a), (b), (d), (e), (g), (i), (2), 551.107(2)(a)3., 551.109(2)(a), (b), 849.15(2) FS. History–New 9-26-13, Formerly 61D-14.200.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-14.203 Certified Educational Facility License Application

(1) The license requirements of this section apply to certified educational facilities intending to provide instruction for slot machine operation and maintenance.

(2) A license may be issued only to an educational facility that is certified by the Florida Department of Education (FDOE) to provide educational instruction within the state of Florida.

(3) All requirements of Rule 75-14.200, F.A.C., must be met by a certified educational facility prior to licensure.

(4) An application for a slot machine certified educational facility license shall be made on Form FGCC PMW-3422, Slot Machine Certified Educational Facility License Application, effective 9-26-13, incorporated herein by reference, http://www.flrules.org/Gateway/reference.asp?No=Ref-03164, which can be obtained at www.fgcc.fl.gov or by contacting the Florida Gaming Control Commission, 2601 Blair Stone Road, Tallahassee, Florida 32399.

(5) If the applicant intends to claim any public records exemption from the Florida public records law, Chapter 119, F.S., it shall indicate in its application the specific sections for which it claims an exemption and the basis for the exemption.

(6) Each application shall be filed with the division’s office located at Florida Gaming Control Commission, 2601 Blair Stone Road, Tallahassee, Florida 32399.

(7) The division shall deny the application for a certified educational facility license if the application and its supporting documents fail to meet the requirements of Chapter 551, F.S., or Chapter 75-14, F.A.C.

(8) A certified educational facility license shall be suspended or revoked if at any time during the period of licensure the facility is suspended or removed from the list of educational facilities certified by the FDOE.

(9) A certified educational facility license shall be suspended throughout the period of time that the facility is under suspension or similar discipline imposed by the FDOE.

History

Rulemaking Authority 550.0251(2), 551.103(1), 551.109(2)(b), 551.122 FS. Law Implemented 550.0251(2), 551.103(1)(a), (b), (d), (e), (g), (i), (2), 551.107(4)(a), 551.109(2), (a), (b), 559.79(2) FS. History–New 9-26-13, Formerly 61D-14.203.

Chapter 75-15 Practice and Procedure

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-15.001 Public Comment

The Florida Gaming Control Commission invites and encourages all members of the public to provide comment on matters or propositions before the Commission. The opportunity to provide comment shall be subject to the following:

(1) Members of the public will be given an opportunity to provide comment on subject matters before the Commission after an agenda item is introduced at a properly noticed Commission meeting.

(2) Members of the public shall be limited to three (3) minutes to provide comment. This time shall not include time spent by the presenter responding to questions posed by Commission members, staff or Commission counsel. The chair of the Commission may extend the time to provide comment if time permits.

(3) A member of the public shall notify commission staff in writing of his or her interest to be heard on a proposition or matter before the Commission. The notification shall identify the person or entity, indicate the person or entity's support, opposition, or neutrality, and identify who will speak on behalf of a group or faction of persons consisting of five (5) or more persons. If the person or entity appearing before the Board does not wish to be identified, a pseudonym may be used.

History

Rulemaking Authority 286.0114 FS. Law Implemented 286.0114 FS. History–New 9-25-23, Reviewed 8-20-26.

Fla. Admin. Code R. 75-15.002 Patron Dispute Process

(1) An appeal of a decision issued by the Seminole Tribal Gaming Commission in a dispute, disagreement, or other grievance raised by the patron that involves a claim for a prize shall be made in accordance with the process and procedures set forth in the Memorandum of Agreement Between the Seminole Tribal Gaming Commission and the Florida Gaming Control Commission Governing Patron Dispute Procedures, entered into and by the Florida Gaming Control Commission and the Seminole Tribal Gaming Commission effective September 5, 2024, hereby incorporated by reference in this rule (https://www.flrules.org/Gateway/reference.asp?No=Ref-17064) (the “Patron Dispute Process”). A copy of the Patron Dispute Process may be obtained at www.flgaming.gov or by contacting the Florida Gaming Control Commission, 4070 Esplanade Way, Suite 250, Tallahassee, Florida 32399.

(2) The Florida Gaming Control Commission will reject a patron’s request for appeal of a decision issued by the Seminole Tribal Gaming Commission if the request for appeal does not comply with the process set forth in the Patron Dispute Process.

History

Rulemaking Authority 16.712(2)(a) FS. Law Implemented 16.712(1)(a), (f) FS. History—New 10-29-24, Reviewed 8-20-26.